_am123

COUNCIL OFHIGHER SECONDARY EDUCATION

ODISHA, BHUBANESWAR

COURSES OF STUDIESIN

VOCATIONAL STREAM(PART-I)

AGRICULTURE, PARAMEDICAL&

ENGINEERING GROUP

FOR THEHIGHER SECONDARY VOCATIONAL EXAMINATION

2014 AD

Rs. 20.00

CONTENTSSl.No. Subject Page No.1 . English 1

2. Modern Indian Language :

a) Oriya 22

b) Hindi 27

c) Bengali 30

d) Telugu 34

e) Urdu 38

f) Sanskrit 44

g) Alternative English 49

3 . Environmental Education 55

4. Yoga 60

B.F.C. SUBJECT (GROUP A, B & C

5 . Phys ics 6 1

6. Chemistry 64

7 . Mathematics 7 1

8 . Biology 73

TRADE SUBJECTS

GROUP - A (AGRICULTURE)

9. Dairying 76

10 . Poultry Farming 80

1 1 . Horticulture 84

12 . Sericulture 9 1

13 . Inland fisheries 10314 . Crop - Production 11 1

GROUP - B (HEALTH AND PARAMEDICAL)15 . Medical & Laboratory Rechnician 124

GROUP - C (ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY)16 . Audio Visual Technic 15817 . Bulding Maintanance 16618 . Computer Technic 17319 . Repair and Maintanenance of

Electrical Domestic Appliance 18320. Repair and Maintenance of

Power Driven farn Machinery. 200

(a)

SCHEME OF STUDIES FOR VOCATIONAL

The following combinations in Vocational Stream are allowed. Any deviation of this will not be entertained.Compulsory SubjectsCompulsory subjects English and M.I.L. carry 200 marks each(100 Marks in 1st year and 100 marks in 2nd year)1 . English2. M.I.L. (Oriya / Telugu/ Bengali/ Urdu & Persian/ Hindi/ Sanskrit/ Alternative English)3 . Environmental Education (Compulsory) 100 marks

The Environmental Education will be assessed at the college level for 100 marks (70 marks for theory and 30marks for project work) at the end of 1st year +2 course and the grades (A+, A, B, C, D, in order of merit)are to be awarded by the College and the same shall be recorded in the body of the pass certificate given bythe council subsequently. The grade secured in the Environmental Education (EE) will not affect the result ofthe candidate.

4 . Yoga : Yoga will be taught as acompulsory subject and assessed at the College level for 100 Marks (50 Marksin Theory and 50 Marks in Practical). The Theory Examination shall be conducted at the end of 1st year class(11th class) and Practical Examination shall be conducted at the time of Test Examination in 2nd Year (12th class)The grades are to be awarded by the college and the same shall be recorded in the body of the pass certificategiven by the secured in Yoga will not affect the result of the candidate.

Mark s G r a d e s70% and above Gr - A+60% to 69% Gr - A50% to 59% Gr - B35% to 49% Gr - CBelow 35% Gr - D

GROUP - A(A student can opt any one of the following TRADE subjects)

B.F.C. SUBJECT TRADE SUBJECTS(i) Phys ics .A. V. T.(ii) Chemistry .E. D. A.(iii) Mathematics .B. M.

.P. D. F. M. .C. T. GROUP - B

(A student can opt any one of the following TRADE subjects)B.F.C. SUBJECT TRADE SUBJECTSI. Phys ics .D. F.2. Chemistry .P. F.3 . Biology .HOR.

.S. E. R. .I. F. .C. F. M. L T

(b)

[4]

A PE G

(A student can opt any one of the following TRADE subjects)B.F.C. SUBJECT TRADE SUBJECTS(i) Phys ics .A. V. T.(ii) Chemistry .E. D. A.(iii) Mathematics .B. M.

.P. D. F. M. .C. T. GROUP - B

(A student can opt any one of the following TRADE subjects)B.F.C. SUBJECT TRADE SUBJECTSI. Phys ics .D. F.2. Chemistry .P. F.3 . Biology .HOR.

.S. E. R. .I. F. .C. F. M. L T

INTRODUCTION TO NEW COURSE STRUCTURE & DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS IN SUBJECT, HAVINGPRACTICALS

With the introduction of the New Course structure from the academic session 2008-09 basically to de-stress thestudents joining +2 courses under the CHSE, Orissa, there will be yearly examinations at the end of 1st year and 2ndyear classes. 1st year and 2nd year courses have been separated accordingly. The 1st Year examination will be conductedat the college / H.S. School level for 750 marks and the 2nd year examination will be conducted at the Council level for650 marks. Marks secured in the 1st year examiantion shall be considered only for promotion of students to the 2nd yearclass and will have no bearing on the terminal examiantion, conducted by the Council at the end of the 2nd year.

Pass certificates will be awarded to successful candidates basing on the performance in the Council examinationat the end of the 2nd year only.

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS IN THEORYGroup A

Objective type - Compulsory1 . Multiple Choice (from all units) - 1 x 5 = 05 marks2. One word answer / very short - 1 x 10 = 10 marks

answer/correct the sentence /fill up the blanks (from all units)

Group - B3 . Short answer type bits of

2 marks each. - 7 x 2 = 14 marks(7 to be answered out of 10 from all units)

Group CLong Type

4. Answer any 3 questions for all units - 3 x 7 = 21 marks(3 to be answered out of 5) 50 marks

[5]

A PE G

DISTRUBUTION OF MARKS IN PRACTICAL1 . Major Experiments - 40 marks(i) Theory and Procedure - 20 marks

(ii) Tabulation - 10 marks(iii) Calculation & inference - 10 marks

1 . Minor Experiments - 20 marks(i) Theory a - 10 marks(ii) Tabulation Calculati - 10 marks

and inference1 . Bit Experiments - 20 marks

Specimen / Sample / Sporting /any other specific project /materials preparation by the students.

4. Viva Voce - 10 marks5 . Records - 10 marks

100 marksE xternal and Internal Examiners are requested to decide different experiments to be set during the course of

examination.

[6]

A PE G

ENGLISHCOmpulsory

Higher Secondary education for a large number of students is a preparation for the University,where a fairly high degree of proficiency in English language and literature is necessary. For another largeand significant group, the higher secondary education is a preparation for entry into professional education.This Course, therefore, is designed to cater to both the groups by promoting higher skills of thinking aswell as language skills required for academic study and for the workplace. In this sense, this syllabus islearner-centred or need-centred.

It is expected that students have acquired the basic language skills in English by the time theycome to the First Year of the +2 class. It is necessary that by the end of +2 they should be equipped withadequate linguistic competence to comprehend and appreciate texts, and express themselves in clear andgrammatical English using appropriate punctuation and cohesive devices. The aim of this syllabus, therefore,is to hone all the language skills (L-S-R-W) of the students.

Instructional Materials consist of 4 textbooks : (a) Invitation to English-I (New Edition), which includesnon fictional prose pieces and poems, for intensive study (b) Invitation to English-II (New Edition), whichincludes genres like short fiction, one-act play and biography/autobiography for extensive study, (c) Invitationto English -3, a Work Book for developing writing skills, and (d) Invitation to English -4, a Work Book forgrammatical exercises.

The present syllabus envisages a lot of teacher-pupil interaction. While dealing with texts for bothintensive and extensive study, teachers should encourage group activity in the classroom for ‘Pre-reading’,‘While-reading’, and ‘Post-reading activities’. They should be careful not to put any question to an individualstudent but to a group of 3 - 4 students encouraging one of them to give the answer with the feedback he/she gets from the group so that none of the students shall feel diffident to interact. As Invitation to English-3 and Invitation to English -4 are Work Books, they should be worked out in the class-room.

The Scheme of Evaluation, at the end of the syllabus, specifies the allocation of marks for eachskill. It should be noted that texts prescribed for detailed as well as non-detailed study have been allottedonly 60 marks out of total 200. It would be appropriate, therefore, to devote the bulk of classroom time toInvitation to English -3, and Invitation to English -4,

INSTRUCTIONAL METERIALS FOR THE HIGHER SECONDARY CLASSES(ARTS/SCIENCE/COMMERCE)

1. For Intensive Reading: An anthology of non-fictional prose pieces and poems

[7]

A PE G

Book prescribed: Invitation to English-I (New Edition, 2012)

Published by Odisha Sate Bureau of Text Book Preparation and Production, Bhubaneswar.

Pieces to be studied in the 1st year

A. Prose:

i. Standing Up for Yourself Yevgeny Yevtushenko

ii. The Legend behind a Legend Hariharan Balakrishnan

iii. The Golden Touch Nathaniel Hawthorne

iv. In London In Minus Fours Louis Fischer

v. The Cancer Fight, from Hiroshima to Houston Ritsuko Komaki

B. Poems:

i. Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening Robert Frost

ii. Oft, in the Stilly Night Thomas Moore

iii. The Inchcape Rock Robert Southey

iv. To My True Friend Elizabeth Pinard

v. Fishing Gopa Ranjan Mishra

Pieces to be studied in the 2nd year

A. Prose:

i. My Greatest Olympic Prize Jesse Owens

ii. On Examinations Winston S. Churchill

iii. The Portrait of a Lady Khushwant Singh

iv. The Magic of Teamwork Sam Pitroda

v. Development of Polio Vaccines Bonnie A. M. Okonek and Linda Morganstein

B. Poems:

i. Daffodils William Wordsworth

ii. The Ballad of Father Gilligan William Butler Yeats

iii. A Psalm of Life Henry Wadsworth Longfellow

iv. Television Roald Dahl

v. Money Madness D.H. Lawrence

[8]

A PE G

2. For Extensive Reading:

A collection of short stories, short plays, excerpts from biographies or autobiographies for non- detailedstudy

Book Prescribed: Invitation to English-II (New Edition)

Published by Orissa State Bureau of Text Book Preparation and Production, Bhubaneswar

Pieces to be studies in the 1st year

i. Three Questions Leo Tolstoy

ii. After Twenty Years O. Henry

iii. The Open Window Saki

iv. The One and only Houdini Robert Lado

v. Childhood Jawaharlal Nehru

vi. Marriage Dr. Rajendra Prasad

Pieces to be studied in the 2nd Year

i. The Doctor’s Word R K Narayan

ii. The Nightingale and the Rose Oscar Wilde

iii. Mystery of the Missing Cap Manoj Das

iv. The Monkey’s Paw W.W Jacobs

v. My Mother Charlie Chaplin

vi. Stay Hungry. Stay Fit. Steve Jobs

3. Writing Skills:

A Work-Book on writing designed to provide practice in different forms of writing and develop the differentskills of writing as specified in the syllabus.

Book Prescribed:Invitation to English - 3

Published by Odisha State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production, Bhubaneswar.Units to be studied in the 1st Year

I. Writing a Paragraph

II. Developing Ideas into Paragraphs

III. Writing Personal Letters and Notes

IV. Writing Applications, Official Letters and Business letters

[9]

A PE G

V. Writing Telegrams, E-mails, Personal Advertisements and Short Notices

VI. Using Graphics

Units to be studied in the 2nd year

VII. Interpreting Graph, Charts Tables and diagrams etc

VIII. Reporting Events and Business Matters

IX. Note-making and summarizing

X. Extended Writing:

4. Grammar:

A Work Book of Grammar is designed to provide practice in the use of selected grammatical items, inmeaningful contexts

Book prescribed:

Invitation to English - 4

Published by Odisha State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production, Bhubaneswar.

Units to be studied in the 1st Year

I. Countable and Uncountable Nouns

II. Tense Patterns

III. Modal Verbs

IV. Prepositions

V. The Imperatives


I. Revision of ‘Tense Pattern’s’ and ‘Modal verbs’

II. Conditionals

III. The Passive

IV. Direct and Reported Speech

V. Interrogatives

VI. Phrasal Verbs

[10]

A PE G

SCHEME OF EVALUATION

There shall be two papers in English – English Paper I and English Paper II – each carrying 100marks. A written examination for English Paper I shall be conducted by the colleges at the end of the FirstYear. A written examination for English Paper II shall be conducted by the CHSE, Odisha at the end of theSecond Year to test the skills of reading and writing as well as the ability to use grammar in context.

PAPER - I(To be evaluated at the College Level)

1. Reading Comprehension

(a) Prescribed Prose Pieces. (5 questions to be answered, each carrying 2 marks) 10 marks

(b) Prescribed Poems (5 questions to be answered each carrying 2 marks) 10 marks

(c) Prescribed Extensive Reading Texts (2 questions to be answered carrying

5 marks each; only global, inferential and evaluative questions to be set) 10 marks

2. Reading - related skills

(a) Vocabulary skills 5 marks

(b) Information Transfer 5 marks

(Converting verbal information to non-verbal

forms, such as diagrams, charts and tables)

(c) Reordering/sequencing sentences 5 marks

(d) Dictionary/Reference skills

(2 marks on using a dictionary, and 3 marks meanings of a word) 5 marks

e) Cohesive Devices 5 marks

3. Writing skills

a) Letter Writing (personal/official/commercial: Word limit: 150) 10 marks

b) Description of object/event /process (Word limit: 1.50) 10 marks

c) Slogan/telegram/caption writing (Word limit: 10) 5 marks

4. Grammar in context 10 marks

5. Translation/story-developing 10 marks

Total: 100 Marks

[11]

A PE G

PAPER -II(To be evaluated by the CHSE, ODISHA


(a) Prescribed prose Pieces

(5 questions to be answered carrying 2 marks each) 10 marks

(b) Prescribed Poems


(c) Prescribed Extensive Reading Texts 10 marks

(2 questions to be answered carrying 5 marks each,

only global, inferential and evaluative questions

to be set on a passage of about 250 words) 10 marks

(d) Unseen Prose passage 10 marks

(5 questions including inferential ones, carrying 2 marks each) 10 marks

2. Reading- related skills

a) Vocabulary skills (to be tested on the unseen passage) 5 marks

b) Information transfer (70 words)

(Converting non-verbal information into verbal form) 5 marks

c) Dictionary/Reference skills 5 marks

3. Writing skills

(a) Report writing (200 words) 10 marks

(b) Guided Note making on a given passage 7 marks

(c) Summarizing on the same passage 8 marks

(d) Essay writing (250 words - on given outlines) 10 marks


Total: 100 Marks

[12]

A PE G

M.I.L (ODIA)

@û]ê òK bûeZúd bûhû (aû¤ZûcìkK) - IWò@û_â[c ahð - iûjòZý ieYú - 1 c bûM

_ì‰ð iõLýû - 100 icd - 3 N û

_òeò@W iõLýû - iû ûjòK - 5 (aûhòðK - 80)

_â[c GKK - M\ý (20 _òeò@W) 25 ´e1. @iêe \úNò - Kúe ùcûj ùi û_Zò2. ùcû icde bûeZ I IWÿògû - W. Ké¾P¦â _ûYòMâûjú3. @ûùceòKûe aògßaò\ýûkdcûù - jé\û¦ eûd4. ùR÷a bûÄ~ðýe @ê_c aò§ûYò Rò þ - ùg÷kgße ¦

Gjò GKKeê 2Uò \úNð C e cìkK _âgÜ _Wòa ö ùi[ôeê 1Uòe C e 150 g±ùe ù\aûKê ùjaöGjûe cìfý - 8 e

3Uò 3 e aògòÁ _âgÜ _Wòa ö ùi[ôeê 2Uòe C e 30 g±ùe ù\aûKê ùjaöGjûe cìfý 3x2=6 e

3Uò 2 e aògòÁ _âgÜ _Wòa ö ùi[ôeê 2Uòe C e 2Uò aûKýùe ù\aûKê ùjaöGjûe cìfý 2x2=4 e

3Uòe 1 e aògòÁ _âgÜ _Wòa ö ùi[ôeê 2Uòe C e ùMûUòG aûKýùe ù\aûKê ùjaöGjûe cìfý 1x2=2 e

5Uò 1 e aògòÁ _âgÜ _Wòa ö _âùZýK _âgÜ _ûAñ 4Uò ùfLûGñ i ûaý Ce \ò@û~òaö ùi[ôc¤eê _eúlû[ðú ùKak VòKþ CeUò aûQò ùfLôùaö

Gjûe cìfý 1x5=5 e

\ßòZúd GKK - _\ý (20 _òeò@W) 25 ´e1. iZý @û K[û - iûekû \ûi2. QûU _KûA Kùf Pò«û - RM Üû[ \ûi3. ieiúùe eûRK ýû - Kaò icâûU Cù_¦âb¬4. MfûYòZ MfûK[û - Kaò iì~ðý akù\a e[5. iZýùe ceòaò iZýùe Zeòaò, búc ùbûA û





5Uò 1 e aògòÁ _âgÜ _Wòa ö _âùZýK _âgÜ _ûAñ 4Uò ùfLûGñ i ûaý Ce \ò@û~òaö ùi[ôc¤eê _eúlû[ðú ùKak

[13]

A PE G

VòKþ CeUò aûQò ùfLôùaöGjûe cìfý 1x5=5 e

ZéZúd GKK - GKûuòKû (20 _òeò@W) 25 ´e1. \ìe _ûjûW - _âûYa§ê Ke2. cKŸcû - ùMû_ûk ùQûUeûd3. Q\àùagú - aògßRòZþ \ûi







PZê[ð GKK - aýûKeY (20 _òeò@W) 25 ´e1. _âaõ] eP û / bûa iõ_âiûeY2. eìXò _âùdûM3. _\ ò‰ðd

Gjò GKKeê _âa§eP û @[aû bûaiõ_âiûeYùe 2Uò _âgÜ @ûiòa ö ùi[ôeê 1Uòe C e 150 g± c¤ùe ù\aûKê ùja

Gjûe cìfý - 8 e

eìXò _âùdûMeê 8 Uò _âgÜ @ûiòa ö ùi[ôeê 5 Uòe Ce ù\aûKê ùjaö _âùZýK eìXòe @[ð ò‰ðd _ûAñ 1 e I aûKýùe_âùdûM _ûAñ 1 e ejòaö

Gjûe cìfý - 2x5=10 e

_\ ò‰ðd _ûAñ GK M\ý @ êùQ\ \ò@û~òaö ùi[ôùe aýajéZ 10Uò ùeLûuòZ _\eê 7UòKê PòjÜûA ù\aûKê ùjaö


[14]

A PE G

M.I.L (ODIA)@û]ê òK bûeZúd bûhû (aû¤ZûcìkK) - IWò@û

\ßòZúd- iûjòZý ieYú - 2 d bûM_ì‰ð iõLýû - 100 icd - 3 N û


_â[c GKK - M\ý (20 _òeò@W) 25 ´e1. RûZúd Rúa ùe iûjòZýe iÚû - aògß û[ Ke2. lcû - cûdû]e cû iòõj3. bêf - bêaù gße ùaùjeû4. RûZòe Rúa I iõÄéZò - ùMûùfûK aòjûeú ]k







\ßòZúd GKK - _\ý (20 _òeò@W) 25 ´e1. P¦âbûMû - eû]û û[ eûd2. iÚ ìk Kùkae êjA @ce - Mwû]e ùcùje3. ]cð_\e @ûcôfò_ò - ùMû_a§ê \ûi4. Mâûc gàgû - iyò\û ¦ eûCZeûd5. aògßRúa _ù[ - eû]ûùcûj MW ûdK






[15]

A PE G


ZéZúd GKK - MÌ (20 _òeò@W) 25 ´e 1. Gùa c¤ a ôPò - ùMû\ûaeúg cjû_ûZâ

2. aòUþNe I ùekMûWò - Kûkò¦ú PeY _ûYòMâûjú3. @ù K iàòZ ji - cù ûR \ûi4. \gð - aúYû_ûYò cjû«ò




3Uòe 1 e aògòÁ _âgÜ _Wòa ö ùi[ôeê 2Uòe Ce ùMûUòG aûKýùe ù\aûKê ùjaöGjûe cìfý 1x2=2 e



PZê[ð GKK - aýûKeY (20 _òeò@W) 25 ´e1. \eLûÉ fòL ö2. @aùeû] _eúlYö3. aò_eúZ @[ð ùaû]K g±ö4. iùcûyûeòZ bòÜû[ðùaû]K g±ö5. GK_\úKeYö

\eLûÉ fòL eê 2Uò _âgÜ _Wòa ö ùi[ôeê 1Uòe C e ù\aûKê ùjaGjûe cìfý - 6 e

@aùeû] _eúlY òcù« GK M\ý @ êùb\ \ò@û~òaö ùi[ôeê 5Uò _âgÜ _Wòa ö icÉ _âgÜe C e aû¤ZûcìkKöGjûe cìfý - 2x5=10 e

aò_eúZ @[ð ùaû]K g±, iùcûyûeòZ bò Üû[ð ùaû]K g± Gaõ GK_\úKeY _âùZýKeê 5Uò ùfLûGñ? _âgÜ _Wòaöùi[ôeê 3Uò ùfLûGñ KeòaûKê _Wòaö

Gjûe cìfý - 1x3=3, 1x3, 1x3= 9 e

[16]

A PE G

M.I.L. (HINDI)+2 1st Yr Arts, Com & Science

Time : 3 Hours Full Marks : 100There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks. The duration of Examination will be three hours.

Distribution of marks -Heeþîe HegmlekeÀ : meeefnl³e efJeefJeOee -1 - meb.Òe. Sce. JesbkeÀìsMJej

- [e. mcejefÒe³ee efceÞe- meesvece ÒekeÀeMeve, yeeoeceyee[er, keÀìkeÀ

1 . Unit -I (ieÐe) 18 Clas ses mecHetCe& (All)

2 . Unit -II (keÀeJ³e) 18 Classes mecHetCe& (All)

3 . Unit -III (Yee<ee DeO³e³eve) 18 Classes mecHetCe& (All)

4 . Unit -IV (efveyevOe) 18 Classes mecemeeceef³ekeÀ efJe<e³e (All)

Distribution of Marks for M.I.L. (Hindi)Group - A

1 . Multiple choice (From I, II & III units)2. One word Answer ( - do - )3 . Correct the sentences ( - do - )4. Fill up the Blanks ( - do - )

GROUP - B (SHORT TYPE)5 . Write notes on any five (From Unit-I, II & III)

6. Explain only (From Unit - I & II)

GROUP - C (LONG TYPE)7 . Four Long questions

From I & II UnitsFrom II & IV Units

[17]

A PE G

M.I.L. (HINDI)+2 IInd Yr Arts, Com & Science


Distribution of marks -

Heeþîe HegmlekeÀ : meeefnl³e efJeefJeOee - II : meb.[e. MebkeÀjueeue Hegjesefnle[e. keÀceueÒeYee keÀHeeveer

1 . Unit -I (ieÐe) 18 Classes

mecHetCe& (All)

2 . Unit -II (keÀeJ³e) 18 Classes

mecHetCe& (All)

3 . Unit -III (keÀneveer) 18 Classes

mecHetCe& (All)

4 . Unit -IV 18 Classes

(keÀ) He$e uesKeve (J³eefkeÌleiele SJeb DeeJesove He$e)(Ke) HeuueJeve

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS FOR MIL (HINDI)

GROUP - A (Objective type)

1 . Multiple Choice (From All Units) I, II & III2. One word answer (-do-) I, II & III3 . Correct the sentences (-do-)4. Fill up the Blanks I, II & III

GGROUP - B (SHORT TYPE)

5 . Write notes on any five (From Unit-I, II & III)

6. Explain only (From Unit - I & II)

GROUP - C (LONG TYPE)

7 . Four Long questionsFrom I & II UnitsFrom II & IV Units

***

[18]

A PE G

BENGALI(Compul sory)

The present syllabus in Bengali is designed to improve the Bengali language and knowledge in Bengalliterature and Indian Culture. To strengthen the national integrity a profound sense of patriotism and nationalismtempered with the spirit of "Vasundhaiva Kutambakam.

The Syllabus has been divided into two parts. The first part is meant for the students of XI class andthe examination of the first part shall be conducted at the end of the XI Class at College/HS School level.

The Second part of the syllabus is meant for the students of XII Class and the examination of this partshall be conducted at the end of XII Class at Council level.

M.I.L (BENGALI)(Compulsory)

First year Paper-I(F M. -100 Time -3 hours and consisting of four units.)

The examination shall be conducted at the end of XI class at College / H.S. School level.According to the educational policy and guideness given by the Council the Syllabus is prepared as

follows:UNIT - IBooks Prescribed :PROSE :

Uchha Madhyamik Bangia Sankalan. (Gadya) for Class XI & XII. Published by paschim Banga uchhaMadhyamik Siksha Sansad, Viswa Vharati.

The following pieces are to be studied in the first year :1. Bangladeshe Nilkar - Pyarichand Mitra.2. Sitar Banabas - Iswarchandra Vidyasagar.3. Bisarjan - Bankimchandra Chattopadhya4. Sudra gagaran - Swami Vivekananda.

UNIT - IIPOETRY :

Madhukari - Kalidas Ray(Published by Orient Book Company, Kolkata -12)The following pieces are to be studied in the first year :-1. Srigoura Chandra - Gobinda das kabiraj.2. Bhabollas - Vidyapati.3. Premer Tulana - Durija Chandidas4. Avigir Akshep - Gyandas.

UNIT - IIINOVEL - (Non-Detailed)

Srikanta - Sarat chandra chattopadhayay(Chapter - 1 to 7 (one to seven) to be read in the first year)

[19]

A PE G

UNIT - IVGrammar

Proverbs and Indioms, Sentence and word formation Annonyms and Synonyms.Distribution of Marks of Unit wise :-Unit - I Prose

A. Two short Answer type questions with alternatives -B. One explanation with alternativesC. Five very Short Answer type questions with alternative

Unit -II Poetry -A. Two short Answer type Questions with alternative-B. One explanation with alternativeC. Five very short answer type questions with alternative

Unit - III Novel (Non datail) -A. Four short answer type Question with alternative

Unit - IV Grammar & Essay -A. Grammar objective type 10 Questions with alternative containing 2 marks each

B. Essay/ One essay with three alternatives -

M.I.L (Bengali)SECOND YEAR

F.M. -100Time -3 hrs.

The examination shall be conducted at the end of XII Class at Council level.Books Prescribed :UNIT - I PROSE :

Uchha Madhyamik Bangia Sankal"an (Gadya) for Class XI & XII.Published by Paschim Banga Uchha Madhyamik Siksha Sansad, Viswa Varati.The following pieces are to be studied in the Second year :-1. Bangia Bhasa - Haraprasad Sastri2. Tota Kahini - Rabindra nath Tagore3. Naisha Avijaa - Sarat Ch. Chattopadhayay4. Aranyak - Bibhuti Bhusan Bandopadhay

UNIT -II POETRY :Madhukari - Kalidas Ray(Published by Orient Book Company, Kolkata -12)

Pieces to be Studied :1. Baisakh - Oebendra Nath Sen2. Lohar Byatha - Jatindra Nath Sengupta3. Swarga Haite Viday - Rabindra nath Tagore4. Rupai - Jasimuddin

[20]

A PE G

UNIT - III NOVEL - (Non-detailed Study)Srikanta = Sarat Chandra Chattopadhay(Chapter (8 to 12) eight to twelve to be studied in the Second year.)

UNIT - IV Grammar and Essay(i) Pada Paribartan(ii) Somas(iii) Somo chharita-Bhinna Thark Sobda and its application in sentences.

Distribution of marks of unit wise :-There shalf be four units.

Unit - I Prose -A. Two short Answer type questions with alternatives -

B. One explanation with alternatives -C. Five very Short Answer type questions with alternative -

Unit -II PoetryA. Two short Answer type Questions with alternative

B. One explanation with alternativeC. Five very short answer type questions with alternative


Unit - IV Grammar & Essay -A. Grammar objective type 10 Questions with alternativeB. Essay/ One essay with three alternatives -

***

[21]

A PE G

M.I.L (TELUGU)FIRST YEAR

(Compulsory)Time 3 hours No. of Periods : Weekly-5 Full Marks 100 Yearly 80

There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks of 3 hours duration consisting of four units. The examinationshall be conducted at the end of First Year of college / H.S. School.

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKSGroup- A (Objective Type)

1. Thirty very short questions (from unit I, II & III) 30x1 =30 Marks2. Ten very questions (from unit IV- A) 10x1=10 Marks

Group- B (short Type Questions)3. Six short questions(from Unit I, II & III) 6x2=12 Marks4. Four explanation (only Bhavartha from unit I & II) 4x2=8 Marks5. Five short questions (from Unit IV-A) 5x2=10 Marks

Group -C (Long Type Questions)6. Three long questions with alternative 3x7=21 Marks7. Letter writing /essay with alternative(from unit iv-B) 1x9=9 Marks

TOTAL 100 marks

TOPICS TO BE STUDIED :UNIT – I POETRY : (20 periods)

1. Ekalavyudu - Nannaya Bhattu2. Balivamana Samvadamu - Bammera Potana3. Subhashitamulu - Enugu Lakshmana Kavi4. Tokachukka - Gurajada Apparao5. Gongali Purugulu - Balagangadhara Tilak6. Pushpa Vilapamu - Jandhyala Papayya Sastri

UNIT – II PROSE : (20 periods)

1. Mitra Labhamu - Paravastu Chinnayasuri2. Vemana - Dr G.V.Krishna Rao3. C.P. Brown Sahitya Seva - Prof. K. Sarvothama Rao4. A I D S - Dr. Singupuram Narayana Rao5. Telugu Patrikala Purva Rangam - Namala Visveswara RaoUNIT – III NON – DETAIL : (16 periods) Raja Raja Prasasti - Prof. S. GangappaUNIT – IV (A) GRAMMER : (16 periods)

[22]

A PE G

Vibhaktulu - Pratyayalu, Prakruti - Vikrutulu, Vyatireka Padamulu,Paryaya Padamulu, Jateeyalu - Padabandhalu

B) LETTER WRITING / GENERAL ESSAY: (08 periods)

BOOKS PRESCRIBED :

1. Poetry & Prose : SAHITEE VIPANCHI- By Dr. Singupuram Narayana Rao

2. Non-Detail : RAJA RAJA PRSASTI-By Prof. S. Gangappa

3. Grammar : VYAKARANA PARIJATAMU- By Dr. Singupuram Narayana Rao

[23]

A PE G

M.I.L (TELUGU)SECOND YEAR(Compulsory)

Time 3 hours No of Periods : Weekly-5 Full Marks 100 Yearly 80

There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks of 3 hours duration consisting of four units. The examinationshall be conducted at the end of Second Year at Council level.





TOTAL 100 marks

TOPICS TO BE STUDIED:UNIT – I POETRY : (20 periods)1. Sanjaya Rayabharamu - Tikkana Somayaji2. Hanumatsandesamu - Atukuri Molla3. Piradausi Lekha - Gurram Jashuwa4. Manchi Mutyala Saralu - Sri Sri5. Jateeyata - Dr. Nagabhairava Koteswara Rao6. Panjaramlo Amma - Dr. Bhusurapalli Venkateswarlu


1. Mitra Bhedamu - Paravastu Chinnayasuri2. Rayaprolu streevada drukpadham - Prof K.Yadagiri3. Ahalya Sankrandanam Parta Chitrana - Dr. Nagabhairava Adinarayana4. Veyipadagalu Samajika Drukpadham - Dr. Singupuram Nayayana Rao5. Goutama Budhudu - Dr. V.R.Chakravarty UNIT – III NON – DETAIL : (16 periods) Rudrama Devi - Smt. P.B. Kausalya

UNIT – IV A) GRAMMAR : (16 periods)

[24]

A PE G

Paribhashika padamuluChandssu : Utpalamala, Champakamala,

Sardhulamu, Mathebhamu, Ataveladi, TetageetiAlankaramulu :Upama, Rupaka, Utpreksha, Ardhantaranyasa, Atisiyokti

B) RE-TRANSLATION (English to Telugu) :( 08 periods)

BOOKS PRESCRIBED :1) Poetry & Prose : Sahitee Mandaram

- By Dr. Singupuram Narayana Rao2) Non-Detai : Rudramadevi

- By Smt. P.B. Kausalya3) Grammar : Vyakarana Parijatamu

- By Dr. Singupuram Narayana Rao

[25]

A PE G

Arts/Sc/Com Stream

M.I.L (URDU)(Compulsory)FIRST YEAR

Time- 3hrs Total Classes-80 F.M-100There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks consisting of 3(three) groups and duration of examination

will be of 3(three) hours at the college/H.S School LevelDistribution of marks

Group-A 30 Marks

Q. 1 Objective type questions from all units prose, Poetry and non-detaileda. Five objective type questions from prose 1 x 5=5 marksb. Five objective type questions from poetry 1 x 5=5 marksc. Five objective type questions from Non-detailed 1 x 5 =5 marks

Total = 15 marksGrammarQ.2 a. One word answer five questions 1 x 5 = 5 marks

b. Very short answer five questions 1 x 5 = 5 marksc. Fill up the Blanks five questions 1 x 5= 5 marks

Total = 15 marks

Group- B 40 marksShort Type AnswerQ.3 Answer within two/three sentences

a. Prose- Six questions to be answered out of eight questions 6 x2=12 Marksb. Poetry- Five questions to be answered out of six questions 5x2= 10 marks

Q.4 Answer with in six sentences.a. Prose- Three questions to be answered out of four questions 3x3=9marksb. Ghazaliyat- Three Ashaar explanation to be answered out of four Ashaar 3x3=9marks

Total- 18 marks

Group- C 30 marksQ.5

a. Prose : One long answer type question about 150 words with an alternative from prose portion. 7½ Marksb. Poetry : One long answer type question about 150 words with

an alternative from poetry portion 7½ Marks

[26]

A PE G

c. Non detailed- one long answer type question about 150 words with an alternative from non-detailed portion 7½ Marks

d. Letter/Application : one Letter writing/application writing about 100 words. 7 ½ MarksBooks Prescribed :

MEYAR- E- ADABCompiled by prof: Suraiya HusainTo be had from Education BookHouse Aligarh U.P

1. Prose portion : 20 ClassesPortions to be studied :

i. Sair Pahle Darwesh Ki---Mir Ammanii. Lakhnow Ki Raisana Zindagi KI Ek Jhalak---Sharariii. Khutut---Mirza Ghalibiv. Kalim Daulat A bad mein---Nazir Ahmedv. Ghalib Ki Shairi--- Halivi. Bahaduron ke Karname --- Hasan Nizamivii. Namak Ka Darogha --- Premchand2. (a) Poetry Portion :- 24 Classes

Portions to be studiedi. Qaid Khane Ki Rat--- Mir Anisii. Jogan Aur Chandni Rat--- Mir Hasaniii. Tazhiq- E- Rozgar--- Saudaiv. Israf--- Haliv. Ahd-E-Wafa--- Akhtarul Iman(b) Ghazaliyat Portion :

First two Ghazals from the following poetsi. Wali, ii. Meer, iii. Ghalib, iv. Momin, v. Atish3. Non detailed studies :- 16 Classes

Any one of the following books only first halfOf the books in the 1st yearBooks prescribed :

i. Taubatun Nasooh :-By Deputy Nazeer AhemadTo be had from Maktab – E-Jamiya LtdJamia Nagar New Delhi- 110025

ii. Musaddas HaliBy Altaf Husain HaliTo be had from Educational Book House Aligarh (U.P)

5. Letter writing :

[27]

A PE G

There shall be letter writing/Application writing 5 Classes6. Grammar 15 ClassesBook PrescribedUrdu Zoban –o- Quwaid Part- IBy Shafi Ahmed SiddiquiPortions to be studied :

i. Ism Ki Quismenii. Fail Ki Quismeniii. Sabqueour Laahqueiv. Mutashaba Alfaz

Arts/Sc/Com StreamSECOND YEAR

Time- 3 hrs Total Classes- 80 F.M- 100There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks consisting of 3(three) groups and duration of examination

will be of 3 (three) hours at the council level.Distribution of marks

Group-A 30 MarksObjective type compulsory

Q1. Objective type question from all units prose, poetry and Non-detaileda. Five objective type questions from prose 1x5=5 marksb. Five objective type questions from poetry 1x5=5 marksc. Five objective type questions from no detailed 1x5=5 marks

Total:15 marksGRAMMAR

Q.2a. One word answer five questions 1x5=5 marksb. Very short answer five questions 1x5=5 marksc. Fill up the blanks five questions 1x5= 5 marks

Total:15 marks

Group-B 40 MarksShort Type Answer

Q.3 Answer within two/three sentences.a. Comprehension of an unseen passage of about 150 words

followed by seven questions to be answered out of ninequestion 7x2=14 marks

b. Prose : Four questions to be answered out offive questions 4 x 2 =8 marks

[28]

A PE G

Total = 22 marksQ4. Answer within six sentences

a. Prose : Three questions to be answered out of Four questions 3x3=9 marksb. Ghazaliyat : Three Ashaar explanation to be

Answered out of four Ashaars 3x3=9 marksTotal = 18 marks

Group- C 30 MarksLong Type Answer

Q.5 a. Prose : One long answer type question about150 words with an alternative fromProse portions 7½ marks

b. Poetry : One long answer type question about150 words with an alternative fromPoetry portion. 7½ marks

c. Non- Detailed : One long answer type questionAbout 150 words with an alternativeFrom non-detailed portion 7½ marks

d. Essay : One long answer type question about150 words with three alternatives 7½ marks

Books prescribedMEYAR- E-ADAB

Compiled by Prof Suraiya Husain1. Prose Portion : 20 Classes

Portions to be studied :i. Ek- Khat : Abul Kalam Azadii.Kutte : Patras Bokhariiii. Nazir Ahmad Ki Kahani : Farhatullah Baigiv. Acchi Kitab : Abdul Haquev. Hali : Aale Ahmad Suroor

2. (a) Poetry portionPortions to be studied :

i. Bazmein Anjum : Iqbal 25 Classesii. Kashmir : Chakbastiii. Badli Ka Chand : Josh Malleeh Abadiiv. Pairahane Sharar : Sardar Jafri

(b) Ghazaliyat : First two Ghazals of the following poetsi. Hasrat, ii. Faani, iii. Shaad, iv. Firaq, v. Faiz

3. Non detailed studies 15 Classes

[29]

A PE G

Any one of the following books from the remainingHalf portion dis-continued in the 1st year

a. Taubatun NasoohBy Deputy Nazeer AhemadTo be had from Maktab- E-Jamiya Ltd

b. Musaddas Hali:By:- Altaf Husain HaliTo be had from Educational Book House Aligarh ( U.P)4. (a) Essay :

There shall be one general Easy with three alternatives 5 Classes(b) Comprehension5. GrammarBook Prescribed 15 ClassesUrdu Zoban- O – Qawaid Part-1By Shafi Ahmed SiddiquiPerson to be studies :i. Tazkir-O-Tanis, ii. Wahid-O-Jama, iii. Mutazad Alfaz, iv. Mahaware

[30]

A PE G

QUESTION PATTERN AND MARK-DIVISION

M.I.L. ( SANSKRIT )1st Year

TIME:03 Hrs GROUP -A FULL MARKS - 100

Q.1. Multiple Choises : 1 x 15 = 15

MARK-DIVISION : PROSE - 1X3 = 3

: POETRY - 1X2 = 2

: SANDHI - 1X3 = 3

: SANDHIVICCHEDA - 1X3 = 3

: KARAKA - VIBHAKTI - 1X4 = 4

Q.2. One word Answer / Correction / Fill up the Blanks : 1x15 =15

MARK DIVISION :PROSE - 1x2 =2

:POETRY - 1x3 =3

: PRAKRUTI-PRATYAYA - 1x3 =3

: SAMASA - 1X3 =3

: EKAPADIKARANA - 1X4 = 4

( from Stripratya and Samasa)

GROUP -B

Q.3. Short Type Answer (within 2/3 sentences / 12words) : 2x11 = 22

MARK DIVISION : (a) Comprehension - 2x6 = 12 (out of 07Qs.)

(passages from 1to 8 of Samskrtaprabha)(b) Translation(from Unseen Sanskrit - 2x5 = 10 (out of 07Qs.)

[31]

A PE G

sentences into Odiya/English)

Q.4. Short Type Answer ( within 06 sentences / 25words) : 3x6 = 18

MARK DIVISION : (a) PROSE - 3x3 = 09 (out of 04 Qs.)

(b) POETRY - 3x3 = 09 (out of 04 Qs.)

GROUP - C

Q.5. 04 Long Questions out of 06 Qs, 71/2 x 4 = 30

(within 08 sentences / 40 words )

a) Letter /Application writing.

b) Long Question (PROSE)

c ) Long Question (POETRY)

d) Explanation (PROSE/ POETRY)

e) Translation in to odia/sanskrit from prose/poetry.

f) Precis Writing (OF UNSEEN PASSAGE)

N. B. Answers in Sanskrit are to be written either in Odia Script or in Devanagari Script.

******

[32]

A PE G

M.I.L. (SANSKRIT)FIRST YEAR

There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks.The duration of Examination will be of three hours.

COURSE STRUCTURE

UNIT CLASSES REQUIRED MARKS ALLOTTED

Unit - IPro s e 20 21 1/2

Unit - IIPoetry 20 21 1/2

Unit - IIIGrammar 12 20

(Textual & Outside)

Unit - IVTranslation & Comprehension 18 22

Unit - V 10 1 5 Letter/ Application,Expansion of ideasPrecis writing

Total 80 Classes Total 100

PORTIONS TO BE STUDIED

Unit - IProse- Samskrtaprabha (Gadyabhagah)

mebmke=ÀleÒeYee (ieÐeYeeie:)The following prose pieces from the above mentioned book are to be studied.

1 . cevegcelm³eeK³eeveced (Manumatsyakhyanam)

2. ®elegjMe=ieeueë (Caturasrgalah)

3 . mebmke=Àles eEkeÀ veeefmle (Samskrte kim nasti)

4. peeyeeue: mel³ekeÀece: (Jabalah Satyakamah)

UNIT-IIPoe try- Samskrta Prabha (Padya Bhagah)

mebmke=ÀleÒeYee (HeÐeYeeie:)The following poetry pieces from the above book are to be studied.

[33]

A PE G

1 . megYeeef<eleeJeueer (Subhasitavali)2. Yeeefle ces Yeejleced (Bhati me Bharatam)

3 . Jemevle: (Vasantah)

Unit - III(A) Grammar from the text

0 1 . meefvOe (Sandhi)

02 . meefvOeefJe®íso Sandhi Viccheda

03 . keÀejkeÀ-efJeYeefkeÌle Karaka-Vibhakti

04. Òeke=Àefle-Òel³e³e Prakrti Pratyaya

(B) Grammar from outsid e the text /Genera l

0 1 . ðeerÒel³e³e (Stripratyaya)

02. meceeme ( Samasa)

03. SkeÀHeoerkeÀjCe (Formation of single word from Stripratyaya and Samasa)

Unit - IVTranslat ion and Comprehens ion

A) Comprehension - Sanskrit passage for the comprehension (Passage No. 01 to 08)

of mebmke=ÀleÒeYeeB) Translation of unseen Sanskrit sentences into Odia/English

Unit - V

The art of Writing of Letters, Applications, Expansion of Ideas, Textual Explanations, Textual LongQuestions and Precis writing.

Books Recommended:

1 . Samskrta Prabha - mebmke=ÀleÒeYeePublished by Odi sha State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production.

2 . Vyakarana-darpanah - J³eekeÀjCe oHe&CeëPublished by Odi sha State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production .

[34]

A PE G


M.I.L. ( SANSKRIT )2ND YEAR

TIME:03 Hrs GROUP - A FULL MARKS - 100

Q.1.MULTIPLE CHOICES : 1 x 15=15

MARK DIVISION : PROSE - 1X3 = 3

: POETRY - 1X2 = 2 : SAMASA - 1X4 = 4 :

: SABDARUPA - 1x3 = 3

: DHATURUPA - 1x3 = 3


MARK DIVISION : PROSE - 1x2 =2

: POETRY - 1x3 =3

: SANDHI - 1X2 = 2

: SANDHIVICCHEDA - 1x2 =2

: KARAKA VIBHAKTI - 1X3 = 3

: STRIPRATYAYA - 1X3 = 3

GROUP-B



(passages from 9 to16 of Samskrtaprabha )

: (b) Translation - 2x5 = 10 (out of 07Qs.)

(from Odiya/English into Sanskrit)

Q.4. Short Type Answer ( within 06 sentences / 25words) : 3 x 6 = 18

MARK DIVISION : (a) PROSE - 3 x 3 = 09 (out of 04 Qs.)

(b) POETRY - 3 x 3 = 09 (out of 04 Qs.)

[35]

A PE G

GROUP - C








f) Precis writing (OF UNSEEN PASSAGE)

N.B. Answers in Sanskrit are to be written either in Odia Script or in Devanagari Script.

****

[36]

A PE G

M.I.L. (SANSKRIT)SECOND YEAR

There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks.

The duration of Examination will be of three hours

COURSE STRUCTURE





(Textual & Outside)


Unit - V 10 1 5 Letter/ ApplicationExpansion of ideasPrecis writing

Total 80 Classes Total 100 Marks




1 . keÀHeesleuegyOekeÀkeÀLee (Kapotalubdhakakatha)

2. megÞeglem³e ³ev$ekeÀce&MeðekeÀcee&efCe (Susrutasya Yantrakarma sastrakarmani)

3 . iegefCeiegCenerveefJeJeskeÀ: (Gunigunahinavivekah)

4. jeceleHeesJeveeefYeieceveced (Ramatapovanabhigamanam)

UNIT-IIPoe try- Samskrtaprabha (Padyabhagah)


[37]

A PE G

1 . oMeeJeleejmlegefle: (Dasavatarastutih)

2. ieerleemeewjYeced (Gitasaurabhavam).

3 . jIegJebMeced (Raghuvamsam)


0 1 . keÀejkeÀ-efJeYeefkeÌle Karaka-Vibhakti

02. meefvOe Sandhi

03. meefvOeefJe®íso Sandhi Viccheda

(B) Grammar from outs ide the text/Genera l

0 1 . MeyoªHe - Sabdarupa- (vej, HeÀue, uelee, cegefve, ceefle, Jeeefj, veoer, efHele=, ceele=, ie®íled, cevemed, Deelceved, leod, efkeÀced, Foced, Demceod, ³eg<ceod, efÜ, ef$e, ®elegjd)

02. OeelegªHe - Dhaturupa- (Yet, ieced, Heþd, ke=À, Demed, ueYed, Hetped)03. meceeme -(Samasa)

04 ðeerÒel³e³e- -(Stripratyaya)

Unit - IVTrans lat ion and Comprehension

A)Comprehension - Sanskrit passages for the comprehension (Passage No. 09 to 16) of mebmke=ÀleÒeYeeB) Translation of Odia/English sentences into Sanskrit.

Unit - V


Books Recommenced:


2 . Vyakarana-darpanah - J³eekeÀjCeoHe&Ceë

Published by Odi sha State Bureau of Tex tbook Preparation and Production .

[38]

A PE G

ALTERNATIVE ENGLISH1. Introduction : The course is meant for the students(a) who opt to study English in lieu of a Modem Indian Language, and(b) who seek-to develop a high level of competence in English.

It is assumed that the students who offer to study this course have high motivation andcompetence in English. Hence, it aims at building up on their previous learning and their acquisition ofskills in compulsory English course which they are exposed to simultaneously.2. Objectives : By the end of the course a student should be able to(a) transact real-life business in English, and(b) appreciate, evaluate and enjoy different types of writing in English

By the end of the Higher Secondary Course in Alternative English, the learners are expected toacquire the language skills specified below :3.1. Reading (Non-fictional prose) :(a) To make predictions and guesses while reading a prose text(b) To understand relations between the parts of a reading text and recognize the indicators in

discourse.(c) To understand the writer's intention/attitude, to discriminate between facts and opinions, to

recognize the writer's bias, if any, and to assess the communicative value of a given text.(d) To identify the structure of a text, such as descriptive sequence, chronological sequence, cause-

arid-effect chain, argumentative and logical organization, etc.(e) To compare and contrast two texts on similar themes(f) To use reference skills to select a suitable text for reading.(g) To use the title, blurb, contents and index of a book in order to form an overall idea of what the

book is about and of whether it will be relevant reading with reference to a particular topic.3.2. Reading (Poetry) :(a) To recognize the structure of a poem and to appreciate the themes and ideas presented therein.(b) To recognize, identify and interpret poetic structure in a given poem.(c) To recognize and appreciate the effects of different poetic devices like simile / metaphor / symboI

/ personification / irony / aIIiteration / assonance, etc.3.3. Reading (short stories, one-act plays) The students are expected to develop in them the

capacity(a) To comprehend the plot and characters of a given short story/play, and(b) To interpret the themes and points of view contained in a given story/play.4.1. Writing : The students will be able(a) to formulate ideas for compositions, to brainstorm and organize ideas, to write and revise their

writing on common themes/situations for given purpose.(b) to identify grammatical errors and to correct them in their own writing or in peer writing.(c) To design and write a brochure or pamphlet(d) To write the dialogues of a face-to-face/telephonic conversation.4.2. Creative Writing : The students are expected to develop in them the ability(a) To add a suitable beginning/ending/title to a given poem/story

[39]

A PE G

(b) To reconstruct a story from a given set of questions/fillers/outlines.(c) To rewrite a poem/short story as a different from of discourse, i.e. a page of a diary, a newspaper

article or a script for a play etc.4. Grammar and Usage : Points relating to Grammar and usage will be mainly discourse-based.

These points are discussed in 'Approaches to English Book I' and in Reference Books forGrammar mentioned under 'Instructional Materials'. They are related to the following broad topics:

i) Tense and Aspectii) Modalsiii) Non-finite Verb formsiv) The Passivev) Prepositionsvi) Phrasal Verbsvii) Clause-typesviii) Linking Devicesix) Word Order and Emphasis5. Instructional Materials :(a) Approaches to English, Book-I(b) Approaches to English, Book-II

Published by the Orissa State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production, Pustak Bhavan,Bhubaneswar.

(c) Reference Books for Grammar and Usage :(i) A University Grammar of English (Quirk, Greenbaum et al)(ii) English Grammar Practice (Bijoy Kumar Bal)

FIRST YEARA. APPROACHES TO ENGLISH, BOOK-IProseUnits to be studied :i. The Adventure of Learningii. Men and Womeniii. Modern Livingiv. Food for ThoughtB. APPROACHES TO ENGLISH, BOOK -IIPoetryUnits to be studied :i. Ecology (A.K.Ramanujan)ii. Dog's Death (John Updike)iii. The Fog (W.H.Davies)iv. Girl Lithe and Tawny (Pablo Neruda)v. Ballad of the Landlord (Langston Hughes)Short Stories

[40]

A PE G

Units to be studied :xi. The Rainbow-Bird (Vance Palmer)xii. The Eyes Have it (Ruskin Bond)xiii. The little Wife (William March)One-Act PlaysUnits to be studies :xvii. Mother's Day (J.B. Priestley)xviii. The Unexpected (Ella Adkins)C. GRAMMAR & USAGEi. Tense and Aspectii. Modalsiii. Non-finite verb formsiv. The passivev. Prepositions and Phrasal Verbs

SECOND YEARA. APPROACHES TO ENGLISH, BOOK-IUnits to be studiedvi. The Wonder World of Sciencevii. Our Environmentviii. The World of Businessix. The Changing WorldB. APPROACHES TO ENGLISH, BOOK-IIPoetryUnits to be studied :vi. Indian Children Speak (Juanita Bell)vii. The Goat Paths (James Stephen)viii. Of a Questionable Conviction (Jayanta Mahapatra)ix. Mirror (Sylvia Plath)x. Toads (Philip Larkin).Short StoriesUnits to be studied :xiv. The Happy Man (W.S.Maugham)xv. The Tree (Manoj Das)xvi. The Watch Man (R.K.Narayan)One Act PlaysUnits to be studiesxix. The Hour of Truth (Percival Wilde)C. GRAMMAR & USAGEi. Revision of 'Tense and Aspect'ii. Revision of Prepositions and Phrasal Verbs

[41]

A PE G

iii. Clause-typesiv. Linking Devicesv. Word Order and EmphasisScheme of EvaluationThere will be a college examination in Alternatjve English at the end of the First Year. This will beAlternative English Paper -I carrying 100 marks. The final examination to be conducted by CHSE at theend of the second year of the course will consist of one written paper of Alternative English carrying100 marks. The paper shall test the student's proficiency in English with respect to correctness,appropriacy, tone and style.Alternative English (1st Year) - (To be evaluated at the college level)1. Reading Comprehension :(a) A prescribed prose piece or extract

(5 questions - including inferentialquestions-are to be answered)

(b) A prescribed poem/extract (5 questionsincluding inferential questions and thoseon poetic devices, figures of speech,mood, tone and style etc.)

(c) A prescribed story / one-act play or itsextract (5 questions including inferentialquestions and those on literary devices,tone etc.)

(d) An unseen passage of at least200 words (5 questions includingInferential ones)

2. Reading related skills.(a) Guided note making based on the passage 1 (d)(b) Cohesive devices3. Writing skills.(a) Summarising an unknown passage as given in

1 (d) with caption(b) Reconstruct a story from a given set of

questions/fillers/outlines or completion of a story(c) Essay writing (including brainstorming, organizing,

outlining, writing first draft and revising)4. Grammar and usage (in context) (3 questions

on the prescribed grammar units)

Alternative English (2nd year) To be evaluated at CHSE level1. Reading Comprehension.(a) A prescribed prose piece or extract

[42]

A PE G

(5 questions including inferentialquestions are to be answered).

(b) A prescribed poem / extract (5 questionsincluding inferential questions and thoseon poetic devices, figures of speech,mode, tone and style etc.)

(c) A prescribed story / one-act play or itsextract (5 questions including Inferentialquestions and those on literary devices,tone etc.)

(d) An unseen passage of at least 200 words(5 questions including inferential ones)

2. Reading related skills.Unguided note making (based on the passagegiven in 1 (d).

3. Writing skills.(a) Designing and writing a brochure / pamphlet(b) Writing dialogues of a face-to-face / telephonic

conversation.(c) Rewriting a poem/short story as a different form

of discourse i.e. a page of a diary, a newspaperreport/article or a script for a play etc.

(d) Adding a suitable beginning/ending/title to agiven poem/story.

4. Grammar and usage (in context)(3 questions on the prescribed grammarunits including modified cloze tests).

*********

[43]

A PE G

ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION(Compu ls ory)

The Environmental Education (EE) is incorporated in the New Syllabus of Higher Secondary (+2)students of all streams (Science, Arts & Commerce) from 2006 (admission batch). The theory courseshall be taught in 40 periods.

The syllabus is compulsory for all students. To reduce the work-load of students EE will be taught inXI class only. The syllabus shall be of 100 marks of which 70 marks assigned to theory paper and 30 marksfor project work.

Questions for theory paper shall be prepared by the Council and examination will be held on astipulated date fixed by the Council.

The questions for theory paper will be prepared as per the norms of Council as done for all othersubjects, 40 marks for short (which also includes objectives) and 30 marks for long questions.

Students are required to answer three long questions one from each unit. Each unit will have 2questions with internal choice. The short questions (covering all units) will be compulsory.

Each students has to submit a project work positively to the Principals of the respective collegesbefore Annual Examination.

There shall be 10 project work titles specified in the course and students are free to choose any oneof them. A group of teachers will be assigned to guide them. The project shall be evaluated in the respectivecolleges. The best project (as will be decided by the Principal) may be sent to Council for consideration foraward of a special prize.

The grade secured (taking both the theory and project marks) will be reflected in the mark sheet andpass certificate.

(Above 70% - Gr. A+, above 60% - Gr. A, above 50% - Gr. B, above 35% - Gr. C and below 35% - Gr.D)

THEORY (70 Marks)Unit - I

(A) Man and Environment 8 Periods

Atmosphere, Lithosphere, Hydrosphere and Biosphere- Human being as a rational social partner inenvironmental action - Impact of human activities on environment -Environmental Problems of urban andrural areas- Stress on civic amenities, supply of water, electricity, transport and health services.

(B) Natural Resources : 6 Periods

Land, water, forest as primary natural resources- Fresh water and Marine resources- Naturalresources of Orissa -Concept of Biodiversity and its conservation. Renewable and non- renewable naturalresources, Conventional and non- conventional energy.

[44]

A PE G

Unit - II

Environmental Pollution : 6 Periods

Types of pollution and pollutants Causes, effects and control of air pollution, water pollution; soilpollution and noise pollution, Green house effect, Global Warming, Eutrophication, Ozone layer depletion.

Unit - III

(A) Environmental Management : 6 Periods

Scope of Environmental Management- Management of solid, liquid and gaseous wastes -ResourceManagement- disaster Management (flood, cyclone and earthquake) -Concept of sustainable development-Management of agricultural produce.

(B) Environmental Laws : 5 Periods

Constitutional Provisions -Major provisions of Environmental Laws and Pollution Control Laws withparticular reference to the Water Act; 1974, the Air Act, 1981, the E(P) Act 1986, CPCB and SPCB- Centraland State Pollution Control Boards.

PROJECTS

5 Periods F. M. : 30

1. To study the changes that have taken place in the given land area of a city/Village/locality/marketduring the last five years in respect of at least five parameters like number of houses, residents andfamilies, food habits, number of household goods in a family, consumption of water, electricity andfuel including that for personal vehicles by a family, sources of noise (public address systems beingused, television, radio and vehicles on the road), common facilities like number of schools, hospitals,shops, theatres, public conveyance, public utilities, public transport, number of factories, industriesand/or the facilities for production and processing of goods, loss of water bodies, types and quantityof wastes, their disposal and treatment facilities with a view to discuss the patterns of changes andimpact on the environment and quality of life. One specific project on these aspects may be to studythe changes that have taken place in a given land area during the last five years in respect of thenumber of houses, residents and families and to prepare a report on the effects on civic amenitieslike availability of water, electricity and fuel; the drainage system, disposal of wastes Including nightsoil.

2. To study the environmental profile of a town/ locality/village in respect of population density, greencover, educational level of residents, social problems and sources of pollution and their effect on air,water and soil.

3. To collect data on monthly consumption of electricity and fuel from at least five families, any twocommercial establishments and four public utilities in a given locality. To plan strategies for educatingconsumers to economise on the consumption of electricity and fuel by reducing their over-use, misuseand improper use.

4. To study, for a period of one month, the status of sanitary conditions and methods of waste disposalof a given locality vis-a-vis the role of Panchayat, Municipality or Corporation and to prepare an actionplan for making the conditions more environment friendly.

[45]

A PE G

5. To investigate the impact of an industry or a large manufacturing unit on the local environment. Theparameters could be land use, the ratio of the covered area and the open space, the raw materialsused for production, inputs like electricity and water, the types of waste generated and the modes ofwaste disposal, use of environment friendly and efficient technology, types of pollutants emitted ordischarged, the average health status of the employees and residents in the area.

6. To study the impact of changes in agricultural practices or animal husbandry including poultry, piggery,fishery and apiculture over a period of time on the local environment of a given area or village. Thecomponents for analysis may include: types of crops, land area under cultivation, mechanization,use of electricity, mode of irrigation and agrochemicals, agro-waste and their disposal, types of animalbreed and their feed, types of shelter and health care, methods of preservation and processing ofproducts and animal wastes and their disposal. To suggest an action plan for modifying the prevailingpractices so as to make them environment friendly and sustainable.

7. To collect samples of water from different sources and study their physical characteristics like turbidity,colour, odour; the measure of pH, the nature of suspended and dissolved impurities and pollutants,the presence of toxic materials like mercury, lead, arsenic, fluorine and the presence of living organisms.For testing the presence of toxic materials and living organisms the help of a local laboratory orinstitution may be taken, if available. To identify the most polluted sample of water and locate thesources of its pollution. To devise an action plan for mobilising public opinion for checking the pollution.

8. To study the practices followed in the region for storage, preservation, transportation and processingof perishable or non- perishable farm products and to assess the extent of their wastage due to faultypractices.

9. To prepare a status report on the prevalence of child labour in a given area through simple surveys onchildren engaged as domestic help and as workers in farms, commercial establishments andmanufacturing units. The survey may be in respect of age group, education, wages, working hours,working conditions, safety in work place, health, handling hazardous materials and the like. Units dealingwith hazardous materials and processes may be identified and an action plan for mobilising publicopinion against the practice of child labour may be prepared.

10. To conduct a survey of plants in a locality and to collect information about their cultural, economic andmedicinal values from the local people and the available literature. To prepare an action plan for theirpropagation.

Book Prescribed :

Bureau’s Higher Secondary (+2) Environmental Education - Orissa State Bureau of TextbookPreparation & Production, Bhubaneswar.

[46]

A PE G

YOGA (Theory)+2 1st year

Full Marks - 50 Time 2 hrs.

Unit - I 10 marks

CONCEPT YOGA

Meaning. Definition and Scope of yoga, Importanceand aim of yoga for the students, Misconception ofYoga

Yoga and Spirituality

Unit - II 10 marks

BASIC PRINCIPLES OF YOGA PRACTICE

Place, Time, Age, Diet, Dress, Do’s and Don’tsPower of Silence

Unit - III 10 marks

BRANCHES OF YOGA

Karma Yoga, Bhakti Yoga, Raja Yoga, Jnana Yoga

Yoga in Srimad Bhagavat Gita

Unit - IV 10 marks

CONCEPT OF ASTHANGA YOGA

Yama, niyama, asana, pranayama, pratyahara,dharana, dhyana and samadhi

Unit - V 10 marks

YOGA AND PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT

Meaning, Definition of Personality

Dimension of Personality: physical, mental,emotional, intellectual and spiritual. PersonalityDevelopment in relation to external world civic, social,patriotic and global consciousness. Concept ofPersonality According to swami Vivekananda andSri Aurobindo.

YOGA (Practical)+2 2nd year

Full Marks - 50 Time 2 hrs.Unit - I 20 marksASANAPRILIMINARY PRACTICES : Greeva Sanchalana,skandha chakra (shoulder rotation), purna, titaliasana (full butterfly), marjari asana (car stretchpose), Surya NamaskaraSTANDING POSTURE : Tadasana, tiryak tadasana,katichakrasana pada-hastasana, ardha chakrasana,ardhakati chakrasana, ekapada pranasmasana,garudasana, natarajasana.SITTING POSTURE : padmasana janusirasana,paschimottanasana, supta vajrasana,shashankasana, ustrasana, ardhamatsyendrasana.PRONE LYING POSTURE : shalabhasana,bhujangasana, dhanurasana.SUPINE POSTURE : uttanapadasana, suptapawanamuktasana, naukasana, halasana,sarvangasana, matsyasana, chakrasana.Unit-II (10 marks)RELAXATION : savasana, yoganidraUnit - III (10 marks)PRANAYAMA : Priliminary practices: abdominal,thoracic, clavicular and full yogic breathingkapalabhati, nadisodhana, bhramariseetali/seetkariUnit - IV and Unit - V (10 marks)MEDITATION : Antarmouna - sensorial awareness: (sound, touch, vison, smell, taste), breathawareness, awareness of the spontaneous thoughtprocess.Unit-VKRIYA : Trataka (internal and external)For +2 1st year 50 marks theory examinationand For +2 2nd year 50 marks practicalexamination but in 1st year and 2nd yearstudents will learn practical

The grade secured taking together both the theory and Project/Practical marks will be refelected in the Marks sheet andthe pass certificate of the Council.Grade A+ = 70% above, Grade B+ = 60% and Grade B = 50% above, Grade C = 35% and Grade D = before 35%

Books Prescribed : An Introduction to Yoga, ù~ûM _eòPdPublished by Orissa State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production

[47]

A PE G

BASIC COMPUTER EDUCATION+2 1st YearUNIT-IComputer Fundamentals : Necessity and uses of computer, what is computer?, Computer as a ystem,problem and problem solving technique, Important terminology, Input-Output levices, types of computer,(Digital, Analog, Hybrid, Super computer, Main Frame, Mini, JC, Note Book, and Laptop).Generation ofComputer, Computer Memory, (Main, Secondary, ‘/irtual. Buffer, Cache,) Computer Languages and its types.

8 HoursUNIT-IIOperating System: types, software, Dos and Windows : Fundamentals and Commands , Security andAnti-virus

Introduction to MS_OFFICE:MS- WORD: Creating a File, setting and typing text, page formatting, editing, printing, saving the files,creating Folders , Insertion tables and objects, Bulleting, Page Numbering, spell check, indenting , paragraphsetting and mail merge, CD writing.

MS-EXCEL: Spread sheet and its uses , an introduction, formatting work sheet, setting columns/Rows,range, Format, protect, sorting, types of graphs, functions and formula, printing text, copying and saving thedocument.

MS-POWER POINT : Features, Uses, Menus, Toolbars, creating a presentation through auto context wizard,templates, manual slides show, saving, deleting, opening a presentation, Editing.

MS-ACCESS: Data base, data base Management system, RDBMS, advantages and limitations ofMS-Access, parts, tables, integrity constraints, relationship and designing tables.

I5hoursUNIT-IIIINTERNET AND COMPUTER SECURITY:Introduction to Internet, net browsing, Emails, Networking and its types, topology, computer crime, componentsrequired for internet, saving and printing the web files.

APLLICATIONS: in Education, Medical Science, Business, Entertainment, Social services and Research etc. 7 hours

For +2 1st year 50 marks theory examination and 50 marks practical examination.TOTAL HOURS: 30 (THEORY) AND 10 HOURS (PRACTICAL).PRACTICALS :DOS, Windows, MS-Office, web page, browsing, sending and creating a mailThe grade secured taking together both the theory and Project/Practical marks will be refelected in the Marks sheet andthe pass certificate of the Council.Grade A+ = 70% above, Grade A = 60% and Grade B = 50% above, Grade C = 35% above and Grade D = below 35%

[48]

A PE G

BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE - 11st year Physics Theory

Total Periods - 68Time : 2-1/2 hrs.

Full Marks - 50UNIT-I1. Units and Dimensions: S.I. system of Units, dimension of a physical quantity, dimensional

analysis. (4 Periods)2. Scalars and Vectors: The concept of vectors and scalars, unit vector, components of a vector

along the co-ordinate axes, addition and subtraction of vectors, triangle, parallelogram andpolygon law method of vectgor addition, dot and cross product of two vectors.(8 periods)

3. Kinematics of a Particle :Average and instantaneous speed and velocity, average andInstanatneous acceleraction, velocity as time rate of displacement, acceleration as time rate ofvelocity. Equation of linear motion for uniformly accelerated bodies. (4 periods)

4. Force, Work, Energy & Power : Newton’s laws of motion, inertia of rest and inertia of motion,equilibrium of forces, conservation of linear momentum, impulse of force, impulse momentumtheorem. Work done by a consant force, kinetic energy, Potential energy, conservation of energy,power. (6 periods)

UNIT-II1. Properties of matter : Elasticity, strain and stress, elastic limit, Hooke’s Law, Young’s Modulus,

rigidity Modulus, Poisson’s Ratio. Surface tension, angle of contact, capillary rise. (7 periods)2. Circular Motion : Uniform circular motion, expression for centripetal acceleration (without

derivation), banking of tracks. (4 periods)3. Gravitational Force : Newton’s law of gravitation, accelration due to gravity, its variation with

altitude & depth,geostationary satellite,escape velocity. (6 periods)4. Oscillatory Motions : Time period and frequency, simple harmonic motion, displacement,

amplitude and phase, expression for velocity and acceleration, kinetic energy and potentialenergy of a particle executing SHM. (7 periods)

UNIT-III1. Heat Phenomena : Concept of Heat and Temperature, scale of temperature (Celsius,

Fahrenheit, Kelvin). Thermal expansion of solids, relations between co-efficients of expansion.Definitions of Mechanical equivalent of heat, heat capacity, specific heat, water equivalent, changeof phase, latent heat (No experiemtnal determination)

(10 periods)2. Heat Transfer: Transfer of heat, conduction, convection and radiation, thermal conductivity of

solids, its determiantion by Searle’s method. (4 periods)

[49]

A PE G

3. Kinetic Theory of Gases: Postulates of kinetic theory of gases. R.M.S. and mean speed,derivation of the expression for pressure of an ideal gas, kinetic interpretation of temperature,degrees of freedom of mono-atomic and diatomic gases, law of equipartition of energy(Statement only). (8 periods).

BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE - 12nd year Physics Theory

Total Periods - 68Time : 2-1/2 hrs.

Full Marks - 50UNIT-I1. Electric charge, electric field and potential : Frictional electricity, electric charge and its

conservation, Columb’s law, force between two point charges, di-electric permittivity, electricfield, field strength E, electric field due to point charge, electric dipole, electric field due to adipole at (i) an axial point (ii) equatorial point.

Electrostatic potential difference, electrical potential due to a point charge, electrical potentialdue to dipole, (i) at an axial point and (ii) at an equatorial point. (7 periods)

2. Capacitance : Capacitance and capacitors, capacitance of an isolated sphere, capacitors inseries and in parallel. (5 periods)

3. Electric Current : Electric current, Ohm’s law, conductance, conductivity, resistance and resistivity,emf, relation between emf and potential difference, variation of resistance with temperature,resistances in series and in parallel.

Heating effect of electric current, statement of Joule’s law, electric power.(7 periods)

4. Magnetic effect of electric current : Force on a current carrying conductor in a uniform magneticfield, magnetic induction B, Biot-savart’s law, magnetic field at the centre of a current carryingcircular loop. (4 periods).

UNIT - II1. Electro-Magnetic Induction : Induced emf, Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction, Lenz’s

law, self and mutual inductance, voltage induced in a rotating coil in a uniform magnetic field.(5 periods)

2. Alternating Current : Alternating current, peak and RMS value of alternating current/voltage,reactance, A.C. through circuits containing resistance only, capacitance only & inductance only(expressions for current without any derivation). (5 periods)

[50]

A PE G

3. Solids and Semiconductors : Energy band in solids (qualitative ideas only), differencebetween metals, insulators and semic conductors on the basis of band theory, intrinsic andextrinsic semiconductors, P-type and N-type semiconductor, p-n junction and its charateristics.

One p-n junction used as a half wave rectifier and two p-n junctions used as full wave rectifier.Junction transistors (pnp and npn), transistor characteristics CE and CB mode.(8 periods)

4. Digital Electronics : Decimal and binary numbers, conversion, logic gates:- OR, AND, NOT,NAND and NOR gates (Symbol, use and truth table). (5 periods)

UNIT-III1. Reflection and Refraction of light : reflection by spherical mirror, mirror equation (derivation),

laws of refraction, refractive index and its relation with velocityof light (formula only), critical angle,total internal reflection, u-v relation for a lens (without derivation), power of lens.(6 periods)

2. Refraction and deviation produced by prism : Minimum deviation and refractive index ofmaterial of a prism, simple magnifying glass. (4 periods)

3. Atomic Physics : Rutherford’s model of atom and its limitations, Bohr’s model of hydrogenatom, derivation of expression for radius and energy of hydrogen atom in the nth state, explanationof hydrogen spectra, photoelectric effect. Einstein’s photoelectric equation, threshold frequency,work function, application of photo-electric effects.

Atomic nucleus, its composition, mass defect, statement of mass-energy equivalencerelation, binding energy. (12 periods)

[51]

A PE G

BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE-ICHEMISTRY THEIRY

(For First Year) TOTAL PERIOD-68Time - 2.30 hrs

F. M. - 50Unit - I

(i) Bas ic Concepts in Chemis try : Atoms molecules, valency, radicals, atomic mass, molecular mass, equivalent massAvogadro'sHypothesis and its applications, Mole concept, units of concentration, Stochiometric calculations.

(2 periods)(ii) Dif ferent Sta tes of Matter :

Gaseous State : Postalates of Kinetic theory of gases, derivation of Kinetic gas equation and gas lawsfrom kinetic gas equation, ideal and real gases, van der Waal's equation; average, root mean squareand most probable velocities, preliminary idea about distribution of molecular velocity.

(4 periods)(iii) Liquid State and Solutions :

Raoult's law, osmosis, molecular mass determination from lowering of vapour pressure, elevation ofboiling point, depression of freezing point and osmotic pressure. (4 periods)

(iv) Colloidal State and Surface Chemistry : Types of colloids, preparation, purification, properties anduses of colloids; types of adsorption and its applications.

(v) Structure of the a tom:Dual nature of matter, Heisenberg's uncertainly principle, quantum numbers, shapes of s, p, d- orbitals,Pauli exclusion principle, Aufbau principle, Hund's rule, electronic configuration of atoms upto atomicnumber 30.

(6 periods)(vi) Period ic c lass i f ica t ion:

Periodicity in properties such as atomic and ionic radii, ionisation potential, electron affinity,electronegativity and oxidation states. (4 periods)

UNIT - II(i) Chemica l Bonding : 30 Periods

Polarity in covalent molecules, hybridisation (sp, sp2 and sp3), VSEPR theory, shapes of molecules(linear, angular, planar, pyramidal and tetrahedral) and bond. Hydrogen bond.

(ii) Chemica l reac t ions : (4 periods)Types of chemical reaction, redox reaction, equivalent mass of oxidants and reductants (KMnO4 andK2Cr2O7 in acid medium, oxalate ion and thiosulphate ion), balancing redox reactions by oxidationnumber and ion-electron methods, neutralisation reaction, volumetric analysis.

(iii) Hydrogen : (2periods)Preparation, properties and uses of heavy water and hydrogen peroxide, strength of H2O2.

(iv) Princ iples & Process of extrac t ion of meta ls :Occurrence of metals, metallurgy, Ores and minerals, concentration, flux, slag, calcination, roasting,smelting, various reduction methods used for extraction of metals (carbon reduction, aluminothermicprocess, electrolytic reduction and self reduction) and refining.(3 periods)

(v) S-block elements : (2 periods)Alkali and alkaline earth metals:General characteristics of the alkali and alkaline earth group metals.

[52]

A PE G

(vi) P-block of elements : (2 periods)(a) Group 13 elements :

General characteristics of group 13 elements. (3 periods)(b) Group 14 and 15 elements :

General characteristics of group 14 and 15 elements.UNIT - III

(i) Organic chemistry :(i) Basic principles: Tetravalency of carbon, shapes of simple organic molecules (methane, ethane, ethene

and ethyne) functional groups, nomenclature by IUPAC system of organic compound; inductive effect,resonance, fission of covalent bond, electrophile, nucleophile, types of organic reactions (addition, eliminationand substitution reaction - examples only). (5 periods)

(ii) Isomerism :Concept, types, structural (chain, position, functional, metamerism and tautomerism), stereoisomerism;geometrical and optical, defination and examples only.

(2 periods)(iii) Hydrocarbons :

Alkanes, General formula, methods of preparation; reduction of alkenes and alkynes, decarboxylation ofcarboxylic acid, Wurtz reaction and Kolbe's synthesis, general properties; physical, chemical: substitution(halogenation and nitration), cracking. (3periods)

(iv) Alkenes :General formula, methods of preparation; dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides and dehydration of alcohols,electrolysis of salt of dibasic acids, properties; physical, chemical: addit ion with H 2, X2, HX(Markownikoff's rule and peroxide effect), HOX, H2SO4, ozonolysis, polymerisation. (3 periods)

(iv) Alkynes :General formula, methods of preparation: dehydrohalogenation of vicinal and geminal dihalides,dehalogenation of tetrahalides, electrolysis of salt of dibasic acids, preparation of acetylene fromiodoform and calcium carbide, properties: physical, chemical: acidic nature of acetylene and terminalalkynes, addition reaction with H2, HX, HOX, H2O and ozonolysis, reaction with ammonical Cu2CI2solution and AgNO3 solution and uses of acetylene. (3 periods)

(v) Organometa l lic compounds :Organomagnesium compounds: Grignard reagent -preparation from alkyl halide, its use in the preparationof alkanes, alcohols, aldehydes, ketones and monocarboxylic acids. (3 periods)

(vi) A lc oho l s :Classification as primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols, general methods of preparation fromalkylhalides, esters, aldehydes, ketones, and Grignard reagents, properties: physical, chemical: reactionwith strongly electropositive metals, organic acids, inorganic acids, PCl5, distinction between primary,secondary and tertiary alcohols (3 periods)

***

[53]

A PE G

PAPER - IITime- 2.30 Hrs.

Full Mark -50

UNIT - I(i) Energetics :

Exothermic and endothermic reactions, internal energy and enthalpy, heat of formation, combustion and reaction,Hess's law, bond energy. (3 periods)

(ii) Chemical Equilibria :Law of mass action, equilibrium constants Kp, Kc, and Kx, relationship between them. Le-chatelier principleand its application to Synthesis of Ammonia. (4 periods)

(iii) Ionic Equilibria :Concept of acids, bases and salts, ionic product of water, hydrolysis of salts, pH, buffer solution, Hendersonequation, Common Ion effect solubilityproduct and application in qualitative analysis. (5 periods)

(iv) Electrochemistry :Electrolytes and nonelectrolytes, electrolysis, Faraday's laws, specific, equivalent and molar conductance,Kohlrausch law and its applications, Galvanic cells, cell reactions, Nernst equation, standard elect rodepotential, electrochemical series, e.m.f. of simple cells. (7 periods)

(v) Chemical Kinetics:Factors affecting rate, order of reactions and molecularity, kinetics of zero and first order reactions, half lifeperiod, Activation energy. (4 periods)

UNIT - II(i) Nuclear Chemistry :

Properties of alpha, beta and gamma rays, group displacement law, kinetics of radioactive decay, hal f lifeperiod, stability of nuclei with respect to neutron/proton ratio, Carbondating, mass energy conversions,artificial radioactivity induced by alpha particles, nuclear fission and fusion. (5 periods)

(ii) p-block elements :(a) General characteristics of Group -16 elements Genral Characteristics of Family. Preparation, Propert ies and

uses of ozone. (3 periods)(b) General characteristics of Group 17 elements.General Characteristics of halogen family. (2 periods)(c) Position of Group 18 elements in the periodic table, properties and uses of noble gases, preparation, properties

and structure of XeF2, XeF4 and XeF6. (3 periods)(iii) Transition metals: General characteristics, principle of extraction, properties and uses of Cu and Fe, preparation,

properties and uses of oxides, chlorides and nitrates of Cu and Fe. (6 periods)(iv) Co-ordination compounds and organometallics :

Werner's theory of co-ordination compounds, nomenclature, isomerism in coordination compounds, elementaryideas and classification of organometallic compound with examples. (4 periods)

UNIT - III :(i) Aldehydes and Ketones :

Oxidation and dehydrogenation of alcohols, dry distillation of calcium salt of monocarboxylic acids, fromacid chlorides, properties:- Physical, Chemical; reaction with HCN, NaHSO3, hydroxylamine, phenylhydrazine,Tollen's reagent, Fehling's solution, aldol condensation, Cannizzaro's reaction, and iodoform reaction.

(4 periods)(ii) Monocarboxylic acids :

General methods of preparation: Oxidation of primary alcohols and aldehydes, hydrolysis of cyanides andesters, carboxylation of Grignard's reagents, Properties: Physical, Chemical; reaction with metals, NH3,alcohol, sodalime, reaction of formic acid with Tollen's reagent. (2 periods)

[54]

A PE G

(iii) Amides: Preparation by heating of ammonium salt, reactions with P2O5, HNO2 and Hofmann's bromamidereaction. (2 periods)

(iv) Acid Chlorides: Preparation from acids by PCl5 and thionyl chloride, reactions with alcohols and sodium saltof acids. (2 periods)

(v) Aliphatic amines : Types of amines, basic nature of amines, preparation of primary amines only, reduction ofnitroalkanes, cyanides, Hofmann's bromamide reaction, Physical, and Chemical properties. (2 periods)

(vi) Aromatic compounds :Aromatic hydrocarbons. concept of aromaticity (Huckel's rule), graphic formula of benzene, preparation ofbenzene from sodium benzoate, properties - electrophilic substitution reaction halogenation, nitration,sulphonation and Friedel-Craft reaction, addition reaction, oxidation and ozonolysis, directive influence ofsubs t ituents . (5 periods)

(vii) Phenols: Preparation from sodium benzene sulphonate, properties: acidic character, electrophilic substitutionreaction (nitration, halogenation; sulphonation, Reimer - Tiemann reaction). (2 periods)

(viii) Polymers: Classification of polymers; natural and synthetic polymers, important uses and formula of PVC,neoprene, Teflon, Buna-S, Nylon-6, Bakelite. (3 periods)

[55]

A PE G

MATHEMATICSPAPER - I

Marks - 50UNIT - I (35 periods) Time - 2.30 Hrs.Set : Idea of union, intersection, difference, symmetric difference, complemention, De morgans laws and cartesian

product.Complex no : Idea of complex numbers, moduls, argument and conjugate of complex nos. Extraction of square

roots cube roots of a complex number. Statement of D’moivre’s theorm and application.Relation : Definition, domain, range inverse of a relation, equivalence relation, congruence module relation.Function : Definition, domain, range, injective, surjective and bijective function, Inverse of a function, odd a even

functions. Brief idea of real valued function of a real variable such as |x|, [x] logax, ax, ex, lnx.

UNIT - II (33 periods)

Trigonmetry : Trigonometric ralations of compound, multiple and submultiple angles and standard trigonometricformulae. Trigonometric equations and their general solutions. Properties of triangles, inverse trigonometricfunctions.

Co-ordinate geometry of two dimensions :

Rectangular co-ordinate system. Distance and Division formula. Area of triangle. Slope of a line and anglebetween lines. Equations of a stline in different forms. Distance of a point from the line. Family of stlinesequation of the angle bisectors.

Circle : Definition and equation of a circle equation of a circle in paramitrir form Tangents and normals to circlesystem of circles.

MATHEMATICSPAPER - II

Marks - 50Time 2.30 Hor.

UNIT - I (35 periods)Determinant and Matrices :

Determinants upto order three, minors and cofactors, properties of determinants, cramer’s rule.Matrices, algebra of matrices, transpose and inverse a matrix, solution of system of linear equations by matrix

inverse method.Vector: Vectors and scalars, types of vectors, algebra of vectors, position vectors of a point, Resolution of vectors

into components.Scalar (dot) and vector (cross) product of two vectors and its geometrical meaning, commutative and distributive

properties of dot and cross product (without proof), Scalar triple product.UNIT - II (33 periods)

Limit and continuity : Limit of a function (Definition only) left hand limit and right hand limit, infinite limit andlimit at infinity, continuity.

Diffeerentiation : Derivatives, its geometrical and physical meaning, derivatives of algebraic, trignometric, inversetrignomentric, exponential and logarithmic functions, Derivatives of functions in parametric forms, Derivativesof implicit functions, logarithmic differentiations.

Integral Calculus : Standard integration formulae, integration by method of substitution, by parts and by partialfractions, definite integrals and their properties. (without - proof)

UNIT-III

Binary arithmetic (only addition and Subtraction)

[56]

A PE G

BIOLOGY

There shall be two theoretical papers. Paper - I and Paper - II. Examination for each theory paper shall be of2.30 hours duration. Paper I shall be taught in the 1st year and Paper - II in the Second year. There will be nopractical papers for this syllabus.

Examinat ion Patte rn:

Question on each theory paper of 5o marks shall consist of three groups covering all units of the paper asgiven in the syllabus. Number and nature of questions in each theory paper and mark distribution would be asfollows.

Group - A

Question number 1 would be multiple choice type covering all the units 01x6 = 06

Question number 2 would be objective / very short answer type.All the bits are compulsory covering theentire syllabus. 01x09 =09

Group - B

Question number 3 would be short answer type with each bit carrying 02 marks and covering all the units ofthe syllabus. 02 x 7 = 14

Group - C

Question number 4 to 9 would be essay type each carrying 07 marks. Candidates have to answer any threequestions out of these. 07 x 3 = 21

B.F.C. CourseBIOLOGY

1ST YEAR PAPER - IF. M - 50

Time - 2.30 hrsUNIT - I (20 periods)Divers it ies of l iv ing organism (Darwinism and Lamarckism)

Branches of biology, Origin of life, theories of evolution, Characterstics of living organisms, classification (5-kingdom system). Status and posit ion of bacteria and Viruses, Binomial nomenclature, salient features of alldivisions of plants and Animals (Non-chordates, chordates, cryptogams and phanerogams) Scientific names ofRohu, Bhakura, Mirkali, kau, frog, Toad, House lizard, Garden-lizard, Crocodile, Turtle, Cobra, Krait, Fowl, Peacock,Pigeon, Crow, Tiger, Elephant, Cat, Dog, Rabbit and Man and Some economically important plants.(cereales,pulses, oil yielding, fiber yielding and medicinal plants).

UNIT - IIMorphology Cytology and His tology : (25 Periods)

cell as basic unit of life, cell theory, pro-karyotic and Eukaryotic cell; structure and importance of cellorganelles, general characters of root, stem, leaf and inflorescence; Amoeba, Ascaris, Earthwom, Cockroach andFrog. structure and functions of epithelial, connective (Blood and Lymph), Muscular and nervous tissue. Cell division.(Mitosis and Meiosis), Plant Tissue (Meristematic and permanent), Anatomy of root, stem and leaf.

[57]

A PE G

UNIT - IIIPhys iology of liv ing Organisms: (23 Periods)

cell as physiological unit, Diffusion, Osmosis and Imbibition, Absorption of water, Ascent of sap, transpiration;photosynthesis; C3- & C4- plants; cellular respiration.

Intracellular and extra cellular digestion, Digestive system in human beings with associated glands (structureand function); Vitamins. structure and functions of heart of man; Blood group, Blood co-agulation; structure andfunction of kindney, Brain and Spinal cord of human beings;

B.F.C. CourseBIOLOGY

2ND YEAR PAPER - IIF. M - 50

Time - 2.30 hrs

UNIT - I (20 periods)Re-production, Growth and Development: Double Fertilization; Parthenogenesis; Parthenocarpy, growth and phyto hormones; Endocrine glands, and

its secretion in Human being, male and Female re-productive system of human beings.

UNIT - IIGenetics and Molecular Biology : (25 periods)

Mendels laws of inheritance; DNA structure & function Chromosomes; Sex determination; DNA Finger printing,Recombinant DNA technology; Transgenic plants and animals.

UNIT - IIIEcology and Biology in human welfare : (23 periods)

Ecosystem (structure and function). Plant succession (Hydrosere and Xerosere). Common Problems of adolescene(drugs. Alcohol and tobacco), risk of indiscriminate use of drugs and antibiotics. organ transplantation. immunity;vaccines and vaccination; - (Types, Causes, diagnoisis, prevention and treatment of Malaria. Filaria, Amoebiasis, AIDS,Cancer Diabetes, Powdery Mildew of Peas Bacterial blight of rice), basic concept of ECG, EEG, CT-SCAN, Ultrasoundand Endoscopy.

SYLLABUS FOR DAIRYING1st - YEAR

THEORY (Paper - I)Full Marks - 50

Time = 2.30 hrs.Tota l=30 c lases

1 . History of dairy development in India.(2 periods)2. Role of milk in human nutrition. (2 periods)3 . Indiaan dairy, draft and dual breeds of cattle and buffalo and Exotic cattle breeds used in India.(5 periods)4. Characterisation and performance of cross-bred cattle. (5 periods)5 . Methods of selection and systems of breeding. (2 periods)6. Judging of dairy animals. (2 periods)7 . Reproduction in dairy animals (2 periods)8 . Natural breeding, Artificial Insemination, their merits and demerits. (4 periods)

[58]

A PE G

9. Liquid seman and frozen semen. (2 periods)1 0 . Techniques of collection, preservation, handling and storage of semen.(4 periods)

PRACTICALPaper - I

Full Marks - 50Time 4 hrs .

Tota l= 15 c lases1 . Study of external body parts of the cattle. (2 periods)2. Identification of Indian and exotic breeds of cattle and buffaloes. (2 periods)3 . Common terms used in dairy farming. (2 periods)4. Judging of dairy animals by score card method. (2 periods)5 . Study of different equipments used in A.I. (2 periods)6. Physical evaluation of semen quality. (2 periods)7 . Visit to dairy farms, semen collection centre and frozen semen banks. (3 periods)

1st - YEARTHEORYPaper - II

Full Marks - 50Time 2.30 hrs .

Tota l=30 c lases1 . Classification of feed fodders used in livestock feeding with their functions. (2 periods)2. Digestion and assimilation of nutrients in ruminants. (2 periods)3 . Rations - maintenance, production and preganancy requirement and schedule of feeding for new born, heifers

pregnant and loctating animal, breeding bulls and bullocks. (6 periods)4. Agronomical paractices for different perennial and seasonal grasses and fodder crops and conservation of

fodders-straw hay and silage. (5 periods)5 . Treatment of paddy straw for its enrichment with urea and molasses. (2 periods)6. Sign of health and diseases in animals, first aid treatment of common ailments. (2 periods)7 . Diseases of animal due to Bacteria, Virus and Parasites. (4 periods)8 . Metabolic and deficiency diaseases, and food poisoning of animal. (2 periods)9. Vaccination schedule against common diseases. (3 periods)1 0 . Society for prevertion of cruelty to animal (SPCA) Act. And Cattle Insurance. (2 periods)

PRACTICALPaper - II

Full Marks - 50Time = 4 hrs.

Tota l= 15 c lases1 . Identification of common feed and fodders and fodder seeds,. (2 periods)2. Processing of feeds- grinding, mixing, pilleting, packaging, storage and computation of ration. (2 periods)3 . Visit to fodder farms to observe the agronomical practices and feed processing plants. (4 periods)4. Administration and application of different drugs. (3 periods)5 . Dressing and bandaging of wounds. (1 periods)

[59]

A PE G

6. Recognisation of animal in health and diseases. (2 periods)7 . Visit to Veterinary clinics. (1 periods)

SECOND YEARTHEORYPaper - I

Full Marks - 50Time = 2.30 hrs.Tota l=22 c lases

1 . Principles of dairy cattle management. (2)2. Care and management of newly born calves, heifers, pregnant animal, milch and dry cows bulls and bullocks.(4)3 . Weaning and colostrums feeding. (2)4. Management of cross bred and high yielding cows in hot and humid climatic conditions.(2)5 . Routine management practices in a farms including record keeping.(4)6. Clean milk production.(2)7 . Selection of site for a dairy farm.(2)8 . System of animal housing, their merits and demerits and floor space requirement of different categories of

animals. (2)9. Hygiene and sanitation in a dairy farm and dispossl of animal waste and dead animals.(2)

PRACTICALPaper - I


Tota l=11 c lasses1 . Maintenance of pedigree sheet in a dairy farm. (1)2. Drawing of sketches of floor plan for different categories of animal. (2)3 . Estimation of body weight from body measurements of animal. (2)4. Handling and restraint of animal. (2)5 . Caculation of profit amd losses in a dairy farm. (2)6. Identification of animal, castration and dehoming.(2)

SECOND YEARTHEORYPaper - II

Full Marks - 50Time = 2.30 hrs.

Tota l= 22 c lasses1 . Implementation of dairy development programmes in Orissa. Milk producer’s co-operative society, Milk union

and Milk federation. (OMFED). (2)2. Women dairy co-operatives society. (1)3 . Physical characteristics and chemical composition of fluid milk. (4)4. Processing of milk-Pasteurisation, homogenisation, standardisation and preservation of milk.(4)5 . Market milk-raw processed, toned, double toned and skimmed milk.(2)

[60]

A PE G

6. Cleaning and sanitisation of dairy equipments and utensils.(1)7 . BIS standards of milk and milk products.(1)8 . Manufacture of dairy products - khoa, chhenna, flavoured milk, dahi, paneer, butter milk, lassi, ghee etc.(5)9. Packaging and storage of fluid milk and dairy products.(2)

PRACTICALPaper - II


Tota l=11 c lasses1 . Determination of titrable acidity of milk.(1)2. Estmation of specific gravity, fat% SNF% and TS% of milk.(2)3 . Conducting of COB and MBR tests of milk.(2)4. Detection of adulterants of milk.(3)5 . Preparation of Value added dairy products.(3)6. Visit to dairy processing and chilling plants.(1)

POULTRY FARMING1st – Year

Theory (Paper-I)Full Marks-50Time-2.30 hrs

Theory-30 classes

Unit-I 6 classesPoultry Industry in India and in Orissa. Importance of egg and meat in human diet.

Unit-II 9 classes

External body parts of chicken. Anatomy and physiology-brief outlines of digestive system. Excretory system,Reproductive system. Internal part of egg. Formation of egg, Composition of Egg

Unit-III 15 classes

Common breeds of chicken and other poultry birds. Breed characteristics and utility. Systems of mating-Flock mating, Stud mating, and Shift mating. Preliminary idea on artificial insemination. Estimation of eggproduction-Hen housed, Hen day and survivor egg production. Recording of body weight in broiler birds.

P R A C T I C A LPaper -I

Full Marks-50Time-4 hrs

Practical -15 classes

1. Body points of chicken and ducks.2. Handling, catching, wing banding and leg banding, debeaking.

[61]

A PE G

3. Identification of poultry breeds- White Leghorn, Rhode Island, Vanaraja, Giriraja, Grama Priya andsome commercial broiler strains.

4. Identification of internal organs; different parts of digestive and reproductive system.

5. Identification of good layers, poor layers and non-layers.

1st – Year

Theory (Paper-II)Full Marks-50

Time-2.30 hrs

Theory-30 classes

Unit-I 11 classes

Poultry housing and Equipments: Selection of site. Types of poultry houses-Semi intensive, Intensiveand backyard, low cost poultry house, Cage, Slat and Deep litter system of housing, its advantageand disadvantages. Litter materials, Built-up litter as manure care and management of litter. Types ofpoultry equipments like feeder, waterer/drinker and brooder etc.

Unit-II 8 classes

Production, Selection and care of hatching eggs. Candling of eggs. Incubation principles andpractise. Hatchery sanitation and management. Different fumigation process in hatchery.

Unit-III 11 classes

Brooding, rearing of chicks growers and breeders. Light management of broilers and layer.Management and care under adverse conditions. Culling of different age groups of stocks. Generalmanagement practices of ducks. Different moulting practise used for egg production.

Pract ica lPaper-II



1. Candling of eggs.2. Washing and fumigation of incubators and hatchers.3. Identification of different types of poultry houses and equipments.4. Culling.5. Visit to poultry farms.6. Identification of litter materials and quality assessment.

[62]

A PE G

Second YearTheory (Paper-I)

Full Marks-50Time-2.30 hrs

Theory-22 classes

Unit-I 8 classesPoultry feeds and feeding practices- Classification of poultry feeds and feed stuffs based on energy andprotein. Quality control and storage of poultry feeds. BIS standards of poultry feeds. Feed conversion ratio( F C R ) .

Feeding schedule for different types of poultry-Starter and Finisher for broilers, Chicks, grower,and layer for layer birds and breeder birds for both meat and egg type birds. Preliminary knowledgeof feeds, formulation and preparation. Utilization of local available ingredients used in poultry feed.Different types of feeding practices like full feeding, Restricted feeding.

Unit-II 8 classes

Signs of good health and ill health in poultry flock. Hygiene and sanitation. Classification of poultrydiseases. Common disease of poultry; Ranikhet Disease, Fowl pox, Marke’s Disease, AvianInfluenza (Bird Flu), Avian leucosis complex, Chronic Respiratory Disease (CRD), Salmonellosis, E.Coli, Fowl Cholera, Aspergilosis & Eemerging disease, their prevention and control.

Unit-III 6 classes

Round worm, Tape worm, lice, Tick and mite infestations, Cannibalism, Bumble foot, Crop Impaction,Egg bound condition. Different vices of Poultry, Vaccination schedule for layer and broiler birds.

P R A C T I C A L

Paper-IFull Marks-50

Time-4 hrs


1. Identification of common feed ingredients. Storage and stocking of feed.

2. Visit to feed mixing centre. Mixing of feed.

3. Collecting feed samples for analysis.

4. Identification of healthy and unhealthy birds.

5. Vaccination.

6. Calculating the feed requirement of broiler poultry farm

[63]

A PE G

SECOND YEART H E O R YPaper-II

Full Marks-50Time-2.30 hrs

Theory-22 classes

Unit-I 10 classesProcessing, preservation & marketing of egg and meat. Interior parts of egg. Composition of egg. Eggquality. Cleaning & grading of egg. Packing, transport & preservation of egg. Egg and meat marketingchannels. Sexing of day old chicks.

Unit-II 7 classes

Transportation of birds before slaughtering. Slaughtering, scalding, feather plucking, evisceration,chilling, packing. Value added egg and meat products

Unit-III 5 classes

Maintenance of farm records. Preparation of model schemes. Economics of poultry farming. Institutionalcredit and insurance.

P R A C T I C A LPaper-II



1. Egg grading2. Dressing of poultry bird and packing3. Dubbing and Dewinging4. Distinguishing between male and female chickens & ducks.5. Visit to duck farm and identification of duck breeds.6. Sexing of chicks.

FIRST YEARPaper - I (Theory)

BASIC HORTICULTURE AND FRUIT CULTIVATIONFull Marks - 50

(Weekly one c lass Tota l=36 c lases per year)

Introduction, defination of horticulture, divisions of horticulture (pomology, olericulture, floriculture, spices,plantation crops, aromatic and medicinal plants fruit nurseries, fruit and vegetable processing and marketing inbrief)

[64]

A PE G

Soil: Types of soil, soil fertility, soil organic matter content, nature of soil suitable for production of horticulturalcrops.

Climate : Climatic factors influencing production of horticultural crops.

Importance, present status and furture prospects of fruit cultivation in India with special emphasis on Orissa.Cultivation aspects of major fruit crops with special reference to climate, soil, varieties, propagation, manuring,irrigation, interculture, insect pests, diseases, disorders, intecropping, harvesting, yield, post harvest care, storageof mango, banana, citrus (sweet orange, mandarin, lime and lemon), guava, sapota, litchi, papaya, pineapple,pomegranate, custard apple, anola, ber, jackfruit.

FIRST YEARPaper - II (Theory)

PLANTATION CROPS AND SPICES, MEDICINAL & AROMATIC CROPS.Full Marks - 50

(Weekly one c lass Tota l=36 c lases per year)Planta t ion crops :

Importance, scope and future prospect of plantation crops in India and Orissa. Details of cultivation aspectswith special reference to origin, climate, soil, varieties, propagation, planting, aftercare, manuring, irrigation, moistureconservation, weeding, interculture, insect pests, diseases, intercropping, harvesting, yield, post harvest care,storage, processing, value addition, byproduct utilization of important plantation crops like coconut, cashewnutand arecanut.

Spices , medic ina l and aromatic crops :Importance of speices, medicinal and aromatic crops grown in India as well as in Orissa. Classificat ion of

spices, medicinal and aromatic plants.

Details of cultivation aspects of ginger, turmeric, blackpepper, coriender, cinnamon, cardamom, (specialreference to climate, soil, varieties, land preparation, sowing, planting, manuring, irrigation, weeding, interculture,plant protection measures, moisture conservation, harvesting, yield. processing and storage). Details of cultivationaspects (as mentioned for spices crops) of aloe, brahmi, aswagandha and betelvine.

Cultivation practices, harvesting and oil extractiion of lemon grass and pamarosa.

SECOND YEARPaper - I (Theory)

VEGETABLE PRODUCTION & FLORICULTUREFull Marks - 50

(Weekly one c lass Tota l=36 c lases per year)

Vegetable crops :

Introduction. Role of vegetables in human nutrition. Importance of vegetable cultivation. Present status andfuture prospects of vegetable cultivation in India as well as in Orissa. Classification of vegetable garden. Off seasonvegetable cultivation.

Details of vegetable cultivation with special reference of food value, varieties, climate, soil, nursery raising,sowing / planting, manuring, interculture, irrigation, drainage, insect pests, diseases, physiological disorders,harvesting and yield of brinjal, tomato, chilli, okra, radish, onion, garalic, potato, yam, sweet potato, elephant footyam, cowpea, beans, pea, cabbage, cauliflower, knolkhol, pumpkin, cucumber, bitter gourd, watermelon, ridgegourd,pointed gourd, spine gourd, greens (amaranths, palak, basella)

[65]

A PE G

Floriculture :Introduction, importance of floriculture. Present status and future prospects of floriculture in india as well as

in Orissa. Defination of garden, types of garden. garden features and adornments. lawn, rock garden, layout ofgarden for home & public place. Flowering trees, shrubs, creepers, annuals, culture of pot plants.

Cultivation practices of commercial floriculture crops such as rose, chrysanthemum, dahlia, marigold, tuberose,gladiolus and jasmine with special reference to varieties, climate, soil, sowing, planting, manuring, interculture,irrigation, drainage, insect pests, diseases, harvesting, yield, packaging & storage.

SECOND YEARPaper - II (Theory)

POST HARVEST MANAGEMENT AND PRESERVATION OF FRUITS, VAGETABLES ANDORNAMENTAL CROPS.

Full Marks - 50(Weekly one c lass Tota l=36 c lases per year)

1 . Importance of preservation and extent of post harvest losses.2. Maturity standards for fruits and vegetables, handling, grading, packaging and transportation.3 . Techniques of storage including cold storage.4. Use of growth regulators and emulsion for extending the storage life.5 . Importance of preservation industry in India as well as in Orissa.6. Principles and methods of preservation by low temperature, chemical additives, salt, sugar, heat, drying etc.7 . Preparation and preservation of fruit juice, syrups, squashes, cordials, jam, jelly, marmalade, chutney, ketchup,

pickles and sauces .8 . Drying and dehydration of important fruits, vegetables and flowers.

FIRST YEARPaper - I (practical)

BASIC AND FRUIT CULTIVATIONFull Marks - 50

(Alternate Weekly one c lass Tota l= 18 c lases per year. Each c lass cons is t ing of 2 period)

Fruit Crop(s) Production :

1 . Identification of fruit trees and their varietes.

2. Study of fruit setting and fruit drop in fruit plants (mango, guava, citrus)

3 . Selection of site, planning, soil and soil management, layout of orchard.

4. Method of planting of fruitplants, (papays, mango, banana, citrus, guava, litchi, sapota)

5 . Lay out of different irrigation systems for fruit plants.

6. Study of different intercultural operations in fruit plants.

7 . Study of method of manuring & fertilizer application in fruit plants with calculation of fertilizer requirement.

8 . Method of spraying for controlling plant diseases in some fruit plants (mango, banana, guava, sapota, litchi& citrus)

9. Method of application of growth regulators in different fruit plants (mango, pineapple, citrus, guava) andcalculation for different concentrations with preparation of the stock solution.

1 0 . Training & pruning in fruit plants.

[66]

A PE G

FIRST YEARPaper - II (practical)

( Alternate Weekly one c lass Tota l=18 c lases per year. Each c lass cons is t ing of 2 period)

Full Marks - 50

Propagation :

1 . Study of different propagation structures equipments, farm implements and horticultural tools.2. Media and soil mixture for raising seedlings & cuttings.3 . Testing the seed germination, viability and vitality of seeds.

4. Seed tretment methods, preparation of seedbeds, Sowing of seeds in shallow pots,

5 . Study of vegetative propagation of plants by modified plant structures (bulbs, corms, rhizomes, tubers, suckers,runners)

6. Propagation of plants by cuttings with and without use of growth regulators.

7 . Method of plant propagation by gooty (air layring)

8 . Different methods of budding & grafting.

9. Potting of seeddings in the pots, polyethylene bags and other containers and planting in nursery beds.

1 0 . Raising of root stock for grafting & budding of fruit plants.

1 1 . Selection of scion and pre-conditioning and collection of scion for grafting.

1 2 . Estimation of cost of production of grafts.

1 3 . Planning for developing nursery.

1 4 . Planting & management of mother plants.

1 5 . Site selection for nursing.

1 6 . Raising of nursery plants.

1 7 . Potting and repotting of plants.

1 8 . Management of grafts in nursery & aftercare.

1 9 . Water management in nursery.

20. Protection of plants from heat ley using shadents.

2 1 . Plant protection measure in nursery.

22. Hardening of nursery plants.

Planta t ion, spices , medic ina l & aromatic crops :* Identification of plantation crops.

* Identification of spices crops.

* Identification of medicinal & aromatic plants.

* Visiting orchands & studying different problems of plantation crops in the orchards.

SECOND YEARPaper - I (Practical)

Full Marks - 100

(Weekly one c lass Tota l=36 clases per year. Each c lass consis t ing of 2 period))

Vegetable Crops :

1 . Identification of vegetable seeds & seed testing.2. Preparation and management of nursery beds (Soil solarisation)

[67]

A PE G

3 . Treatment of seeds and seedlings.4. Raising of seedlings both in kharif & rabi season.5 . Raising of seedlings in polyhouse for off-season and early vegetable cultivation.6. Controlling diseases & pests in nursery.7 . Identification of vegetable crops in the field.8 . Land preparation for planting or transplanting of vegetable seedlings.9. Planting of vegetable seeds / seedlings.1 0 . Raising of vegetables in small plots (rabi, kharif & summer) two crops/per student.1 1 . Method of application of manures & fertilizers (basal &topdressing)1 2 . Study of types of manures & fertilizers.13 . Calculation of fertilizers for vegetable crops.14 . Use of growth regulators in vegetable crops (cucurbitaceous crops)1 5 . Identifying important diseases & pests of vegetable crops and their control measures.1 6 . Study of deficiency symptoms disorders in vegetable crops.17 . Calculation of cost of cultivation of important vegetable crops. Floriculture crops.1 8 . Identification of ornamental plants (trees, shrubs, creepers and annuals)1 9 . Identification of orchids, fern, cacti, succulents.20. Preparation of nursery beds for annuals.2 1 . Raising of seedlings in beds.22. Preparation of flower beds and transplanting the seedlings22. Preparation of flower beds and transplanting the seedlings (annuals)23 Preparation & maintenance of lawn.24. Preparation of planting materials for rose, chrysanthemum, dahlia.25. Collection & storage of corms of gladiolus & pulles of tuberose.26. Potting & repotting of ornamental plants.27 . Selection of plants for avenue plantation.28 . Identification of indoor plants.29 . Flower arrangement, preparation of garlands, bouquets.30 . Visit different ornamental gardens.

SECOND YEARPaper - II (Practical)

Full Marks - 100

( Weekly one c lass Tota l=36 c lases per year. Each class cons is ting of 2 period)

Post harves t technology & process ing :

1 . Study of maturity standards for different fruits and vegetables.2. Methods of harvesting (lay using harvester), ripening, sorting, grading & packaging.3 . Study of storage life of fruits, vegetables & flowers.4. Preservation of fruits & vegetables by low temperature, chemicals, salt, sugar, and drying.5 . Storage of preserved products (fruit juices, syrups, squash, jam, jelly, chutney, pickles, sauces.6. Drying & dehydration of important fruits & vegetables. Preparation of potato chips.7 Visiting processing industries.8 . Study of zero energy sotage, low cost storage structure of onion, patato, ginger, turmeric etc.

[68]

A PE G

9. Study of stage, time, method of harvest of different fruits, vegetables and ornamental crops for enhancing theself life.

1 0 . Post harvest management of horticultural crops.

SYLLABUS ON SERICULTURE

Object ives of Vocational Course :

1 . To educate the students on scientific principles underlying the vocation of sericulture and associated activities.2. To impart intensive practical training to students for imbibing self confidence and inspire them for self

employment in sericulture.3 . To create employment opportuinities for unemployed rural youth in sericulture and allied sector.4. To empower students to act as facilitators for promotion of sericulture and poverty alleviation in rural areas.5 . To enable the students to take up higher studies / specialized training, research and extension activities

related to sericulture.6. Capacity building towards establishment of cottage industry, quality silk production and enhancement of

national income.

FIRST YEARINTRODUCTORY SERICULTURE

Paper - I (Theory)Full Marks - 50

1 . Soil and soil types amendment of problematic soil; soil erosion and conservation (2)

2. Role of plant nutrients (major and minor) their absorption and translocation (3)

3 . Cell biology cell organelles, their function in cell, cell division, haploid, diploid, polyploidy, heterosis (3)

4. Kinds of seed, methods of seed dispersal, germination, factors responsible for germination (2)

5 . Function of leaf, photosynthesis, respiration and transpiration (4)

6. Types of crops : cereals, millets, pulses, oil seeds, fiber crops, sugar crops, vegetables, ornamental crops,fruit crops, plantation crops, green manuring crops, forage crops, grasses, medicinal plants, narcot ics,hedge plants (4)

7 . Sericulture: its history, importance, origin, types of silk worms and their races, voltinism, moultinism,systematic position of various silk worms and their geographical distribution,; salient feature of the silkworms (5)

8 . Host plants of different types of silk worms and their geographical distribution (2)

9. Disease csusing organisms like fungi, bacteris, virus protozoa, nematodes etc., insect pests of silk worms(3)

1 0 . Pesticides: bio-pesticides, their formulation, various pest control appliances (4)

[69]

A PE G

FIRST YEARINTRODUCTORY SERICULTURE

Paper - I (Practicals)Full Marks - 50

1 . Fundamental units of measurement and use of conversion table (2)

2. Study of microscope and its use (1)

3 . Determination of soil PH (1)

4. Study of different meteorological factors and their measurement (2)

5 . Acquaintance with different types of crops (2)

6. Acquaintance with different food plants of silk worms (Mulberry, Tasar, Muga, Eri) (2)

7 . Study of different morphological traits of silk worm and their life stages (2)

8 . Study of various systems of silk worm (2)

9. Acquaintance with different manures, fertilizers and calculation of their requirement in field (3)

1 0 . Acquaintance with various pesticides, their formulations, Bio-pesticides, bio-agents (3)

1 1 . Preparation of spray solutions and dust dilution (1)

1 2 . Acquaintance with different plant protection equipments and their safe handling (2)

FIRST YEARMORICULTURE

Paper - II (Theory)Full Marks - 50

1 . Botanical nomenclature, origin and distribution of mulberry and non-mulberry host plants of different silkworms (2)

2. Varieties of mulberry, their characters, yield and varietal imporvement (2)

3 . Package of practices for moriculture (both irrigated and rain fed) (10)

Soil type : type of soil, their suitability

Nursery preparation : Selection of planting material, planting method, spacing, interculture, pruning, plantca re .

Land preparation : Digging, ploughing, discing, harrowing, levelling, lay out, pit making, ridge and furrowmaking.

Nutrition : Sources of nutrients like manures, fertilizers, types of manures and their composition, doses,method of application.

Interculture and water management : Weeding, training,

Interculture and water management : Weeding, training, pruning, irrigation, methods and frequency of irrigation,methods of conservation of water in soil.

4. leaf selection and harvesting for silk worm rearing; leaf harvesting methods, transportation, preservation ofleaves, seasonal influence on leaf yield (3)

5 . Mulberry diseases : Root rot, stem rot, rust, leaf spot, powdery mildew, symptoms of various diseases,

[70]

A PE G

types of damage, extent of loss, seasonal occurrence, Disease management practices (4)

6. Insect pests of mulberry : Sucking insects like jassids, scales, white-flies, mealy bugs leaf eating insectslike grasshoppers, hairy caterpillars, cut worms; internal borers like stem borer; nematodes; their seasonaloccurrence, damage symptoms, extent of loss, prophylactic and curative methods, of control (6)

FIRST YEARMORICULTURE

Paper - II (Practical)Full Marks - 50

1 . Morphology of mulberry root, stem, leaf and flowers (2)

2. Propagation of mulberry through different methods : (4)

(a) Sexual, seed collection, seed bed preparation, sowing

(b) Selection of materials, preparation of cutting, planting methods

(c) Layering : different methods.

(d) Grafting: selection of stock and scion material, different types of grafting

(e) Budding : Different methods

(f) Preparation of cuttings and treatment with root inducing chemicals(g) Methods of soil sampling

3 . Acquaintance with farm tools and implements, their use (2)4. Land preparation; lay out preparation, digging, ploughing, levelling, bunding, harrowing, hoeing, equipment

operations (2).5 . Practiceof different planting methods (both irrigated and rain fed)6. Identification of different manures and fertilizers; calculation of doses (3).7 . Training and pruning methods appliances used for pruning (2)8 . Leaf harvesting; identification of type of leaf, leaf quality determination, transport and preservation (2)9. Farm Management Labour rules, maintenance of overseer’s diary, muster roll preparation, wage calculation

(2)1 0 . Identification of disease symptoms in mulberry and insect pests of mulberry; identification of nematodes;

recording disease symptoms, Preparation of calender of control measures (4)1 1 . Identification of non-mulberry hosts and their package of practices (5)

SECOND YEARREARING AND GRAINAGE TECHNOLOGY IN SERICULTURE


1 . Study on metamorphosis : morphology of egg, larva, pupa and moth of mulberry silk worms. (5)

2. Environmental requirement for rearing :temperature, humidity, air, light, optimum requirement for differentstages, methods of maintenance. (2)

3 . Rearing house :location, types of rearing house-comparison with model rearing house-requirements-orientation-utilization of locally available materials-modifications. (5)

[71]

A PE G

4. Rearing appliances and their uses. (2)

5 . Preparation for distinfection:cleaning-washing-drying-disinfection, hygienic rearing. (2)

6. Incubation: light-humidity-air-temperature requirement-significance of black boxing-postponement of brushing(2).

7 . Hatching : methods of brushing-chawki rearing, methods of rearing dvantages and disadvantages-effect ofseasons-environmental requirements- feeding schedule- selection of leaf-spacing- cleaning- care during moulting-use of bed disinfectants concept of CRC- organization of CRC - community chawki rearing - advantages, disadvantages-care during transportation (2).

8 . Rearing of late age silk worm : rearing methods, advantage, disadvantage. Effect of seasons- Environmentalrequirements. - spacing- cleaning, feeding schedule - care during moulting leaf requirement - quality and leafpreservation (1)

9. Types of mountages- moulting of ripened worms - method of mounting - Density- care during mounting.Environmental requirement-harvesting, cleaning- preserving and assessing cocoon quality -record maintenance- transportation - care during transportation. Differences between seed rearing and commercial rearing (3).

1 0 . Diseases of silk worm- pebrine, bacterial, viral, fungal - causal organisms, mode of infection, symptoms,prevention and control (2)

1 1 . Insect pests of silk worm - Indian Uzi fly and dermestid beetle their life cycle, type and extent of damage,control measures (2).

1 2 . Seeds Introduction, DFLS - types of seeds - commercial seed- reproductive seed-non-hibernating andhibernating eggs (2)

1 3 . Model grainage: basic requirements-plan of grainage. Equipments, Assessment of quality of seed cocoonsand their transportation (1).

1 4 . Programming of seeds production : preparation of grainage -preliminary examination of seed cocoons- pupalgut examination and forced eclosion test for pebrine diease sorting of seed cocoons, sexing-preservation ofseed cocoons / pupae- temperature, humidity : light - air requirements (3)

1 5 . Moth emergence, time of emergence, coupling- decoupling, oviposition, moth examination. cellular methodand loode eggs importance of temperature, humidity and light - refrigeration of male moth (1)

1 6 . Seed organization, seed multiplication and organization of seed area- Seed Legislation Act (1).

SECOND YEARREARING AND GRAINAGE TECHNOLOGY IN SERICULTURE

Paper - I (Practical)Full Marks - 100

1 . Study of morphology of Bombyx mori, Anthaeraea mylitta, Anthaeraea assama and philosamia ricini, by specimenidentification and making labelled sketches of their egg. Iarva, pupa and moth (2)

2. Dissection of digestive system and silk glands of moth-study of mouth part of moth (2)3 . Study of model rearing house-plan (1)4. Acquaintance with sketching of rearing appliances and their use (1)

5 . Disinfectants: identification, preparation - disinfection of rearing house and appliances - fumigation (1)

6. Surface sterilization of eggs - Black boxing- exposure to light synchronization- hatching - hatching performancecalculation (1)

7 . Harvesting of cocoons after late worm rearing- Defective

[72]

A PE G

7 . Harvesting of cocoons after late worm rearing- Defective cocoons, sorting - assessment and yield calculation

(1)

8 . Observation on external symptoms of diseased larvae (Pebrine, Grasserie, Flatcherie and Muscardine)-

identification of diseased life stages- gut and haemolymph test- preparation of smear-identification of pathogens

of various diseases (3)

9. Moth testing : individual and mass testing - drying of moths-grinding-smear preparation - arrangement of

smears- microscopic examination, mangnification required - use of centrifuge (2)

1 0 . Moth examination : method of individual, mass, green, moth examination. Disinfection and washing of eggs;

identification of perbrine spores (1)

1 1 . Preparation of layings and loose eggs- merits and demerits- parent seed and hybrids-multivoltine and bivoltine

eggs (2)

1 2 . Artificial hatching of silkworm eggs- common acid treatment- Acid treatment after chilling- precautions - Age

of eggs and timing of acid treatment (1)

1 3 . Hibernation of silkworm eggs - hibernation schedules- importance of temperature and humidity - Embryo test

- refrigeration of acid treated and multivoltine eggs - transportation of eggs (2)

1 4 . Incubation of eggs - importance of temperature, humidity, light and air (1)

1 5 . Moth emergence - identification of male and female moth, defective moths (1)

1 6 . Synchronization of emergence- refrigeration of cocoons and moths - coupling, decoupling, oviposition (1)

1 7 . Preparation of laying on cards- identification of hibernating and non- hibernating eggs- loose egg preparation

(1)

1 8 . Economics of seed production and cost of production- maintenance of records- storage of pierced cocoons

(1)

1 9 . Seed organization - seed multiplication and organization of seed area- seed legislation Act (1).

SECOND YEAR

INDUSTRIAL SERICULTURE, EXTENSION AND MANAGEMENT

Paper - II (Theory)

Full Marks - 50

1 . Cocoons - properties of cocoons and their impact on reeling performance-cocoons assessment- defective

cocoons (1)

2. Stifling / Drying : objective - various methods of stifling, steam stifling, sun drying - Hot air drying- merits and

demerits of each method (1)

3 . Storage and preservation of cocoons : Ideal conditions for cocoon storage- effect of defective storage- cocoons

reelability, use of certain chemicals etc. - storage of hot air dried / steam stifled cocoons (1)

4. Cooking of cocoons: objective : various methods of cooking - open pan - 3 pan - pressurized cocoon cooking

- characteristics of water for cocoon cooking - cooking methods for tasar and eri cocoons (1)

[73]

A PE G

5 . Reeling : various systems of reeling - floating and sunken system of reeling - reeling process for t asar

cocoons - various types of reling equipments - charkha - cottage basin- tasar reeling charkha- multiend basin

- semi automatic reeling - automatic reeling- reeling calculation - production - denier - renditta, reeling of

double cocoons - dupion silk - re-reeling- objective - standard hanks. (3)

6. Collection and preservation of silk waste cooker waste - reeling waste- basin residue - burst open cocoon

waste - cleaning of waste- drying- storage of waste (1)

7 . Silk examination and packing : Tracing of defects in skein- removal of defects - removal of gum spots- hank

making - book making. balling (1)

8 . Filature management : organization - planning- costing (2)

9. Raw silk testing : objective- various methods of testing - visual and mechanical testing- winding - size test-

evenness, neatness and cleantiness test- Tenacity and elongation- cohesion- conditioned weight- grading of

raw silk - ISI standards.(1)

1 0 . Spinning : raw materials - various forms of silk waste- cocoon waste- degumming- drying- spinning on pedal

charkha- drafting- twisting - winding- various processes in spun silk mill-eri and tssar waste spinning processes

(2)

1 1 . Definition of want, demand, supply, price value, utility, marks demand, elasticity of demand factors responsible

for silk production- entrepreneurship (1)

1 2 . Role of sericulture in national economy - sericulture legislation - principles of accountancy, single and double

entry system- maintenance of registers and records, preparation of balance sheets (2)

1 3 . Financial agencies involved in sericulture industry- terms and conditions of loan, crop insurance, developmental

schemes and subsidies (1)

1 4 . Organization of cooperative sector in sericulture- aims and objectives, cooperative principles, organization of

cooperative in rearing, reeling and other areas. Incentives and regulation. Management for effective participation

in sericulture (1)

1 5 . Marketing- Principles of marketing, costs, defects - regulated markets, merits and demerits- coopera tive

marketing, stabilization of prices, marketing of cocoon and silk yarn (2)

1 6 . Extension- objectives, methods of extension- training and visit- individual, mass contsct, demonstra tions,

use of audiovisual aids, conduct of field days (2)

[74]

A PE G

SECOND YEARINDUSTRIAL SERICULTURE, EXTENSION AND MANAGEMENT


1 . Cocoon assessment- cocoon weight- shell weight, shell percentage- types of defective cocoons- rendita-assessment of cocoon quality in tasar and eri (1)

2. Cocoon stifling- steam stling- Hot air drying (1)

3 . Single cocoon reeling for filament length - non- breakable filament- denier - reelability (1)

4. Cocoon cooking- open pan- three pan cooking- pressurized cooking (1)

5 . Reeling techniques- Charkha reeling- cottage / multiend basin- praparation of cooked cocoons - preparationof resultant thread- passage of thread in reeling device- button- jette about- Croissure, guide pulleys- traversebar- reed- maintenance of required number of cocoons for end- maintenance of reeling ends in charkha-cottage multiend basin- tasar reeting process and its machineries (2)

6. Re-reeling- Skein making lacing- hank making- book making. (1)

7 . Silk spinning- degumming of waste cocoons- hand spinning on pedal spinning wheel (1)

8 . Yarn testing- Denier count and gradation of cocoons and silk (1)

9. Visit to filatures and reeling establishments in the tasar sutor (1)

1 0 . Survey and collection of data, compilation, tabulation, presentation (2)

1 1 . Maintenance of machinery and records: Cleaning / oiling of machineries- repair - replacement of old machines-maintenance of various registers (1)

1 2 . Defination and scope of sericulture- statistics- collection of data sampling - survey- use of questionnaires,proforma for collection of data- compilation- tabulation, preliminary anaysis- report writing (1)

1 3 . Visit to different organizations offering technical services, supplying planting materials, laying seed cocoonsand other inputs of sericulture (1)

1 4 . Utilization of by-products for dairy, fisheries, gobergas, oil extraction, poultry feed, fuel (1)

15 . Practical training on project preparation-model bankable schemes for various sericulture programmes, conductingsurvey on the role of Govt / C.S.B. and Voluntary organization for development of sericulture, afforestation fordevelopment of food plant area in respect of wild silk worm like tasar (2)

1 6 . Analysis of data, praparation of reports (1)

1 7 . Visit to sericulture cooperatives, chawki rearing cooperatives, reeling cooperatives, silk marketing cooperatives(1)

1 8 . Visit to cocoon markets, silk exchange, silk marketing organizations, silk merchants (1)

1 9 . Visit to seed area, private seed producers, silk farms, Government grainages (1)

20. Visit to technical service centers, farmers, praticipation in exhibitions, field days (1)

2 1 . Visit to financial agencies, filling up application forms and visit to other sericultural institutions (1)

[75]

A PE G

FIRST YEARSYLLABUS ON INLAND FISHERIES


(Introduction to Inland Fisheries)

(F isheries resources, Capture f i sheries, Craf t & Gear, F isheries management)

1 . Introduction to fisheries: Importance of fish; Present status (Globa, India and Orissa context); Type of fisheries(Freshwater / pond, brackish water / estuarine, marine, reservoir, lake, riverine, etc.);

2. Fisheries resources available: Marine resources, Inland- resource (Brackish water resources: Lake, lagoon,estuary, tidal mudflat, backwaters; and freshwater resources: Riverine resources, reservoirs, bheels, pondsand tanks, canals, etc).

3 . Species contributing to inland fisheries: A general account of economically important freshwater and brackishwater fin and shellfishes: their distinguishing characters for identification, food and feeding habits, growthand reproduction migration.

4. Reservoir / lake fisheries: Conservation of fish stock : stocking with fish: culture and capture management.

5 . Coldwater fisheries : Species; resource management.

6. Fish catching devices : Common inland fishing craft and gears; their usefulness, operation; restrict ion ofuse; CPUE; fish aggregating devices; etc.

FIRST YEARSYLLABUS ON INLAND FISHERIES


(Introduction to Aquaculture)(Princ iples of aquaculture, Culture management of di f ferent spec ies)1 . History of aquaculture.

2. Principle of aquaculture : Importance of aquaculture; culture practices (Conventional: monoculture, compositefish culture, mized culture); (Non conventional: sewage feed fisheries, waste water aquaculture, integratedfarming). method of culture: (traditional / semi - intensive / intensive); species chosen for culture (fish / prawn/ catfish / air breathing / mollusk).

3 . Type of fish farm : Freshwater / brackish water, types of ponds (nursery, rearing, grow-out, booder); layout;design and construction of fish farm; cage; pen.

4. Fish culture: Pond preparation removal of unwanted aquatic weeds, weed fishes, predatory fishes; pondfertilization; stocking, feeding to fishes; fish health management; pond environment management; harvesting.

5 . Brackish water aquaculture : Imoprtant fishes and shellfishes for culture; collection of seed and stocking;culture practice.

6. Freshwater prawn culture: Important species for culture; seed stocking; culture practice.

7 . Ornamental fish culture: Preparation of indoor system for culture; species and their rearing management.

8 . Catfish and air breathing fish culture: Important species for culture; seed stocking; culture practice.

9. Integrated aquaculture : Prinicipal; fish-cum-poultry / duck / pig / goat / cattle culture.

[76]

A PE G

FIRST YEARINTRODUCTION TO INLAND FISHERIES


1 . Morphometry of typical fin and shellfishes.2. Identification of common freshwater / brackish water / marine fishes and prawns.3 . Gut content analysis of cultivable fishes.4. Common craft and gears used in fisheries activities.5 . Fabvication, repair and operation of common fishing craft and gears.6. Measurement of fish length amd growth; establishment of relationship.7 . Visit to a fishlanding centre and record of fish catch.8 . Record preparation.

FIRST YEARINTRODUCTION TO AQUACULTURE


1 . Identification of common cultivable fishes and prawns.2. Identification of fish fry & fingerlings.3 . Identification of post-larvae of freshwater prawn.4. Identification of nauplius; mysis; zoea and juveniles of brackish water prawn.5 . Identification of common weeds; aquatic insects; weed fishes and predatory fishes of culture pond.6. Visit to fish farm: study culture practice; improvement of village tank for fish culture.7 . Soil and water analysis: Dissolved oxygen; pH; cabon dioxide; nutrients, alkalinity; salinity; etc.8 . Home aquarium preparation : Construction; setting; maintenance9. Identification of fish food organisms.1 0 . Identification of locally avaolable fish feed ingredients and formulation of fish feed.1 1 . Identification of common fish diseases.1 2 . Record writing.

SECOND YEARINTRODUCTION TO INLAND FISHERIES


(Fisher ie s Management)(Culture / Capture F isheries Management, Post-harves t Management, Extens ion, F inancia l Ins t i tut ions)1 . Economicsof fish culture operations (fish culture prawn culture, integrated aquaculture).2. Fishery dynamics : Recruitment natality, mortality; over fishing etc.3 . Conservation of fish diversity; Declaration of sanctuaries; ban of fishing in breeding season; ranching.4. Pollution and its management in aquatic bodies.5 . Post-harvest techniques: Fish packing for transport; preservation (in ice.salt); fish products (dry fish, pickle,

smoked fish, canned fish, etc.)

[77]

A PE G

6. Fisheries extension: Principles and objectives methods.7 . Fisheries Cooperative Societies: Cooperative principles; organization of FCSs; cooperative marketing.8 . Fishmarketing: Its function; services; transport; channel; wholesalers, retailers;organizaed marketing; pricing.9. Financial and Development Agencies involved in fisheries development and their role.

SECOND YEARINTRODUCTION TO INLAND FISHERIES


(Seed production of fi sh and she ll f i sh)(Natura l and Art i f ic ia l F ish and Shel l f i sh Breed ing, Hatchery Management, Nursery Rearing of Seed)1 . Present status : Present status of fish and shell fish seed production in the country.

2. Seed production in carps: Natural spawning of carps in rivers and reservoirs (spawning season, ground,factors influencing spawning, techniques of riverine spawn collection); hypophysation; spawning of carps inbundhs (wet and dry bundh); pituitary gland of fish (its hormones, collection, preservation and use) ; broodstock development for breeding (male and female identification, maturity, fecundity), hapa breeding (types ofhapa brood selection, inducing agents, injection of inducing agents to brood, egg / milt release, fertilization,incubation and spawn production); hatchery production of spawn; hatchery management; cryopreservationof gametes.

3 . Breeding and seed production of common carp.

4. Breeding and seed production of air breathing and catfishes.

5 . Breeding and seed production of freshwater prawns; development stages; feeding.

6. Breeding and seed production of brackish water fishes.

7 . Breeding and seed production of brackish water prawns and crabs; eyestalk ablation; developmental stages;feeding.

8 . Fish seed collection, measurement, conditioning; transport of fish seed and brood fish.

9. Nursery pond preparation; seed stocking; rearing management.

SECOND YEARFISHERIES MANAGEMENT


1 . Visit to wholesale and retail fish market for studying the pricing structure.2. Visit to fisheries cooperative society to study its role.3 . Visit to an integrated fish culture site and calculate it seconomics.4. Visit to fish processing plant.5 . Visit to boat building yard.6. Dry fish preparation.7 . Fish packing in ice.8 . Fish preservation in salt.9. Preparation of records.

[78]

A PE G

SECOND YEARSEED PRODUCTION OF FISH AND SHELLFISH


1 . Collection, preservation of fish pituitary gland.2. Preparation of PG extract.3 . Identification of male and female breeder fish.4. Identification of gravid prawn.5 . Visit to a fish hatchery amd write its components and functions.6. Identification of carp egg and spawn.7 . Spawn counting, packing and transport.8 . Maturity stages of carp.9. Breeding of common carp.1 0 . Hapa breeding / hatchery breeding.

1 1 . Magur breeding.

1 2 . Visit to a nursery pond and describe its preparation.

Reference Books :

1 . Handbook of fisheries and aquaculture. ICAR, New Delhi.

2. Fifty years of fisheries research in India. Eds: K. Gopakumar, B. N. Singh, V. R. Chitransi, ICAR, New Delhi.

3 . Text book of breeding and hatcherymanagement of carps. By: S. D. Gupta, B. C. Mohapatra, P. Routray, S.K. Sahoo, D. K. Verma, N. Narendra Publ. House, Delhi.

4. Bottom soil sediments and pond aquaculture. By: C. E. Boyd, Chapman and Hall, New York.

5 . Water quality in warm water fishponds. By: C.E. Boyd, Chapman and Hill, New York.

6. Biology of finfish and shellfish. By: S.L. Chonder, SCSC publishers.

7 . Inland fishes. Vol. 1 and Vol 2. By: P.K. Talwar and A. G. Jhingran. Oxford and IBH publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,New Delhi.

8 . Fish and fisheries of India. By.: V. G Jhingran. Hindustan Publ. Co.

9. Aquaculture : farming aquatic animals and plants. By. John S. Lucas and Paul C. Southgate, BlackwellPublishing.

1 0 . Intensive fish farming By: Jonathan shepherd and Niall Bromage, Oxford publishing.

1 1 . Textbook of fish disease. By: D.A. Conroy and R.L Herman. Narendra publishing house, Delhi.

1 2 . Fish nutrition. By: J.E. Halver and R.W. Hardy. Academic press, New York.

1 3 . A hatchery manual for the common, Chinese and Indian Major carps. By: V.G Jhingran and R.S.V. pullin.

1 4 . Advances in fish processing technology. By: D.P. Sen. Allied Publ. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.

1 5 . Fish processing technology. By: T.K. Govindan. Oxfore & IBH Publ., New Delhi.

1 6 . Economics of fisheries management By: R. Korakard. Daya Publ. House. New Delhi.

1 7 . Economics in commerical fisheres. By: K.P. Biswas. Daya Publ. House. New Delhi.

1 8 . Freshwater aquaculture. By: R.K. Rath, 2nd Edn. Scientific Publ., Jodhpur.

1 9 . Aquatic pollution and management. By: B.C. Mohapatra and C. Saha. CIFA, Bhubaneswar.

[79]

A PE G

FIRST YEARCROP PRODUCTION


(Weekly Two classes Total=96 clases per year) Time = 2.30 hrs

A . Soi l and i ts propert iesSoil as a medium for plant growth.

Soil formation, soil profile, morphological features.

Volume composition of soil - four major components.

Mineral matter - soil separates, their properties.

Soil organic matter and its properties, soil microoganisms and its role in soil.

Soil physical properties - Soil texture.

Different types of texture affecting physical properties of soil.

Soil structure and structural management.

Soil air and its role for crop and microoganisms and soil physical properties.

Soil temperture and its role in crop growth and development.

Soil water, its retention, movement and availability to plants.

Chemical properties of soil - soil colloids cation exchange capacity (CEC).

Soil PH (Soil reaction) and availability of nutrients to plants.

Saline and alkaline soils and their management.

Broad soil groups of Orissa, their characteristics and management.

(B) Soi l fert i l i ty and productiv i tyConcept of soil fertility and productivity and their management for improving crop production.

Essential elements : Macro and micro nutrients, their role in plants and deficiency symptoms. Sources of theiravailablity and utilisation for crop production. Nutrient gain and loss and their remedial measures. Soil testingas a tool to assess soil fertility. Soil fertility maps of Orissa, measures to improve soil fertility. Nutrientrecommendation on the basis of soil fertility for different crops.

(C) Manures , Fert i l izers and soi l amendments :Organic manures -

Bulky organic manures - FYM, compost, green manure, crop residue, biofertilizers, concentrated organicmanures- oil cakes their nutrient content and use for field crops.

Chemical fertilizers : Straight and complex, mixed fertilizers and their nutrient content, their suitability for differentsoils and crops. Calculation of fertilizer requirements for different crops.

Secondary and micronutrient carriers, their sources of availability and recommended doses for major crops,Fundamental of fertilizer application and recommended doses for major crops, principles of fertilizer application,quanitity, time and methods of application.

Soil amendments and their application, Reclamation and management of acid, saline and alkaline soils .

(D) Soil conservation : Soil erosion - water erosion, types of water erosion and their effect.

Wind erosion and their effect.

Problems created due to soil erosion and remedial measures.

Soil conservation - physical, mechanical and biologycal measure of soil conservation. Wastelands and theirmanagement .

Soil conservation practices and watersheed management.

[80]

A PE G

FIRST YEARCROP PRODUCTIONPaper - I (Practical)

Full Marks - 50(Weekly one c lasses Tota l=48 c lases per year) Time = 2.30 hrs

Study of soil profile in the field. Procedure for collecting soil samples in the field, filling up of informationsheet, drying and despatching the sample for analysis.

Study of the soil physical properties - determination of texture, structure, bulk density and pore space.

Determination of maximum water holding capacity, field capacity and wilting point.

Determination of soil pH by indicator method. Use of soil testing kit for testing of soil pH and conductivity.

Determination of lime requirement soil.

Interpretation of soil test report and recommendation.

Computation of does of fertilizer for different crops from soil test value.

Identification and computation of dose of soil amendment, identification of fertilizers, biofertilizers and theirapplication.

Methods of fertilizer application.

Urea Prilled and foliar spay of urea.

Study of deficiency symptoms of nutrient in field crops and collection of plant samples for laboratory diagnosis.

Preparation of FYM / Compost

Seed innoculation with hizobium culture.

Visit to soil conservation farms to study conservation measures.

Visit to watershed areas to study the watershed programme.

FIRST YEARCROP PRODUCTION


Time = 2.30 hrs(Weekly one c lasses Tota l=96 c lases per year)

Elementary agronomy

Weather and climate : Elements of weather and climate, factors of climate crop weather relationship, weather inrelation to occurrence of crops pests and diseases, weather forecasting, climate of Orissa and agro-climaticzones and their characteristics in relation to rainfall, temperature, soil types and major crops grown, area /districts under each zone. Agroclimatic zones of India with reference to such characteristics.

Cropping system, classification of crops, monocropping, multiple cropping, crop ratation, mixed cropping,inter cropping and relay cropping. Cropping intensity, cropping scheme, calendar of operation, distribution ofcrops in Orissa under different agroclimatic zones. Dry farming technology.

Tillage : Types of tillage, objectives of tillage, tillage requirement of different crops, characteristics of good seedbed,tillage implements, ploughs, cultivators harrows, seed drill, seed-cum fertilizer drill, inter culture, harvestingand threshing implements.

Seeds : Characteristics of good seed, types of seed, seed viability, moisture, germination and purity testing.

Seed dormancy and methods to break dormancy.

Water management : Importance of irrigation and drainage, irrigation potential created and utilization in Orissa,

[81]

A PE G

consumptive use, water and irrigation requirement of crops, factors affecting irrigation requirement, methodsof irrigation, quantity of irrigation, irrigation appliances, irrigation scheduling for different crops, water logging,its causes and effects, types and methods of drainage.

Weed control : Definit ion and classification of weeds. crop and weed competition, losses caused by weeds,principles and methods of weed control, cultural, mechanical, chemical and biological methods of seedcontrol. Classification of hericides, their application schedule for different crops, integrated weed management.

Rural Development : Integrated Rural Development Programme (IRDP).

Aims and objectives of IRDP, beneficiaries of IRDP, planning for IRDP and other related programmes.

Training of Rural youth for self employment (TRYSEM), its objectives and organization in rural development.

Development of women and children in rural areas (DWCRA) its objectives and importance.

Coverage of health programmes under DWCRA. Education and information dissemination programme for theDWCRA groups.

Panchayat Raj, Gram Panchayat acts, rules and elections, pension, insurance and social security schemes,Jawahar Rojgar Yojana, Cooperative institutions, their role in rural development, Monitoring and evaluation ofrural development programmes.

FIRST YEARCROP PRODUCTIONPaper - II (Practical)

Full Marks - 50Time = 2.30 hrs

(Weekly Two c lasses Tota l=48 c lases per year)Study of crop weather observatory, identification and use of meteorological equipments, preparation oftemperture, rainfall and humidity maps of Orissa,

Identification and study of primary, secondary and intertillage implements in the field.

Identification of crop plants and their seeds, seed treatment, and seed innoculation. Preparation of croppingscheme cropping pattern, crop rotation and calendar of operation for different crops, Germination and puritytest of seed.

Identification of weeds associated with upland, medium land and lowland crops. Preparation of herbic idespray solutions and methods of their application. Mechanical and chemical methods of weed control.

Lay out of different methods of irrigation, and their field demonstrations, operationand maintenance of waterpumps.

IRDP survey, filling up application forms and their processing. Group study in TRYSEM. Study of the problemsof women in rura l areas. Visi t to successful DWCRA Groups. Maintenance of Panchayst records.Implementation of different pension schemes.

Implementation of JRY and ICDS.

Visit to primary Aagriculture cooperative societies in rural areas and study about their practical functioning.

Study of different rural development programmes and record keeping.

[82]

A PE G

SECOND YEARCROP PRODUCTION

Paper - I (Theory)Full Marks - 50Time = 2.30 hrs

(Weekly one c lasses Tota l=96 c lases per year)Distribution, climate / season, soil, variety, seed treatment, seedbed preparation, time and method of sowing,nursery management, seedrate, specing, manure and fertilizer application, interculture and weed control,irrigation, plant protection, harvesting and threshing, storage and economics of production of the followingcrops,

Cereals and millets : Rice, Wheat, Maize, Jowar, Bajra, Ragi.

Pulses : Greengram, Blackgram, Arhar, Horsegram, Cowpea, Bengalgram, Fieldpea, Lentil.

Oilseeds : Groundnut, Rapeseed and Mustard, Sesamum, Niger, Castor, Sunflower, Safflower, Soyabean, Linseed.

Fibre crops : Jute, Mesta, Sunhemp, Cotton.

Sugar crops : Sugarcane .

Fodder crops : Maize. Jowar, Teosinte, Oat, Cowpea, Berseem, Lucern, Paragrass, Sudangrass, Guineagrass,Napier, Guar.

Horticulture and post Harves t Technology

Importance and scope of Horticulture and its role in human nutrition. Basic concepts, principles and methodsof plant propagation, plant propagation structures, media, stock-scion, relationship, nursery technique ofraising vegetable seedlings and fruit nursery.

Different cropping systems, Fruits and Vegetable,nutrient content of fruits and vegetables and their use ofhuman nutrition. Gardening, prunning and training,

Study of origin, distribution, soil, climatic requirements, propagation, varieties, planting methods, trainingand prunning, manuring and fertilizer application, irrigation, interculture and weed control, pest and diseasecontrol, interculture and weed control, pest and disease control, harvesting and yield of major frui t crops(Mango, Jackfruit, Banana, citrus, guava, papaya, litchi, pineapple, sapota, ber etc)

Plantation crops - Rubber, cashew, coconut, mulberry, and coffee, Vegetables (Brinjal, tomato, potato, okra,cucurbits, onion, beans, colecrops, root vegetables) and spices (chilli, turmeric and ginger).

Principles and methods of fruits and vegetable preservation.

Post harvest handling of horticultural crops including grading, packing, transport, marketing, and storage ofhorticultural produces.

SECOND YEARCROP PRODUCTIONPaper - I (Practical)

Full Marks - 100Time 4 hrs

(Weekly one c lasses Tota l=48 c lases per year)Identification of crop plants at different stages of growth. Identification of varieties and seeds.

Preparation of nursery and seed bed, seed treatment and sowing of seed by different methods - broadcasting,dibbling, drilling, transplanting (paddyand Ragi)

Seed treatment with fungicides, rhizobium culture and biofertilizers.

[83]

A PE G

Intercultural operations, weeding, use of herbicides and preparation of herbicide spray solutions, Study of thefunction of different parts of sprayer and spraying operation in the field.

Preparation of cotton seeds for sowing, treatment of sugarcane sets before sowing / planting, retting operationof jute, calculation of cost of cultivation of different field crops.

Identification of major horticultural crops, varieties, vegetable seeds, graden implements. Practica l work fororchard layout, and lawn making, propagation method, technique and management of fruit nursery.Germination and testing of seed, calculation of seed rate.

Manuring and other culture operations, raising vegetable crops in the student demonstration plot, their careand disposal.

Identification of important pests and diseases of major fruits and vegetables in the field.

Packing and grading of fruits and vegetables and their market study.

Visit to horticultural farms and study of their activities on vegetables and fruit crop raising and interaction withthem.

Visit to different agricultural farms and soil testing laboratories, maintence of records and observations.

SECOND YEARPaper - II (Theory)

Full Marks - 50Time = 2.30 hrs

(Weekly one c lasses Tota l=96 c lases per year)Plant protec t ion:

Importance of plant protection in agriculture, enemies of crop plants i.e. insect pests and diseases of differentcrops (cereals, pulses, oilseeds, sugarcane, jute, cotton, vegetable, fruit crops) and store grain pests, theirdamage and control measures.

Integrated insect pests and disease control.

Common plant protection chemicals, insecticide and fungicides; their formulation methods of use and, safehandling. Plant protection equipments, their use and maintanance.

Sericulture : Types of silkorm, reasing of silkworm properties of silk, extraction and reeling.

Bee keeping : Importance of bee keeping, caste system in bees . Bee-hives and bee-keeping equipments,establishment and management of apiary of Indian and Italian bees.

Mushroom cultivation for domestic and commercial purpose.

Animal Husbandary and Pisc iculture :Breeds of cattle : Indigenous and exotic breeds that have been introduced for upgradation.

Management of dairy animals, care of new borne calves.

Milk cows / pregnant cows :Cow after pasturition, care of heifer bull calves, care of bullocks, care of sick animals.

Byre implements / equipments. Ideal ration for cows, preparation of silage.

Basic ideas about common diseases of diary cattle with emphasis on preventive measures.

Anthrax, Haemorrhagic septicaemia, Black quarter, Foot and mouth disease, mucosal disease complex,Ephemoral fever, Round worm,Hookworm, liver flukes, Tapeworm, coccidiosis, Johnes disease, tuberculosis,Mastitis, milk fever, Downer cow syndrome, Hypomagnesemia, Tick infestation, Mineral and Vitamindeficiency.

Poultry farming :Common poultry breeds, poultry housing, poultry equipments care and management of poultry, commondiseases of poultry-

[84]

A PE G

bacteria l :• Fowl cholera

• Pullorum disease

• Botulism

• Avian tuberculosis

Vira l :

• New castel disease (N.D) / Ranikhet disease

• Avian influenza (Fowl plague)

• Avian lucosis Complex (ALC)

• Marek’s Disease (M.D)

• Infectious bursal disease (IBD) / Gumboro Disease

• Infectious bronchitis (IB)

• Fowl pox

Fungal :• Aspergillosis (Brooder pneumonio)

• Candidias is

• Aflatosicos is

Paras i t ic :• Roundworm / other nematodes

• Protozoan disease of poultry (Coccidiosis)

• Nutritional/ Vitamin Deficiency

Goat farming :• Common goat breeds for housing, their feeding andmanagement, breeding for higher meet and milk yield• Housing of the breeds and theirmanagement.

• Common important diaseases of goat and theirmanagement .

• Bacteria l .

• Viral

• Helminthic

Pisc iculture :Common fish types suitable for rearing, reasing ponds, fish spawn and spawning, fish and artificial feeding,fish disease control, fish collecting equipments, harvesting, processingand fish byproducts.

SECOND YEARPaper - II (Practical)

Full Marks - 100Time = 4 hrs

(Weekly one c lasses Tota l=48 c lases per year)Identification and collection of insect pests of food crops i.e. cereals, pulses, oilseeds, sugarcare, vegetablesand other crops like jute, cotton and store grain pests.

Identification of demaged plant parts by insects.

Preservation of insects in collection box (specimen collection box) and their identification and labelling.

Study of different insecticides and preparation of spray solutions.

Identification, collection and preservation of diteased.

[85]

A PE G

plant samples and study of theircontrol measures.

Study of the fungicides and bactericides and their application in the field for disease control. Identificationand collection of associated weeds of major field crops.

Preservation of weeds in herbarium and their identification.

Study of different herbicides, their dose and method of application to control weeds in field crops.

Practical knowledge of different types of plant protection equipments, their part and function and use of theseequipment in the field.

Identification of different species of silk worms, rearing techniques of mulbery, silkworm and disinfection ofraring houses.

handling of bee hives and bee keeping equipments, honey extraction methods, preservation of honey.

Preparation of mushroom beds and maintenance and spawning.

Identification of different breeds of cattle, casting and handling of animals, collection of seamen, study ofartificial insemination (A.I) at nearby VAS centre.

Practice of castration and dehorning at nearby veterinary centre.

Identification of common feed and fodder, laboratory examination of urine, stool and blood, grooming andwashing of animals.

Dentition and ageing, Disease diagnosis basing on clinical symptoms and its treatment.

Acquaintance with common veterinary medicine, methods of useof veterinary medicines, Vaccinationprogramme, visit to dairy farm to study their management, identification and use of poultry equipments,incubation, hatching and breeding. Debeeking and vaccination. Formulation of rotation for chicks, broiler andlayer birds.

Preservation of surplus eggs.

Identification of healthy and sick birds and their maintenance, Visit to hatcheries and poultry farms.

Identification of common fishes, visit to spawn collection centres.

Methods of spawning.

Application of artificial foods in rearing pond.

Acquaintance and use of fish collecting equipments.

Visit to fish farms.

Visit to nearby VAS centres for practical assistance, dairy farms and fishery extension units may be contacted.

[86]

A PE G

M.L.T COURSE

FIRST YEAR

THEPRY PAPER - I (34 PERIODS)Sect ion No. Name of the Sec t ion Period Mar k s

1 . Human Anatomy 1 2 1 5

2. Human physiology 10 1 5

3 . Laboratory Management & Ethics 07 10

4. Statist ics and aspects 05 10

HUMAN ANATOMY 15 Marks* Introduction

Different parts of human body

Anatomical position, Directional terms, Common Anatomical places.

Systemic and regional anatomy,

* Histology

Typical animal Cell-structure and functions. Tissues of the body classification and function.

* Ske le ta l system.

Bones of the skull, vertebral column, shoulder girdle, thoracie cage and pelvic girdle.

Bones of the limbs.

Joints and movements

* Muscular system

Types of muscles

Principle muscles of the body, tendons, fascias.

* Nervous system, central Nervous system, Brain Meninges, CSF. Spinal cord,

Peripheral nervous system cranical, spinal nerves system, Autonomic nervous system, Sympathetic and parasympatghet ic .

* Cardiovascular systemHeart.Blood Vessels

* Lymphatic and RE system, Spleen,* Respiratory system,

Nose, Pharynx, Larynx, Tonsils,Trachea, Bronchi,Lungs and Pleura.

* Alimentray SystemMouth and OesophagusStomachPancreas, liver and gall bladder.Intestines, Peritoneum

* Urinary systemKidneys,

[87]

A PE G

Ureter, Urinary bladder and Uretnra* Reproductive e system

Male genital systemFemal genital system and accessory ovgans.

* Skin* Specia l Senses

Eye and visionEars and hearing, equilibriumTaste ; Smell; General Sensibility viz. touch etc. surface anatomy.

* Head and neckThorax (heart and lungs) and abdomen (stomach, spleen liver, kidney and bladder)

Places and regions of abdomen and location of different organs in stomach.

Surface marking of important blood vessels, nerves and muscles for injection

HUMAN PHYSICLOGY15 Marks

* Blood

Composition and general functions of blood.

Description of blood cells-normal counts and functions steps of coagulation,

Anticoagulants.

cerebrospinal fluid, formation, composition and function. Blood groups ABO and RH, basis for classification,importance of blood groups. Compositions and functions of lymph.

* Respiratory system

Name and structures involved in respiration and their function. External and internal respiration. How inspirationexpiration are brought about.

Transport of O2 and CO2 in the blood.

Definition of respiratory rate, Tidal volume, vital capacity.

Hypoxia

* Excretory system

Functions of kidney

Nephron - Functions of glomerulus and tubules, Composition of Urine, normal and abnormal.

* Skin - Functions of Skin.

* Digestive systems

Composition and functions of saliva, mastication and deglutition. Functions of stomach, composition ofgastric juice, pancreatic juice, Bile and Success enteritis.

Digestion of food by different enzymes, Absorption and defecation.

* Endocrine - glands

Defination of endocrine gland, Name of the endocrine glands and the hormones secreted by them.

Major actions of each hormone.

Reproductive system.

Name of primary and accessory organs in male and female. Name of secondary sexual characters in maleand female. Functions of ovary-formation of ova, actions of ovarian hormones Menstrual cycle.

[88]

A PE G

Function of Testis - Spermatogenesis and actions of Testosterone, Fertilisation.

Vasectomy and Tubectomy.

Note : The teaching of Anatomy & Physiology should be Coordinated so that structure and functions of differentparts of human body are correlated.

Only brief outline of the subject of be given.

LABORATORY MANAGEMENT AND ETHICS10 Marks

1 Role of laboratory in health care delivery

1 . 1 General

1 . 2 Human health and diseases

1 .2 . 1 Types of diseases

1 .2.2 Process of diagnosis

1 . 3 Laboratory at different level.

1 . 4 Duties and responsibility of laboratory persons.

2. Laboratory services in the health delivery system in India.

2 . 1 Laboratory service in India.

2.2 The health administration system in India.

2.2. 1 At the National Level.

2.2.2 At the State level.

2.2.3 At the District level.

2.2.4 At the Village level.

2.2.5 Voluntary health organizations in India.

2.2.6 Health programmes in India.

3 . Laboratory Planning

3 . 1 General priniciples.

3 .2 Laboratory goals.

3 .3 Operational data

3 .3 . 1 Market potential.

3 .3 .2 Hospital / Laboratory relatives.

3 .3 .3 Competit ions.

3.3.4 Laboratory trends.

3 .4 Planning at different levels.

3 .5 Guiding principles for planning hospital Laboratory services .

3 .5 . 1 Factors .

3 .5 .2 Guiding principles for planning.

3 .5 .3 Functions criteria

3.5.4 Operational demand.

3 .5 .5 Sections of a hospital laboratory

3.5.6 Common areas.

[89]

A PE G

3 .5 .7 Design aspect.

3 .5 .8 Space requirement.

3 .6 Planning for 3 basic health laboratory.

STATISTICS AND GENERAL ASPECTS

10 Marks

TABULATION : Simple tables, Frequency distribution tables.

DIAGRAMS : Bar Diagram, Histogram,Line Diagram, Pie Diagram, Scatter or DotDiagram.

STATISTICAL AVERAGES : Mean, median, mode.

MEASRES OF DISPERSION : Normal curve, range, Standard Deviation, Standard Error.

TEST OF SIGNIFICANCE : ‘t’ Test.

FIRST YEARTHEORY PAPER - II (34 Periods)

50 Marks

S e c t i o n Name of the Sec t ion P e r i o d s Mar k s1 . Biochemistry 07 10

2. Clinical Biochemistry 07 10

3 . General priniciples of laboratory technology 10 10

4. Clinical pathology 05 10

5 . Computer and general practice 05 10

BIOCHEMISTRY10 Marks

1 Inorganic and physical aspects of biochemistry, Structure of atoms, symbol, valency and formula.

Chemical units - Atomic weight, molecular weight, gram mole Equivalent weight, gram equivalent.

Fundamental laws of Chemistry

Acids, bases and salts.

Hydrogen concentration and pH Measurement - Indicators and pH meter,

Buffers, preparation

Solutions - solute and solvent, saturated solutions, solubility Temp. effects.

Concentrations of Solutions in different ways viz molar normal percentage etc.

Simple qualitative analysis - Cations Anions.

Volumetric (Titrimetric) analysis

Primary and Secondary Standards,

[90]

A PE G

Acid-base titrations, permanganometry,

Rules in Volumetric analysis.

Isotopes definition / examples / uses.

2. Chemistry of Bimolecular - Carbohydrates, Lipids, Amino- acids, Proteins, Nucleic acids, Vitamins.

3 . Isotopes.

CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRYPART - I

10 Marks

1 Bioenergetics - Respiratory Chain, Oxidative, Phosphorylations

2. Overview of Metabolism

3 . Carbohydrate Metabolism

- Glycolysis and TCA Cycle.

- Blood glucose homeostasis.

- Measurement of blood glucose.

- Glycosuria, Diabetes mellitus.

4. Lipid Metabolism

- Cholesterol,

- Triglycerides

- Lipoproteins

- Ketone Bodies - formation, Ketosis, ketonuria

5 . Amino acid & Protein metabolism

- Urea synthesis - Uraemia

- Other nonprotion nitrogenous compound like vaginate Uvicacid.

- Biochemical veactions of aminoacids Transamination, Deamination.

- Synthese of physiologically important substances from aminoacids .

6. Metaboilic inter-relationships

7 . Principles og Inborn Errors of Metabolism.

8 . Water, Na+K+and CI, Bicarbonates, Acid Base Balance, calcium and Phosporous.

9. Role and Iron, Iodine and other Trace elements.

PART - II

Organs Function Tes ts.1 Endocrine Function Tests - Thyroid Function Tests.

2. Biochemical Tests of CSF.

3 . Renal Function Tests 24 hr. collection, preservation, physical characteristic, clearance Tests.

4. Liver function tests.

5 . Gastric Function Tests.

6. pancreatic function Tests-Serum Amylase Serum

Trypsin Serum Lipase, D-xylose.

[91]

A PE G

PART - III

Clinica l Enzymology & Organisa t ionFunamenta l of Analy t ica l Biochemis try & Ins trumenta t ion.1 Clinical Enzymology - Diagnostic enzymes, Isozymes.

2. Fundamental of Analytical Biochemistry & Instrumentation.

- Analytical balances

- Centrifuges

- Colorimeter and spectrophotometer

- Flame photometer

- Auto analysers

- Chromatography

- Electropohresis

GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY10 Marks

- Role of laboratory in health care delivery-Human health and diseases.- Role of laboratory in diagnosis of disease in healh delivery system.

Duties and responsibility of laboratory personal.- Laboratory services in the health delivery system in India.- Laboratory Planning

General PrinciplesLaboratory goalsOperational dateGuiding principles for planning hospital laboratory services particulary for basic health laboratory.

- Laboratory organisationGeneral principlesComponents and functions of a laboratoryStaffing the lobaoratoryJob description-Job specificationsWork schedule - Personnel rearrangement and work load assessment.

- Care of laboratory glassware, equipments and chemicals verbal.- Principles - Different types of glassware and plastic ware.

Care and cleaning of glass wares.Making simple glasswares in the laboratory.Care of equipments and apparatus.Laboratory chemicals, their proper use and care, storageLabelling.

- Specimen handlingCollection techniques and containers for specimen collection

Types of specimen.Entry, handling

[92]

A PE G

Specimen transportSpecimen disposalSpecimen preservation

- Laboratory SafetyGeneral principlesLaboratory hazardsSafety programmeFirst aidSafety measure - Mechanical, Electrical, ChemicalBiological & radioactive

- Communication : Personnel Development and Relations,general principles.Inter/intra departmental communications request / Report forms.

- Basic Principles of quality Control.General Principles.Non-Analytical functionsRequest Specifications.Specimen Specification.Distribution of tests.Analytical functionMethods, Equipment, Reagents and material Controls, Proficiency testing.Meterials ManagementGeneral PrinciplesEthicsGeneral PrinciplesProfessional ethics including code of conduct relationship with doctors and fellow technicians.Use of kits and cost control.Maintenance of Secrecy of Lab data

CLINICAL PATHOLOGY

10 Marks

1 Urine analysisPhysical, Chemical, Microscopic

2. Faeca l ana lys isPhys ica lChemical - Occult blood Exam.Microscopic

3 . Sputum analysis - Physical and microscopic4. Seminal Fluid analysis5 . Examination of aspiration fluid.

Ascitic fluidPleural fluidCSFOthers

6. Pregnanc`y tests.

[93]

A PE G

COMPUTER AND GENERAL PRACTICE10 Marks

- Computer : types, components - input, output and storage media, computer wares, necessary care forcomputers.

- Elementary knowledge of Data Processing and Word processing.

- Application of computers in Mediocine

FIRST YEARPRACTICAL - I (10 PERIODS)

50 MarksLabora tory Management and Ethics1 Cleanising of glasswares (Pipettes, Slides and Cover slips, Syringes and needles, blood cell diluting pipettes,

glassware used for bacteria investigation)2. Making simple glass items in the laboratory (pasture pipette. stirring bending glass and preparing a wash

bottle.)3 . Demonstration of use and care of instruments, cautions precautions to be taken4. Demonstration of safety measures during work in laboratory in various fields.5 . Demonstration of safe handling of speciments and infections agents including HBs Ag, (Hepatitis) and AIDs

(HIV).Specimen handing Collection, Preservation, Transportation, DisposalLaboratory Safety & First AidBiomedical wasteManagementComputer Application

FIRST YEARPRACTICAL - II (10 PERIODS)

50 MarksUse of Microscope, care, MaintenanceClinica l Pathology1 Routine analysis of Urine.2. Analysis of faces including occult blood test.3 . Examination of sputum.4. Seminal fluid analysis.5 . Analysis of aspiration fluid.6. Pregnancy test - Urine for HCG

SECOND YEARTHEORY - I (34 PERIODS)

50 MarksSect ion No Name of the Sec t ion P e r i o d s Mar k s1 . Hematology Immunohematology 1 2 20

and Blood Transfusion

2 Microbiology 1 2 1 5

3 Sociology 10 1 5

[94]

A PE G

Hematology Immunohematology & Blood Transfusion 20 Marks1 . Introduction to hematology

2. Collection of blood sample and anticoagulants.

3 . Red Cell Counts

a . Haemocytometer & Producer for R.B.C. count

b. RBC diluting fluid

c . Calculation

4. White Cell count

a . Procedure for W.B.C. count

b. WBC diluting fluid

c . Caculation.

5 . Differential White Cell count

a . Morphology of white cell.

b. Normal values.

c . Romansky stains.

d . Counting methods.

6. Absolute Eosinophil Count. Direct / Indirect.

7 . ESR :

Westergren’s

Wintroble’s

Factors affecting ESR

Importance and Limitation

Normal value and interpretation.

8 . Packed Cell Volume (Haematocrit)

a . Macro and Micro methods.

b. Interpretation

9. Hemoglobin estimation

a . Colorimetric method

b. Shali’s method

c . Interpretation of result.

1 0 . Red Cell indices

Calculation and importance.

1 1 . Reticulocyte Count

Method - Interpretation.

1 2 . Sickle Cell preparation.

1 3 . Osmotic fragility test - Interpretation.

1 4 . Estimation of G6 PD

1 5 . Principle of electrophoresis

1 6 . Preparation of bone marrow aspiration and trephine biopsy.

1 7 . Coagulation test.

- Bleeding time.

[95]

A PE G

- Whole blood coagulation time.

- Clot retraction time

- Prothrombin time

- Platelet count.

1 8 . Immunohematology and blood transfusion.

a . Introduction

b. Human blood group antigens.

c . ABO blood group system.

d. Rh blood group system and Incompatibility

e . Technique of grouping and Cross matching

f. Coomb’s test

Direct

Indirect

g. Blood transfusion procedure.

h. Complication of blood transfusion.

i. Blood collection.

Selection and screening of donors.

Collection of blood

Anticoagulants.

Storage of Blood

j. Cell separator and transfusion of various components of blood.

k . Organization, Operation and administration of blood bank.

MICROBIOLOGY AND SEROLOGYSECTION - A

15+15 = 30 Marks

1 Introduction of Microbiology- History, scope and definition.

- Microbes and their classification.

- Bacter ia .

- Nutritional and growth requirements.

- Bacterial genetic & drug resistance.

- Bacterial Infection and Pathogen city.

- Culture media, their preprations & uses.

- Culture methods and identification of bacteria.

- Collection of clinical specimens for microbiological vestigations.

2. Sterilisation and disinfection :

(Physical, Chemical and Mechanical Methods, Sterilisation of media, syringes, glasswares etc. and disposalof contaminated media and other materials)

3 . Laboratory Investigation in Baceriology :

[96]

A PE G

- Uses of common laboratory equipments.

(Different microscopes incubator, Refrigerator & Deep Freeze, Hot air oven, Autoclave, Inspissator,Incinerator, Bacterial filter,water bath, VDRL rotator,anaerobic Jar Centrifuge, Vacuum pump, mediapouring chamber, Elisa reader etc.)

- Methods of laboratory investigations.

- Study of morphology

(Hanging drop preparation & various Standingprocedures simple, differential and special stains)

- Different techniques of inoculation into culture media, sub-culture and maintenance of stock culture.

- Anaerobic cultivation.

- Culture of various clinical specimens in the Laboratory.

- Isolation and identification of Bacteria.

(Culture Characters, biochemical reactions, serotyping and special tests)

- Antimicrobial sensit ivity tests.

- Study of epidemiology and use of transport media.

Bacteriological examination of water and milk etc.

4. Systemic Bacteriology :

- Cocci : Gram positive (Staphylococci, Streptococci Pneumoocci etc,)

Gram nagative (Neisseria group-Gonococci, Meningococci)- Bacilli : (Gram positive and gram negative bacilli)

CorynebacteriumClostridium.

- Nonsporing anaerobesEnterobactriacae(E, coli, Klebsiella & Coliforms, Proteus, Salmonella, Shigella etc.)

- Vibrio- Pseudomonas- Pasteurella, Yersinia, francisella- Haemophilus Bordetella & Bovcella (Mycobacteria, tuberculosis, M Leprae etc.)- Miscellaneous bacteria.- Splirochaets (Treponema, Leptospira and Borrelia etc.)

- Act inomyce tes .

- Ricket t isiacae

- Chlamydia

5 . Medical Mycology :

- Classification & Morphology of commom pathogenic fungi of medical impotrtance and diseasesproduced by them.

- Laboratory diagnosis including culture of pathogenic fungi.

6. Immunology and Serology :

- Immunity - Basic principles & Classification.

- Structure & functions of Immune system and Immune response.

- Antigens, Antibodies (Immunoglobulins) and complement system.

- Antigen - Antibody reactions.

[97]

A PE G

(Agglutination, Precipitation, Complement fixation Nutralisation etc. and their applications in the diagnosis ofdisea se) .

- Hypersensitivity (Classification & skin tests used in diagnosis)

- Auto Immunity

- Immunology of Transplantation malignancy.

- Immunohaematology.

- Immunodeficiency diseases including AIDS.

- Immunoprophylaxis and Immunisation schedule

(Vaccines classification & uses)

SECTION - B

Paras i tology, Virology, Clinica l Microbiology and Animal care

1 Parasitology :

- Introduction to Parasitology and classification of parasites of medical importance.

- Intestinal and tissue protozoa.

- Malarial parasities.

- Malarial parasities.

- Trypansomes.

- Leishmanial Parasites.

- Tape worms.

- Flukes of liver, intestinaltract and livings.

- Schis t osomes

- Intestinal nematodes.

- Filarial worms and other tissue nematodes.

- Insect vectors of medical importance

(Flies, mosquitoes, fleas, bugs, lice, cokroaches) and Arachnids (ticks, mites, spiders, scorpionsetc .)

- Zoonosis - their importance for human infections.

2. Virology

- General characters of viruses, classification, virus culture and isolation procedures.

- Common viruses of medical importance

- DNA viruses :

(Pox, viruses, harpies viruses, Adenovriouss, Papova viruses etc.)

- RNA viruses

(Toga viruses, Reviruese, Bunya viruses, Arena viruses, rhinoviruses, Rhabdo viruses, Paramyxo and orthomyxoviruses, Corona viruses, retroviruses.)

- Miscellaneous Viruses

(RNA & DNA viruses - Hepatitis viruses etc.)

- Oncogenic viruses

- HIV viruses and AIDs.

- Collection and Transport of Virological speciments.

[98]

A PE G

- Laboratory diagnosis of viral infections.

3 . Clinical Microbiology :

- Collection and transport of clinical specimens.

- Collection and preliminary processing of clinical specimens.

- Diagnostic Microbiology an approach to laboratory diagnosis of various infective syndromes.

- Normal microbial flora of the human body.

- Bacteriemia, Pyaemia and Septicaemia.

- Purexia of Unknown Origin (P.U.O)

- Respiratory tract Infections (Sore throat, Pneumonitis, Pulmonary tract Infections)

- Skin and subcutaneous tissue Inflections.

- Wound Infections.

- Meningitis

- Enecphalit is .

- Infective diarrhea.

- Food poisoning.

- Nosocomial infections.

- Opportunistic infections.

4. Animal Care :

- Handling, feeding and breeding of laboratory animals.

- Maintenance of sanitation and cleaning of cages.

- Common Animal Inoculation tests for diagnosis of diase ase s .

- Procedures for drawing blood.

- Postmortem and safe disposals.

SECOND YEARTHEORY - II (34 PERIODS)

50 MarksSect ion No Name of the Sec t ion P e r i o d s Mar k s1 . Hi s to t ec hno l ogy 1 6 25

2 . Museum Study 08 1 03 . Labora tory management & ethics 1 0 1 5

HISTOTECHOLOGY

1 Introduction

2. Cell Tissue and their function.

3 . Methods of examination of tissues and cells.

4. Fixation of tissue :

a . Classification of fixatives.

b. Simple fixatives and their properties

[99]

A PE G

5 . Tissue processing :

a . Collection of specimen

b. Labeling and fixation.

c . Dehydration

d. Clearing

e . Impregnation

f. Embedding

6. Section cutting :

a . Microtoes and microtome knives - sharpening of knife.

b. techniques of section cutting

c . Mounting of sections.

d . Frozen section,

7 . Staining :

a . Dyes and their properties.

b. Theory of staining

c . Staining techniques with haemotosyline and eosin.

d . Mounting of sections.

e . Common special atains

8 . Decalcification :

a . Fixation.

b. Decalcification

c . Detection of end point

d. Neutralization and processing

9. Exfoliative Cytology & Fine needle aspiration cytology :

a . Types of specimens and preservation

b. Preparation and fixation of smears.

c . Papanicoaous stating technique / MGG staining / HE staning

d. Sex chromatin staining.

1 0 . Museum Techniques :

a . Reception of specimen.

b. Preparation of fixation

c . Preservation

d. Presentat ion

1 1 . Autopsy techniques.

Assist ing in autopsy

Preservation of organs and

Processing of the tissue.

1 2 . Waste disposal and safety in laboratory.

[100]

A PE G

MUSEUM STUDY10 Marks

1 Necessity of Museum.

2. Preservation & storage of specimen.

3 . Arrangement & Display.

4. Proper care & maintenance.

LABORATORY MANAGEMENT AND ETHICS15 Marks

1 Role of laboratory in health care delivery

1 . 1 General

1 . 2 Human health and diseases

1 .2 . 1 Types of diseases

1 .2.2 Process of diagnosis

1 . 3 Laboratory at different level.

1 . 4 Duties and responsibility of Laboratory persons.

2. Laboratory services in the health delivery system in India.

2 . 1 Laboratory services in India.

2.2 The health administration system in India.

2.2. 1 At the National level.

2.2.2 At the State level.

2.2.3 At the District level.

2.2.4 At the Village level.

2.2.5 Voluntary health organization in India.

2.2.6 Health programmes in India.

3 . Laboratory planning

3 . 1 General principles.

3 .2 Laboratory goals.

3 .3 Oprational data

3 .3 . 1 Market potential.

3 .3 .2 Hospital / Laboratory relatives.

3 .3 .3 Competit ions.

3.3.4 Laboratory trends.

3 .4 Planning at different levels.

3 .5 Guiding principles for planning hospital Laboratory services.

3 .5 . 1 Factors .

3 .5 .2 Guiding principles for planning.

3 .5 .3 Function criteria.

3.5.4 Oprational demand

[101]

A PE G

3 .5 .5 Sections of a hospital laboratory.

3.5.6 Common areas.

3 .5 .7 Design aspect

3 .5 .8 Space requirement.

3 .6 Planning for 3 basic health laboratory.

SECOND YEARPRACTICAL - I (10 PERIODS)

100 MARKSSection No Name of the Sec t ion Mar k s1 . Heamatology 20

2. Immuheamatology 20

3 . Blood Transfussion 20

4. Histotecholongy 30

5 . Museum Study 10

HEAMATOLOGY 20 Marks

IMMUHEAMATOLOGY 20 Marks

BLOOD TRANSFUSSION 20 Marks

1 Use of Microscope, Care and Maintenance

2. Haemoglobin estimation - Sahlis

3 . Haemoglobin demonstration of Colorimetric Hb estimation

4. Total RBC count.

5 . Total Leucocyte count.

6. Differential count of Leucocyte.

7 . Reticulocyte count.

8 . Total platelet count

Direct

Indirect

9. Absolute Eosinophil count

Direct

Indirect

1 0 . Bleeding time and clotting time.

1 1 . Examination of Blood for parasites.

- Malaria Parasite

- Microfilaria.

1 2 . Prothrombin time - Demonstration

1 3 . ESR - Westergren’s and Wintrobe’s

1 4 . PCV (Haematocrit)

1 5 . ABO - Blood grouping : slide technique

[102]

A PE G

Tube technique.

1 6 . Cross-matching

- Major cross matching

- Minor cross matching

1 7 . R-typing

1 8 . Coomb’s test

Direct

Indirect

1 9 . Donor Screening and Selection

- Identification

- Recording

- Hb-estimation

- Tulingout transfusion

- Transmission disease

STD, Malaria

Hepatis - B

AIDS

- Grouping and Typing of doner’s blood

20. Drawing of Blood - Asepsis, reassurance Venepuncture Collection and Care of doner.

2 1 . Blood storage.

- Anticoagulant preparation.

- Recording the details and storage of blood

- Maintence, cleaning of various equipments used in the blood bank.

HISTOTECHOLONGY30 Marks

1 Fixation, processing, embedding and section and preparation of slides.

2. Sharoening of the knife.

3 . Preparation of fixatives and decalcifying fluid.

4. Preparation of adhesives to fix the section to the slide.

5 . Preparation and fixation of cytology smears and parnicolous staining techniques MGG staining / HE staining

MUSEUM STUDY10 Marks

1 Necessity of Museum.

2. Preservation and storage of specimen.

3 . Arranfement and display.

4. Proper care and maintenance.

[103]

A PE G

SECOND YEARPRACTICAL - II

100 Marks

Sect ion No Name of the Sec t ion Mar k s1 . Clinical Microbiology 40

2. Parasitology 20

3 . Virology 20

4. Animal care 20

CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY40 Marks

- Diagnostic microbiology - as an approach to various Infective syndromes.

- Collection, processing and transport of clinical specimens.

- Techniques of collection of blood, serum, CSF, Urine, Stool, Smears, Swabs etc., for microbiologicaldiagnosis.

- Investigation procedures in various epidemics,commonly encountered.

- Gastroenterit is .

- Cholera

- Food poisoning

- Meningitis

- Encephalit is

- Continued fever and P.U.O.

Investigation procedures for study of nosocomial infections.

PARASITOLOGY20 Marks

1 Collection, Preservation and transportation of faecal materials for examination of parasites :

-Saline and iodine preparations of faeces for identification of cysts, ova, parasites, other cells like RBC,

Pus cells, Macrophages, bacterial and fungal study.

- Concentration techniques for faecal examination

2. Identification and Preservation of different parasites.

3 . Identification of Different Insect vectors.

4. Museum study - demonstration of common parasites and different lesion produced by them in differentorgans and viscera.

5 . Blood smear Examination for identification of malaria parasites L.D. Bodies.

6. Demonstration of interesting slides and Tissue section on Parasitology.

[104]

A PE G

VIROLOGY20 Marks

- Tissue culture techniques

(Demonstration of CPE etc.)

- Embryonated egg. Inoculation.

- Various serological tests for diagnosis for viral diseases.

- HIV surveillance laboratory

ANIMAL CARE20 Marks

- Handling

- Feeding, breeding, maintenance of sanitation etc.

- Drawing of blood.

- Common Animal; Inoculation tests used for diagnosis.

- Postmortem and safe disposal

Bacteriology, Mycology, Immunology and Serology1 . General introduction.

- Code of conduct for Medical Laboratory personal.

- Safety measures in the laboratory

- First Aid in laboratory accidents and general precautionary measures.

2. Laboratory instruments and Equipments.

2 . 1 - Handling and care of different microscopes with special application techniques like -

- Phase contrast illumination

Dark ground illumination

- Fluorescent Microscopy

- Principles of Electron Microscopy

(Demonstration if necessary)

2.2 - Operation and Maintenance of -

- Autoclave and Hot air over,

- Inspissator Bacterial filters including sets 3 filters.

- Arnold’s sterilliser

Media pouring chamber

- Incinerator

- Incubators (different types)- pH meter- Lovebird comparator- Distillation plant- Vacuums pump- Analytical Balance

[105]

A PE G

- Centrifuges (different types)- Refrigerator- Deep freezer- VDRL Rotator- Khan shaker- Specilised equipments l ike- Elisa Reader- Electrophoresis apparatus,- Immune electrophoresis- Photo electric colorimeter

- Spetro photometer

- Laminar flow cabinet with ultra violet light

(demonstration if necessary)

2.3 - Anaerobic jar and other methods of anaerobic culture.

3 . Sterilisation methods in details with Quality control Measures

4. Care and cleaning of all glass wares like.

(Test Tubes, slides, petri dishes, pipettes, beakers, flasks, bottles, funnels, syringes etc.)

preparation of pasture pipettes and sealing of Ampoules etc.

5 . Collection of clinical specimen’s like Blood, Urnie, stool,CSF, Bone marrow, sputum, aspiration of fluids andexudates, swabs etc. and use of transport media.

6. Receipts, labeling and recording of clinical specimens and dispatch to reference laboratories.

7 . Reporting of laboratory tests and keeping records after final computerization.

8 . Conversant with S.I unit system (System international d’ unities) for reporting.

9. Conversant with Fundamental Chemistry i.e. use of Indicators, Strength of a solution, percent solutions,partdilutions moral solutions, normal, solutions etc.

1 0 . Various media for culture -

1 1 . Various staining Techniques like

- Gram’s stain - Z.N. stain

- Albert’s stain Neisser’s stain

- Negative Capsular staining

- Spore staining - Lactophenol Cotton blue staining for fungi.

- Leishman and Giemsa stains

- Other special stains

(Demonstrations if necessary)

1 2 . Wet preparations like

- Hanging drop preparation

- Saline preparations

- KOH preparation for fungi

1 3 . Inoculation of clinical specimen into media and various techniques.

1 4 . Isolation of Micro-organism in pure culture.

1 5 . Identification of Micro-organisms by :

- Study of morphology

[106]

A PE G

- Culture characteristics,

- Various biochemical tests of common microorganisms.

- Slid agglutination and other confirmatory tests.

1 6 . Maintenance and preservation of stock cultures.

1 7 . Antimicrobial (Drug) Sensitivity Tests.

1 8 . Bacteriobial examination of water, milk and air.

1 9 . Safe disposal of all culture media, syringes, needless, clinical specimens and all contaminated materials.

20. Study of different fungi by wet preparation, staining and culture Demonstration of use of BOD incubator.

2 1 . Common (Serological Tests)

- Widal test preparation of Salmonella antigens.

- V.D.R.L. test

- Brucella agglutination test

- Latex agglutination test

(RA, CRP, ASO, Australis, Antigen, Toxoplasmosis,Pregnancy tests etc.)

- Coomb’s tests

Haemagglutination test and blood grouping.

- Paul Bunnel test

- weil Felix tests

- Sel diffusion Techniques

- Immuno electrophoresis.

Assay of Immunoglobulins.

- ELISA Test.

- Radio Immuno Assay etc.

(Demonstration if necessary)

22. Common dignostic skin Tests

- Tuberculin (Mantous test)

- Lepromin Test.

- Casoni’s Test

- Other skin Tests for diagnosis of bacterial, fungal and parasitic diseases.

23 . Urine Examination - Routine & Microscopic

- Bacterial count.

[107]

A PE G

AUDIO VISUAL TECHNICIAN (AVT)

THEORY

1 st Year Paper - I Basic Electrical & Electronics FM - 50Paper - II Measuring Instruments, Radio & Tape Recorders FM - 50

2nd Year Paper - I TV, VCR & CCTV Systems. FM - 50Paper - II Still & motion Photography,

Video graphy FM - 50

PRACTICAL

1 st Year Paper - I Relating to Paper - I FM - 50Paper - II Relating to Paper - II FM - 50

2nd Year Paper - I Relating to Paper - I FM - 100Paper - II Relating to Paper - II FM - 100

BASIC ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICSFIRST YEAR

(Theory) Paper - ITime : 2.30 hrs

1 . Hand ToolsSimple hand tools. Soldering Iron of various types, proper uses and maintenance. De-soldering tools. Commontools used in serving work.

2 . Basic Elec tr ic i tySources of voltage AC and DC voltages, concept of phase, frequency, R.M.S, average values, batteries.Ohm’s Law, Kirchoff’s Law, Series., Parallel and combination circuits of resistors, capacitors and inductors,Series and Parallel resonant circuits. Magnetism, Electromagnetic Induction, Transformers and Basic principlesof Electric Motors.

3 . Basic Elec tronicsWorking principles of semiconductor devices. PN junction, Transistors symbols, specifications, concept ofBiasing and stabilisation.Rectifiers - half wave, full wave, centre tap & bidge types, filter circuits.Power Supply regulators - Zenner & transistor regulation. IC regulator - 78XX, 79XX (Series)SMPS (Block Diagram & Working Principles),Amplifiers Classification - audio amplifiers, voltage and power amplifiers, RC coupled amplifier, transformercoupled amplifier.RF amplifier - typecal circuits used in radio receivers.Oscillators - typical circuits used in AV equipment.Microphones, pickups, loudspeakers, Impedance matching.

4 . Opto Elec tronicsBasic principles of Optics & Opto Electronics, Electronic devices like photo cells etc.

5 . Opt i c sLenses (Concave, Convex, Planoconcave), formation of images, focal length application for projectors Mirrorsand their applications.

[108]

A PE G

MEASURING INSTRUMENT, RADIO AND TAPE RECORDERS FIRST YEAR

(Theory) Paper - IITime: 2 .30 hrs

1 . Measuring Ins truments

Principles and uses of voltmeter, ammeter & multi meter (Digital & Analog). Block diagram of CRO andmeasurement of frequency, phase and amplitude, conmcept of decibel (DB).

2 . Radio & Tape Recorders & PA SystemRadio-block diagram, test points in a radio receiver (AM & FM). familiarisation typecal radio receiver. Conceptof IF alignment in a radio receiver.

Working of a tape recorder,mechanical systems of a tape recorder, sound inputs for tape systems and PAsystem, accessories for tape recording systems.

Recording tape, specifications and recording directions. Spereophonic recording and playback equipment.Study of specific tape player systems and combinations like radio-tape-record players. Use of strobe disc,types of clearance and their applications. Methods of cleaning and safety precautions.

TV, VCR AND CCTV SYSTEMSSECOND YEAR

(Theory) Paper - ITime: 2 .30 hrs

1 . Te l ev i s i o nBlock diagrams of a TV receiver (monochrome) & its Principles of operation of eack block.

Colour TV Receiver - NTAC, PAL, SECAM system.

PAL encoder decoder

Colour TV monitor-Shadow max, trinitron, concept of LCD & Plasma.

Remote Control

Installation of Boster & Antenna, Safety precautions in a TV receiver.

2 . CCTV, VCR SystemPrinciple of operation with Block diagram of a CCTV system. Setting of a CCTV system with multi monitor &multi camera.

Block diagram of a VCR. Operation and control of a VCR.

IIlumination and lighting arrangements for video recording Camera light (Day light, Artificial light). Types oflamps and lighting level, Roll filling.

Safety precaution for CCTV and VCR systems.

Tape loading and storage for video tape and VCR

Introduction to multimedia presentation involving more than one type of AV equipment (Few workouts forsuch multimedia equipment operation should be carried out in the classroom.)

3 . CD, DVD Player & Wri ter, combo Sys temPrinciples of operation of a CD writer & Combo System

Recordings techniques of CD writer & MP3 Systems.

[109]

A PE G

STILL & MOTION PHOTOGRAPHYVIDEOGRAPHYSECOND YEAR

(Theory) Paper - IITime: 2 .30 hrs

1 . Elements of St i l l Camera & Digi ta l CameraCamera format (35mm, focusing system, image sharpness, lens opening exposure & its accessories).

Lens, Iris, shutter, film chamber, view finder, light meter.

2 . Video Stil l Camera & Camcoder (CCD)Lens system. lens control, sensit ive of the camera, white balance, audio circuits, power supply, camerasupports.

3 . Video motion camers & record ing princ ipleRecording format DV cam, Hi-8, Beta - cam.

Recording principles Helical scanning, Control track and Cue-pulses.

Recording audio on video tape.

Recording system standards PAL, NTSC, SECAM.

Digital Video Recording & DV Cam.

4 . Projec tor working princ iple set t ingWorking principle of still & motion pictures, projection lamps, screen surface materials for screems methodsof mounting the screens.

5 . Princ iple set ting and opera t ion of a LCD Projec tor Sys temSetting of a LCD Projector System.

BASIC ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS

FIRST YEAR(Practical) Paper - I

Time: 4 hrs

1 . Drawing of Electrical and Electronic symbols

2. Freehand sketching of electronic components and spare parts.

3 . Study of hand tools

4. Identification & testing of components and devices

5 . Sodering and De-soldering practice

6. Verification of Ohm’s law & Kirchoff’s Laws

7 . Study of Series circuits & parallel circuits

8 . Study of ElectricMotor

9. Study of Transistor Amplifier

1 0 . Study of Voltage Stabilizers

1 1 . Study of Oscillators

1 2 . Study of Half Wave & Full Wave Rectifier (Center taps Bridge)

1 3 . Study of SMPS

14 . Practical of formotion of image with different types of lenses & mirrors (used in projectors)

[110]

A PE G

MEASURING INSTRUMENT, RADIO AND TAPERECOR DERSFIRST YEAR

(Theory) Paper - IITime: 4 hrs

1 . Study of voltmeter, ammeter & multi meter (Analog & Digital).

2. Measurement of Voltage & Current using Multimeter.

3 . Study of CRO.

4. Measurement of frequency, phase and amplitude using CRO

5 . Study of Redio Receiver (AM & FM)

6. Study of RF, IF & AF in a radio receiver.

7 . Study of tape recorder & mechanical systems of tape recorder.

8 . Study of recording in Tape recorder.

9. Study of Stereophonic recording and playback equipment.

1 0 . Study of different types of Microphones & Loud Speakers.

1 1 . Study of PA systems.

1 2 . Practice in Fuse replacement and their ratings.

TV, VCR AND CCTV SYSTEMS

SECOND YEAR(Practical) Paper - I

Time: 4 hrs

1 . Study of a TV receiver.

2. Installation of TV, Booster, Antenna Cable.

3 . Testing of TV (Sound & Picture)

4. Setting up and adjustment of TV

5 . Minor fault detection and rectification of TV

6. Study of multimonitor cannections.

7 . Study and operate a VCR

8 . Installation of CCTV.

9. Study of CD Writer, DVD Writer & Combo Sets.

1 0 . Interconnection techniques like preparation of cable and video patch cords.

1 0 . Exercise on fault finding techniques in Adui visual equipment.

[111]

A PE G

STILL & MOTION PHOTOGRAPHY

VIDEOGRAPHYSECOND YEAR

(Practical) Paper - IITime: 4 hrs

2nd Year Paper - II

1 . Study of different types of Still & Digital Cameras

2. Practice of taking hand held shot

3 . Practice of camera movement

4. Recording in Video motion cameras

5 . Recording studio on Video tape

6. Recording in Digital Video Cameras

7 . Study of opaque Projectors.

8 . Study of motion picture projector and its parts

9. Settingup and operation of projector

1 0 . Film threading and rewinding

1 1 . Layout diagrams of film threading

12 . Testing of a motion picture projector

1 3 . Fabrication of extension boards and other auxiliaries

1 4 . Setting of LCD Projector System

1 5 . Project work.

SUGGESTED REFFERENCE AND READING MATERIALS

1 . How to service tape recorders by C.A. Tuthill, D.B. Taraporevals & Co.2. Record changers, How they work by Louis M. Dezettel D.B.Taraporevala.3 . How to select and use HI - FI and Stereo Equipment Volune - I by Murray P. Resental, D. B. Taraporevala.

4. Simplified electronics measurements. How to get more from low cost test equipments by john H. Fasal D. B.Taraporevala.

5 . Preparation and use of Audio Visual aids by Hass & Packer Prentice - Hall of India (PVT) Ltd.

6. Application & Operation of Audio Visual equipment in Education by Fred Jhon Pula Jhon Wiley & Sons in NewYork, London.

7 . An Introduction course for Electrical Technicians by R.J.Hartles Pitman Paperbacks.

8 . Television Service manual by Audel D.B.Traprorevala.

9. Television Principle & Practice by Zarach & Mersis Mc Millan Press.

1 0 . Basic Radio & Television by S. P. Sharma Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.

1 1 . T.V Trouble shooting Dictionary by Saundh, Nitma New Delhi.

12 . Instruction materials Manual by Brown& Lewies Mc Graw, Hill.

1 3 . The publications of Business promotion Bureau, Delhi - on practical topics like colour TV and VCR etc.

1 4 . Closed circuit Television.

1 5 . Practicals TV ServicingManuals-GT Publication.

1 6 . Basic Electronics-GT Publications.

1 7 . VCR, VCD-GT Publications.

[112]

A PE G

BUILDING MATERIALFIRST YEAR

(Theory) - Paper - ITime - 3 hours

Marks - 50Tota l=32 c lases of 45 minutes each

Stone : Classification, composition, characterist ics, uses, method of quarrying and dressing

Brick : Method of manufacture, classification, testing of bricks.

Cement : Classification, Chemical composition,

characterist ics, grades, quality tests and uses

of concrete making materials (Coarse aggregate, Fine aggregate, water)r, Test of cement andconcreate (W/C ratio Workability, Compressive and tensile strengh) Properties of fresh andhardended concrete, Durability of concreate, Admixtures in concrete.

Timber, Plywood : Characteristics and suitablity for different and allied purposes. Defects and decay, Seasoningand Products. preservation of Timber.

Tile ; Method of manufacture, composition, testing and its suitability for different use with referenceto building (Clay, Terracotta, glazed Tiles, marble)

Stee l : Characteristics, composition, grades & testing.

Pa int s , : Types of paint (All typesof paint i.e. cement paint,

Varnishes enamel paint distemper etc.) composition,

Primers characteristics, method of application adhesive.

Ref. Book : 1 . Building material : - by S.C. Rangwalla

2. Building material : - by M.L. Gambhir.

3 . Building material : - S.P. Bindra.

4. Building material : - Janardana Jha

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION

FIRST YEAR

(Theory) Paper - IITime: 3 hours


Functional : General principle of site selection, Site Plan,

Planning Building regulation and bye-laws, Orientation of Building, Basic requirement of a building andits component.

Foundation : Types of foundation, description of spread function, Raft foundation, pile Foundation,

foundation for wall, masonary, concrete pillar, causes of failure of foundation and remedialmeasures. Brief idea on depth and breadth of foundation for different soils and loadingscondition.

Brick Masonary : Terms used, General principle in brick masonary construction, types of bond and their application,Reinforced brick work.

[113]

A PE G

Stone Masonary : Terms used, cutting and dressing of stone, types of stone masonary dry stone masonary.

Door and : Types of door and windows, vertilation, sky light,

Windows fixture and fastening for door and windows.

Floor : Different types of floor, preparation, advantages and disadvantages.

Foof : Terms used, types of roof with special emphasis on RCC roof reinforcement details in roof,beam, lintel, columns etc.

Aeches, lintels : Terminology, Brief Description, Design dimensioms

and sta ircases

Damp prevention : Causes of dampness and damp prevention, & Fire protection general principle of fire protection,Fire resisting materials and construtions.

Plaster ing

pointing, white

washing and

colour washing

painting, : Objectives, characteristics, tools, construction

vaenishing and and defects.

distempering.

Ventilation, Air : Noise, Insulation, Absorption, Transmission,

conditioning Acceptable noise levels, Npise control and sound

Thermal insulation insulation, Necessity of ventilation and ventilation

and sound systems, Thermal insulating materials and

insulation. construction.

Defects and : Inspection of buildings, Diagnosis, Defects in

Rehabilitation foundation, wall, floor, roof etc. in old building

Measures and its rectification. Anti-termite treatment.

Ref. Book : 1 . Building Construction : by M.L. Gambhir

2. Building Construction : by B.C. Purmia

3 . Building Construction : S.P.Arrora & S.P. Bindra

4. Building Construction : Susil Kumar

5 . Building Construction : S.C. rangwalla

6. Building Construction : Janardana Jha

7 . Building Construction : guruchanran Sing

[114]

A PE G

ANALYSIS, DESIGN & DETAILING OF STRUCTURESSECOND YEAR

(Theory) Paper - ITime: 3 hours

Marks - 50Tota l= 28 c lases of 45 minutes each

Shear Force : Definition, types of support, shear force and bendingand Bending moment diagram for the structures. Inter-relations

Moment Slope between Shear Force and Bending Moment. Brief

& Deflection idea on slope and deflection of simply supported, cantilever, continuous and fixed beams.

Properties : Properties of concrete, Basic idea on compressive of Concrete strength, tensile strength, shrinking,cr eep s ,Grade of concrete, Reinforcing steel, its type and grade, basic concept on concretedesign, limit state of safety and serviceability, single and double reinforced concrete, brief ideaon design and details of beam, column, slab, stair case, column footing, mix design (brief idea)shrinkage and creep of concrete.

Reinforcement Reinforcement detailing for structure elements and Detailing of their joints. Codal provisions.

Concrete

St ructures

Ref. Books : 1 . Anaysis of Structures, Vol- I : by Vazrani and Ratwani

2. Theory of Structures : - S. Ramamurthan

3 . Basic Structure Analysis : - B.C. Pumia

4. Basic Structure Analysis : - C.S. Reddy

5 . Concrete Structure : - Syal & Goel

6. Concrete Structure :- B.C. Punimia

7 . Cobcrete Structure :- H.J. Saha

BUILDING SERVICES & INFRASTRUCTURAL ENGINEERING

SECOND YEAR

(Theory) Paper - IITime - 3 hours


Water Supply : Introduction, Type of demand, quality of water,impuritiers in water, drinking water standard,desinfection of water (brife idea)

Sewage & : Terminology, physical Chemical and Bacteriologicalits treatement Characteristics, Aerobic and Anaerobic Treatment

with reference to house hold and small colony.

House Plumbing : Planning, Terminology, water supply pipe and fitting,

Services fixtures, and its house hold attributes, Wash basin

Sink, Water closet, Flushing Cistern, Bath tubs etc. Sewerage construction, types laying andtesting, Gully traps, Inspection chambers andlow cost sanitation, septic tank soak pit, leachpit etc. selection of domestic pump, its installation and maintenance,

[115]

A PE G

Construction : Terminology, brief idea on CPM, PERT, Bar chatPlanning andManagementEstimation : Introduction, types of estimation, principle of estimation, various item of work in building work,

road short wall and long wall method, centre line method, rate analysis for different item, leads ta tement .

Roads : Classification of road, carriage way, camber gradient,super elevation, specification of constuction ofearth road, morum, water bound macadam road,bituminous & concrete road. (brief idea)

Surveying : Principle of surveying, classification, chain surveyingLeveling principle, reduced level, Bench mark,temporary adjustment of leveling, method ofbooking, error in leveling, contouring.

Reference : 1 . Estimation by : - B.N.Dutta2. Estimation by :- S.Chakravarty3 . Water Supply & sanitary Engineering

: -G.S. Biridie.4. Water supply & sanitary Engineering

: - S.K. Garg.5 . Survey and leveling : - by R.A. Agar6. Survey and leveling : - by B.C. punimia

PRACTICALSFirst Year

Marks - 50Tota l=24 c lases of two hours each

Paper - I : Building Drawing

Marks - 50Total=6 field trips of 8 hours each

Paper - II : Field Study of RCC roof, Brick work, foundation, lintel, stair case etc.

PRACTICALSSecond Year

Marks - 100Tota l=24 clases of two hours each

Paper - I : (i) Testing of Cement and Concrete(ii) Testing of water samples

Marks - 100Tota l=24 c lases of two hours each

Paper - II : (i) Surveying and field work

(ii) Lay out plan of Building in field.

[116]

A PE G

COMPUTER TECHNIQUEFirst Year

(Theory) Paper - ITotal-75 c lases

Marks - 50UNIT - I (20 clases) Mark(10)

Computer Organization : Introduction to computer, Generation of modern computers, Characteristics ofcomputers, Classification of computers, Structure and functions of digital computers.Input / Output devices : Keyboard, Mouse, Touch screen, MICR, OCR, Light Pen, Joystick, VDU, Printer(Impact and non-impact), Dot matrix, Line printer, Daisy wheel printer, Laser printer, Inject and plotters.Commputer memory : Primary memory, Storage hierachy, storage location and Address, Storage capacity,RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEROM, Cache memory, Buffer memory.Secondary Storage : Sequential and direct access devices, Magnetic disk, Floppy disk, Winchester disk,Magnetic drum, Mass storage, Optical disk, Magnetic bubble memory.

UNIT - II (20 Clases) (Marks - 10)Introduction to computer language : Machine language, Assembly language and Highlevel language, 4GLtranslator, Compiler, Interpreter, Assenbler, Characteristics of good programming language.Number System : Positional and non-positional number system, Types of numbers, Conversion (Binary,Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal) Computer Codes (BCD, ASCII, EBCDIC), Sign magnitude representation, 1’sand 2’s complement representation, Computer Arithmetic (Binary addition, Subtraction, Multiplication andDivision)Algorithm and Flow Chart.

UNIT - III (15 c lases) (Marks - 10)Operating System : Definition, Evolution of Operating System, Batch processing system. On-line processing,

Operating system controlled software, job Control Language, Spooling.UNIT - IV (20 clases)

Simple Accounting : Introduction to Accountring, Definition of book keeping, Importance of accountinginformation, Role of Accounting, Objective and functioning of Accounting.Accounting Concept Accounting a business Language, Transaction, Assets and liabilities, Goods, Debit andCredit, revenue and expenditure, fixed assets and current assets, Debtors and creditors, depreciation, closingstock, Example.Types of accounts : Journal and ledge, Objectives of accounting, types of accounts, personal, real, normalaccounts .

Books recommended :1 . Introduction to Computers :

Alexis lean, Mathew Loan (Published by Lean Tech world)2. Computer Fundamentals :

P.K. Sinha (BPB Publication)3 . Computer Today :

Suresh Kumar bassandra (Golgotia Publication)4. Computer Fundamentals :

D.P. Nagpal ( Wheeler Publication)5 . Introduction to Computers and Communication :

(Tata Mc-Graw hill)

6. Fr, Sen. Sec, Computer Science (XI) and (XII) :

By Frank Brother and Compary publication Ltd.,

New Delhi

[117]

A PE G

OFFICE AUTOMATIONFirst Year

(Theory) Paper - IIMarks - 50

Tota l= 75 Clases2 . 1 MS - Windows: Working with Window (5 c lases)2 .2 MS - WORD : (10 c lases)

Starting MS-Word, Creating and operating, Saving a document, Editing Text.formatting documents : - Linespacing, paragraph Spacing, Setting tabs, Indenting text, Aligning text, Adding Proofing a document, mailmerge.

2 . 3 . MS - EXCEL : (10 c lases)Introducing starting MS - EXCEL, Opening of Worksheet, Saving a Worksheet, Spreadsheet operation :Entering Numbers, Text, Dates and Times Formulas Editing Worksheet : Deleting cells, Rows, Columns,Inserting cells, Rows and columns, Printing a Worksheet.

Formulas and Functions : Absolute and relative Reference of cell, Entering a formuls, Mixed Entering Function,Calculation using functions Different type of functions in EXCEL, charts: Creating Editing, Inserting, Deleting,Saving, Printing.

Macros : creation and Running simple macros, creating and running menu macors.2 .4 . MS - POWERPOINT : (10 c lases)

Starting power point, Operating and existing presentation, Creating, Closing and Saving a presentation.Existing PowerPoint Using master - Slide, Title, Handout, Notes.

Editing text : Viewing a presentation in different view, Adding and deleting slides, Selecting text, Inserting andDeleting Text, Moving and copying text Changing text Case spell Checking.

Formatting Text : Changing text Attribute Styles, Changing Bullet, Characteristic aligning, Line setting, ParagraphSetting, Changing slide color scheme, More about Presentation, Drawing object like lines, Arcs, Rectangles,Ellips, Drawing Free from shapes, Using Auto shape, Rotating objects, Modifying colours and lines. Addingheader and footer, inserting MS-Word tables or MS-EXCEL Worksheet, Printing presentation component.

2 .5 . DESKTOP PUBLISHING (DTP) : (10 c lases)CONCEPT OF DTP : Introduction to DTP - What is Desktop Publishing? Uses of DTP and print Documents,Uses of fonts, Frames, page layout, WYSIWYG, etc,. Advantages of DTP over Word processing.

Document Planning : - Page layout, Margin, Header and Footer, Fonts Styling.2 .6 . DESKTOP PUBLISHING USING PAGEMAKER : (10 c lases)

Page make and minimum configuration require for installation use of file, edit, page frame, font, graphic andoption menus, creation of style sheet : - preparation of tables of contents, index, usages of width table, addor remove fonts, command for printing.

2 .7 . COREL DRAW : (10 c lases)Installation of Corel draw and minimum configuration, requirements, Surfing through opening interface for alltools and menus, working with texts, edit special effects, fonts and chosing artistic and paragraph text.

Using the Coralboard : - Working with objects, zooming, dragging and other features, special effects. Appetizers,oblect prospective, movements of objects, use of depth- width and contour and lens effects, cropping andbitmaps.

2 .8 . PRINCIPLES OF DOUBLE ENTRY : - (10 c lases) Characteristics of double entry, book keeping, double entry and single entry, advantages of double entrysystem, rules of debit and credit, examples-transaction and personal, real and normal accounts, journal andledger, recording of transaction - journal, format, debit and credit, sides, journalizing a transaction, narration,types of transaction, - payments and receipts, payment in cash and cheque, buying goods / assets - paymentsto expenditure, sales and sales return examples, trial balance, trading and profit and loss account, blanceshe e t .

[118]

A PE G

THEORY - 30 MARKS

VIVA- 10 MARKS

RECAL-10 MARKS

TOTAL-50 MARKS

FIRST YEAR(Practical) Paper - I

Marks - 501 . Installation and fine-tunning of MS-DOS2. Use of Internal and external commands of MS-DOS.3 . Instllation of Window.4. Creates window, edit format and print document file, using MS-Word.5 . Designing spreedsheet and manipulation using different arithimetic function.6. Role of Account sheet using MS-Excel.7 . Account concept using Tally.8 . Define mail merge and describe the process of it.

FIRST YEAR(practical) Paper - II

Marks - 501 . Installation of MS-Office.2. Create a document files using all the options of MS-Word.3 . Speed sheet operation using reference of cell, Entering formula and function.4. Charts creating editing, inserting, deleting, saving, printing, using the function of MS-Excel.5 . Operating and existing presentation of MS-Power Point.6. Viewing a presentataion in different view using MS-Power Point.7 . Formula and uses of Desk Top Publishing.8 . Installation procedure of Corel-Draw and minimum configuration, requirements of Corel-Draw.9. Use of the Corel board and all its functions.

DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Second Year

(Theory) Paper - IMarks - 50

UNIT - I (25 clases) Marks (15)

Data processing concepts and file structure : Definition, fields, Records, and Files.

File Organization : Sequential file, Direct files, Index Sequential files.

File Utilities : Searching, Sorting, Merging, Coping, Printing, Maintenance, labeling, Scratching.

Data base System : Databse concepts, database management system, database structuring techniques,advantages and limitations of database system.

Data models : Hierarchical, Network, Relational data model, Object oriented database model, Entity-Relationship model and E-R diagram.

[119]

A PE G

UNIT - II (25 c lases) (Marks -15)

Network Technology : What is network, Types of network, private network, value added network, local AreaNetwork (LAN), Wide Area Network (WAN), Metropolitan Area Network (MAN)

Network topology: bus, Star, Ring and Hybrid, Star-Bus, Star-ring,

Communication Technique : Analog and Digital Transmisson, Simplex, Duplex and Multiplexing, LANComponents. Active Hub, Passive Hub, LAN cable, Bridgers, Router.

UNIT - III (25 c lases) (Marks- 20)

Network Environment : Network Operating System, Unix, Netware, Windows NT, Introduction to Clint/SeverArchitecture-Introduction to windows NT, Installation and work group of NT Sever File management, bootingsequence, Installation of work station, Securities, Connectively to diverse plaform, Remote Access Sevice,Introduction to TCP/IP addressing.

Network Application : Messaging-Interent, Email, Facsimile, EDI Talk, write Service FTP, Gopher, Archive, Telnet,Web Application-Web Browser, Mosair, Netscape, Navigatom, Microsoft Interent Explorer, Introduction toHTML, Editor, Creation of HOME page Internet.

Books recommended :1 . Computer Fundamentals

P.K. Sinha, and Preeti Sinha (BPB Publication)

2. Commercial Application Development using ORACLE Development 2000 - IVAN bayross.

(BPB Publiction)

3 . Introduction to Computers and Communication.

(Tata Mc-Graw hill)

4. Computer Science of Class XII by S Arora.

5 . Introduction to Computers and communication by Ravichandran (Tata Mc-Graw hill)

6. ABC of Interent By Crumlish BJP publication.

7 . Fundamentals of Computers, By P.K. Sinha and Preeti Sinha

C - PROGRAMMING AND DATA STRUCTURE

Second Year

(Theory) Paper - II

Total=75 c lasesMarks - 50

UNIT - I (25 clases) Marks (15)

FUNDAMENTAL OF C PROGRAMMING : - History of c, Structure a C program, Data type : int, float, char, double,void, constant and variables declaration, integer, real, float, character. logical variables, string variablescons tant .

Operators and Expressions : - Arithmetic Operational, logical Operators, Expressions, Bitwise Operators, & operators,* operators, type casting, Type conversion.

Decision Making and Looping : - If -Then-Else ladder If-Else, for loop, while.

UNIT - II (25 c lases) (Marks - 15)

Arrays and Function : - Arrays declaration, one and two-dimensional arrays, Function :- Fundamentals, Generalform, Function arguments, and return value.

Basic I/O : Formatted input / output, Unformatted input / output, program design examples, Summation of a set of

[120]

A PE G

numbers, Generation of Fibonacci sequence, generation of positive prime numbers, finding the smalles telement, sorting by insertion.

Structure Programming : - Control structures, Do - While, Switch statement, break and continue, exit () function, go and label.

UNIT - III (25 c lases) (Marks - 20)

Advance Features in Function : - Type of modifiers and storage class specifier of a data type, scope rules, Localand Global variables, scope rules for function, Parameter Passing :- call by value, call by reference, Callingfunction with Arrays argc and argv, recursion, Basic concept, Design Examples, Tower of Hanoi, Recursivequick sort.

Dynamic Data Structures in C :- pointer & operator, pointer expression, pointer assignments, pointer arithmetic,Pointer comparison, the dynamic allocation function, malloc, calloc, pointer vs, arrays, Arrays of pointer,Pointer to functions, Function returning pointers, Function with variable number of arguments.

Structure : - Basic of structures, Declaring a structure, Referencing structure elements, Arrays of structure passing,Structure to function, structure pointer, Arrays and sturctures within structure, Uses.

Union : - Declaraction, Uses, Enumerated data types, link list inseration, decletion and search.

Books Recommended :-1 . Programming with C, By B. Gotfridgre

(Tata Mc - Graw hill)

2. Let us C, By. y. kanithkar

(BPB Publication)

3 . Programming with C by K.R. Venugopal and S.R. Prasad.

(Tata Mc - Graw hill)

THEORY - 70 MARKS (Two Questine) VIVA- 20 MARKS RECAL-10 MARKS

TOTAL-100 MARKSSecond Year

(practical) Paper - IMarks - 100

1 . Create a Database and adding records to it2. Programming using arrays and multiple files.3 . Expose to Network Connective hard ware and device for the following.

(i) UTP and Co-axial Cable(ii) Configuration of UTP HUB.(iii) Connectors(iv) Router

4. Developing Network connectively using different topology.5 . Internet working different nodes using TCP/IP.6. Getting connectively and configuration of Internet hardware Between Server0-Server and Server-Clint.7 . Create a HTMI. Page.8 . Create a Home page using HTMI.

[121]

A PE G

Second Year(practical) Paper - II

Marks - 1001 . Programs using problem mainly computation to illustrate expression and operator.2. Problem relating to sequence, selection and iteration,3 . Problem related Looping.4. Problem related to Array and Function.5 . Problem related in Structure.6. Problem involving manupulation of Array of Structure.7 . Problem related to Pointer.8 . Modifier and storage class specifies for a data types.9. Problem for dynamic storage allocation such as link list, Stack.

COURSES OF STUDIES

IN

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES1 . Introduction :

Vocational Course in maintenance and repair of Electrical Domestic Appliances has been designed for thetwo-year course of Higher Secondary (+2 stage) of school education. The course is of immense utility bothto job-employment and self employement. The theoretical, practical and on-the job aspects of the coursehas been well taken care of. The theory and practicals have been given 33% and 67% weightage respectively.

2. Objectives :

1 . To create awareness about types and make of domestic appliances.

2. To acquire knowledge about tools. equipment and machines required for assembling, testing, repairingand maintenance of domestic appliances.

3 . To acquire skill in assembly, repair, test and maintenence of domestic appliances.

4. To acquire skills in Sales and marketing of domestic appliances.

5 . To acquire skills in entrepreneurship in the vocation.

3 . Course Structure :

The entire course comprise four clusters of subjects :

1 . Languages - Mother Tongue and English,

2. Basic Foundation Course,

3 . General Foundation Course and

4. Vocational Course theory and Practicals.

[122]

A PE G

COURSES OF STUDIES

IN

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES

ELEMENTS OF ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY

FIRST YEAR

(Theory) Paper - I

(Marks - 50)

1 . Current Electricity : Electricity as a source of energy. Definition of Resistance, Voltage, Current, Power,Energy and their units, Relation between Electrical, Mechanical & Thermal units, Factor effecting resistanceof a conductor, temperature co-efficient of resistance Difference between A.C and D.C voltage and current.

2 . D.C circuit : Ohm’s law, Series and parallel resistance circuit and their equivalent resistance, Kirchoff’slaws and their applications.

3 . Electric cell : Primary cell, wet cell, Dry cell,Series and parallel connections of cells, Secondary cells, Leadacid cells, Discharging and re-charging of cells, common charging methods, preparation of electrolytes,care and maintenance of secondary cells.

4 . Heating and lighting effects of current : Joule’s laws of electric heating and its domestic applications, heatingefficiency.

5 . Capacitors : Capacitors and its capacity. Types of capacitors and their use in circuits. Series and parallelconnection of capacitors, Energy stored in a capacitor.

6 . Electromagnetic Effects : Permanent magnet and Electromagnets, their construction and use, Polarities ofan electromagnet and rules for finding them. Faraday’s laws of Electromagnetic induction. Dynamicallyinduces e.m.f, its mangnitude and direction. Static induction, Self-induced e.m.f, its magnitudes and direction,inductance and its units. Mutually induced e.m.f, its magnitude and direction. Energy stored in an industance.Force acting on a current carrying conductor in magnetic field its magnitude and direction. Torque producedon a current carrying coil in a magnetic field. Principles and construction of dynamo.

7 . A.C. Circuits : Generation of A.C. voltage, its generation and wave hape, cycle, frequency, peak, volue(maximum value), Average value, instantaneous value, r.m.s. value, form factor, crest factor, phase difference,power & power factor (Leading and Lagging). A.C Circuit with (i) Resistance and inductance (ii) Resistanceand capacitance (iii) Resistance, inductance and capacitance in series, Q-factor of R-L-C series circuit .

8 . Measuring Instruments : Construction and working principle of moving iron and moving coil voltmeter. Ohameter. Megger and induction type Energy meter-their circuit connection and application for measurement ofelectrical quantit ies.

9 . Electrical wiring : Types of wiring - cleat wiring, casing and capping, C.T.S / T.R.S wiring, conduct wiringand concealed wiring - their procedure of installation. factor of selection of a particular wiring system. Importanceof switch, fuse and earthing or wiring system. Types of faults, their causes and remedies. Methods of findingnumbers of circuits and circuit distribution, board system. Loop in system of wiring connections. IE rulesrelated to wiring.

1 0 . Types of Earthing : Plate Earthing and pipe earthing, their procedure and application.

1 1 . Diodes and transistors : Types of diodes and transistors, Working principle and charactirist ics of diodesand Transistors. Diodes as a rectifier and transistor as amplifier-use of zenor Diodes for voltage stabilization.

[123]

A PE G

COURSES OF STUDIES

IN



ELEMENTS OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES

FIRST YEAR

(Theory) Paper - II

Marks - 50

1 . D.C. Moters : Types of moter-Series, Shunt, Compound and Universal. Construction, Working priniciples,characteristics and applications of different types of motors (fractional horse power). Straters and starting ofD.C. Motors, Speed control of D.C motors and testing and repairs.

2 . Transformer : Types of Transformer-Step-up and step-down transformer, voltage and current transformer,auto-transformer, construction, working principle and application of different types of transformers.

3 . Single Phase A.C. Moter : Types of A.C. Motors-Induction Motor(Split phase and repulsion start), capacitormotor, shaded pole motor, Universal motors, Constructions, Working principles, special characteristi cs,winding details and application of different types of fraction horse power motor. Speed reversal andspeed control of single phase A.C. Motor. Installation of A.C. Motors and Testing common faults, the ircauses, testing and repairs. Rewinding of fractional H.P. motors.

4 . Electric Room Heater : Construction and working principle of Reflector type Room Heater, common defects,testing and repair.

5 . Electric Iron : Types of Electric iron-Ordinary type and Automatic / Thermostat Control Type. Constructionand working principle of electric irons, common defects.

6 . Electric Stove :Types of electric stoves-Coiled type, covered type, Hot plate, Gill / oven. construction andworking principles of electric Stoves. Common defects, testing & repair.

7 . Electric toasters : Types of toaster - ordinary & automatic. Construction and working principles of electrictoaster, common defects, Testing & Repairing.

8 . Immersion Heater Geyser : Construction, working principles and use of immersion heater and Geyser,Common faults, their causes, testing & repair. Testing and installation of Geyser, Precautions in us ingimmersion heater and Geyser.

9 . Table Lamp amd Tube Light : Construction working and use of Table Lamp, Night Lamp, Tube Light;Common faults, their causes, testing and repair.

1 0 . Electric Bell, Buzzer and Door Chimes : Construction, working principles and use of Electric Bell, Buzzerand Door Chimes. Common faults, their causes, testing and repair.

1 1 . Electrical Room Heater : Construction and working principles of Blower type Room Heater, common defects,their causes, testing and repair.

[124]

A PE G

COURSES OF STUDIES

IN



DOMESTIC APPLICATION AND MATERIALS

SECOND YEAR

(Theory) Paper - I

Marks - 50

1 . Electrical Fan : Types of Fans - Ceiling fan, Pedestal fan, Bracket fan, Exhaust fan, construction, workingprinciple, special characteristic and applications of electric fans. Common faults, their causes tes ting andrepair, Installation of Bracket fan and Exhaust fan.

2 . ElectricMixer Grinder : Construction, working principles, special characteristic and applications of ElectricalMixer Grinder, Common faults, their causes, testing & repairs. Servicing maintanance and overhauling ofElectric Mixer Grinder.

3 . Electric Washing Machine : Constructions, Working principles, special features and applications of WashingMachine. Common faults, their causes, testing & repairs. Services and overhauling of washingmachine.

4 . Hair Dryer / Curler : Constructions and working principles of Hair Dryer / culer. Common faults, theircauses, testing & repair.

5 . Room Cooler : Construction, and working Details of Room Cooler. Common faults, their causes, testing &repair installation of Room Cooler.

6 . Emergency Light and Stabilizer : Construction, working Principles of Emergency Light and Stabil izer.Common faults, their causes, testing & repairs.

7 . Conducting Materials : Copper and Aluminium as low resistivity materials, their electrical characterist icsand applications. Eureka Selenium and Carbon as high resistivity material, their electrical characteristicsand applications. Electric resistance materials.

8 . Insulating Materials : Distinction between Conductor, Insulator and semi Conductor, Insulation resistance,dielectric strength break down voltage, mechanical and physical properties and classification of insulatingmaterials. Paper, Plastic coated paper, OVC, Porcelain, Bitumen, Mica, Bakelite, Ebonite, Marble, Glass,Asbestos, Fibre glass - their electrical characteristics and applications, Insulating Tapes, Sleeves, Insulatingand impregnations with varnishes and paints their uses and applications.

9 . Megnetic Materials : Classification of material as Ferro-magnetic materials, Soft and Hard magnetic materila.Losses in magnet ic mater ia l s and procedure to reduce losses. Mild steel , S il icon s teel Mumetal ,Premalloy,Alnico as magnetic materials, their properties and uses.

1 0 . Structural Materials : Iron, Steel, Brass, un Metal and Aluminium as structural material, their propertiesand applications.

1 1 . Fuse and Soldering Materials : Silver, Copper, Lead, Tin and alloys as fuse material, their properties ansapplication. Soldering and Brazing materials and tools. Procedure of Soldering and Brazing and precautionarymeasu re s .

[125]

A PE G

COURSES OF STUDIES

IN


WORKSHOP PRACTICE & SAFETY

SECOND YEAR

(Theory) Paper - II

Marks - 50

1 . Safety Precaution and Shock Treatment : Familiarizing the student with shop discipline. Layout of shops.Safety Precautions. Use 10f fire fighting equipment. First Aid practice. Causes of electric fire & shock.Procedure for removal of person from contact of live wire. Treatment for electric shock and burns.

2 . Common Tools : Familiarizing the students with common tools. safe and proper use of tools, their adjustmentsand applications.

3 . Corrosion Protective Paints : Components of Paints and methods of preparation. Application of paint forCorrosion protection and orecaution in Painting.

4 . Transmission of Power : Belt drive, shaft drive, Gear drive. Chain drive, Friction drive and their applicationin domestic appliances.

5 . Electrical symbols and blue print reading.

6. Construction and application of bimetallic relays and thermocouple, for control of temperature and current.

7 . Repair Shop : Tools, Machines, Equipments and Instruments required for Repair- shop, their working anduse. Planning layout and setting of s Repair - shop. Rules and methods of repair, servicing and overhaulingdomestic appliances. Safety precautionary. Measures in Repair shop. Up-keeping of repairing shop.

8 . Winding Shop : Tools, Machines, Equipments and Instruments required for Winding shop- their working anduse. Planning layout and setting of a winding shop. Rules and methods of winding of armature, stator, rotorand field coils. Safety precautionary. measures in winding shop.

9 . Estimating : Elements of estimation, Quantity and specifications of required materials. Knowledge of Wasteand extra materials requirement, proforma for estimation.

1 0 . Project Preparation : Need of project Preparation, information required for project preparation and theircollection. Requirement of land, building, machines, materials, man. power, physical facil ities and theirexcepted cost. Estimation of recurring, non-recurring and unforeseen expenditure. Total cost of project withdetails. Project preparation for Assemble shop. Testing Laboratory Repair-shop and Winding shop.

[126]

A PE G

COURSES OF STUDIES

IN



FIRST YEAR

(PracticaL) Paper - I

Marks - 50

1 . Study of series resistive circuit.2. Study of parallel resistive circuit.3 . Study of series and parallel connection of cells.4. Preparation of Electrolyte for Lead-acid battery and its charging.

5 . To find heat efficiency of an electric kettle.

6. Varification of magnetic field of a solenoid with (i) Iron core and (ii) Air core.

7 . Verification of Faraday’s Laws of Electromagentic induction.

8 . Verification of Torque development in a current carrying coil placed in a magnetic field.

9. Measurement of resistance by ammeter and voltmeter methods and ohmmeter.

1 0 . Dismantling and reassembly of dynamo.

1 1 . Connecting Lamps in series, parallel and series parallel circuits.

1 2 . Controlling a lamps from two places.

1 3 . Drawing schematic diagram to give supply to consumers.

1 4 . E.I. Practice on p.v.c. casing capping and CTS / TRS wiring

1 5 . E.I. Practice on conduct wiring.

1 6 . E.I. Practice on concealed wiring.

1 7 . Measurement of Insulation resistance of wiring installation by megger.

1 8 . Polarity test of wiring installation.

1 9 . Testing of wiring installation.

20. Installation of pipe earthing for wiring installation.

2 1 . Installation of Plate earthing for wiring installation.

22. Testing and finding faults of wiring installation and rectification.

[127]

A PE G

COURSES OF STUDIES

IN




FIRST YEAR

(Practical) Paper - II

Marks - 50

1 . Study of S- L series circuit and measurement of power and power factor.

2. Study of R- C series circuit and measurement of power and power factor.

3 . Study of R - L - C series circuit and measurement of power and power factor.

4. Study of R - L - C series circuit, for calculation of inductive reactance capacitive reactance impedance and Q-factor.

5 . To test and repair of defective cycle dynamo.

6. Dismanting, study and reassembling of a D.C motor.

7 . Measurement of resistance of series and shunt field and

armature and identification of terminals by Multimeter.

8 . Measurement of insulation resistance of armature and field.

9. Testing, fault finding and repair of D.C motor.

1 0 . Overhauling of D.C. motor.

1 1 . Dismantling, study and reassembling of a D.C. Motor Starter.

1 2 . To study D.C. series motor, its runing, speed control and reversing rotation and measurement of current,voltage and speed.

1 3 . To study D.C shunt motor its running, speed control and reversing direction of rotation, measurement byvoltage current and speed.

1 4 . To study D.C compound motor, its running, speed control and reversing rotation and measurement of current,voltage and speed.

1 5 . Armature Winding.

1 6 . Winding field coil.

1 7 . Identification of semi conductor devices.

1 8 . Characteristics of Diode.

1 9 . Study of half-wave rectifier circuit with or without filter.

20. Study of full wave rectifire circuit with centre tap transformer with or without filter.

2 1 . Study of bridge rectifier circuit with and without filter.

22. Study of transistor amplifier circuits. (i) common base, (ii) common emitter & (iii) Common Collector.

[128]

A PE G

COURSES OF STUDIES

IN



SECOND YEAR

(Practical) Paper - I

Marks - 100

1 . Study & Rewinding of (i) Voltage transfomer, (ii) Current transformer & (iii) Auto-transformer.

2. Dismantling, study and reassembling of an A.C.Motor.

3 . Overhauling of an A.C.Motor.

4. Study of an A.C. motor starter.

5 . Testing, fault finding and repair of an A.C. moter.

6. Connecting, strating, running and reversing of squirrel cage induction motor.

7 . Connecting, strating, running and reversing of of a capacitor motor.

8 . Connecting, strating, and running of a shaded pole motor.

9. Connecting, strating, running and reversing of an A.C. Universal motor.

1 0 . Dismantling and reassemble of reflector type Room heater.

1 1 . Testing and repair of Reflector type Room Heater.

1 2 . Dismantling and reassembling of Electric Iron. (i) Ordinary (ii) Automatic / Themostat control type.

1 3 . Testing and repair of Electric Iron (i) Ordinary type and (ii) Automatic / Themostat control type.

1 4 . Dismantling and reassemble of Electric Stove (i) Coiled type (ii) Covered type (iii) Hot plate, (iv) Grill.

1 5 . Testing and repair of Electric Stove (i) Coiled type (ii) Cored type (iii) Hot plate, (iv) Grill.

1 6 . Testing, repair and reassembling of Electric Toaster (i) Ordinary and (ii) Automatic.

1 7 . Testing, Dismantling and reassembling the Geyser.

1 8 . Testing, Dismantling and reassembling of Electric kettle and Coffee Percolator.

1 9 . Dismantling and reassembling, testing and repair of Electric gas Lighter.

20. Connection of Fluorescent Tube Light (FTL).

2 1 . Testing and repair of (i) Table Lamp, (ii) nightLamp, (iii) Tube light..

22. Testing and repair of (i) Electric bell, (ii) Buzzer and (iii) Dootr Chimes.

23 . Testing fault finding, repair and Overhauling Blower type Room heater.

24. Testing, fault finding repair and Overhauling of Electric Fan Mixer Grinder & Washing machine.

[129]

A PE G

COURSES OF STUDIES

IN


MATERIALS AND WORKSHOP PRACTICE

SECOND YEAR


Marks - 100

1 . Technique of removing persons in contact with live wire suffering from electric shock.

2. Artificial respiration and shock treatment.

3 . Identification of common Tools.

4. To form two identical solenoids using insulated copper and Aluminium wire of same gauge and same numberof turns and compare their resistances with field strength.

5 . Identification of different insulating materials.

6. Practice for taping of winding, and insulating (i) Slots and (ii) Cores.

7 . Varnishing of Insulating Coil winding.

8 . Identification of magnetic and non-magnetic materials.

9. Testing fuse wires of different diameter.

1 0 . Finding relationship between wire diameter and fusing current for instantaneous fusing.

1 1 . Soldering practice.

1 2 . Dismantling and reassmbling pulley on motor shaft. Practice on adjustment of belt tension.

1 3 . Familarization with gears and its movements.

1 4 . Drawing Layout of (i) Assembly Shop, (ii) TestingLaboratory, (iii) Repair Shop & (iv) Winding Shop.

1 5 . Drawing (i) Lap-winding & (ii) Wave Winding for armature winding.

1 6 . Drawing Stator coil winding.

1 7 . Practice for Armature winding of D.C. motor used in appliances.

1 8 . Coil winding of D.C. motors used in appliances.

1 9 . Winding of A.C. motors used in appliances (Fan). Prepare estimate for repair, service and overhauling ofdomestic appliances, its costingand billing.

[130]

A PE G

COURSES OF STUDIES

IN


Suggested Read ing Mater ials

1 . Study of Electrical Appliances and Devices :K.B. Bhatia.

2. Small Appliances Servicing : P. T. Brock well.

3 . How to repair small Appliance : jack Darr.

4. Electrical wiring, Estmating and Costing : J.B. Gupta.

5 . Electrical Appliances : I.M. Anwani.

6. Electrical Gadgets and their Repairs : S. R. Rao.

7 . Electrical Wiring, Estmating and Costing : S.L. Uppal.

8 . Fundamentals of Maintenance of Electrical Equipments : K.B. Bhatia.

9. Electrical Motor Winding & Repair : Anwani.

1 0 . Electrical Gadgets : H. Partab.

1 1 . Maintenance of Domestic Appliances (Hindi) : R.K. Lat.

1 2 . Home Appliances : Edwin.

[131]

A PE G

REPAIR AND MAINTENENANCE OF POWER DEIVEN FARM MACHINERY

(PDFM)Total no of Theory clases in one subject in a week = 3 (1 hour duration)

Total no of practical clsses in one subject in a week= 1(3 hour duration)

1st year

Theory - I : 50 marks Practical - I : 50 marks

Theory - II : 50 marks Practical - II : 50 marks

2nd year

Theory - I : 50 marks Practical - I : 100 marks

Theory - II : 50 marks Practical - II : 100 marks

1st year

Theory - I : Crop production Machinery

Theory - II : Post Harvest Machinery

Pract ical

Paper - I : Relating to paper - I

Paper - II : Relating to paper - II

2nd year

Theory - I : Tractor, its engine and other systems

Theory - II : Power tiller, Electric motor and Renewable Energy Gadgets.

Pract ical

Paper - I : Relating to paper - I

Paper - II : Relating to paper - II

[132]

A PE G

CROP PRODUCTION MACHINERYFIRST YEAR

THEORY-ITotal No of Theory Classes = 70 Marks-50A Tillage Machinery (15 periods)

Definition and objective of tillage, Classification of tillage- Primary and secondary tillage. Mould BoardPlough: Classification of MB ploughs – One way, two way, parts: share, mould board, land side, frog etc., materialsof construction, accessories and their functions, jointer, coulter, furrow wheel, adjustment of plough- horizontal andvertical suction, setting of coulter and jointer. Disc plough, types, parts and functions – disc, frame, bearing, scraper,adjustment of disc and tilt angles.Harrows: types, parts, function, materials of construction, adjustment of gangangles leveling of harrow, cultivators, clod crusher, levelers, bund former- parts and their functions.B. Sowing Machinery (15 periods)

Methods of sowing, Seed drills: plain drills and seed cum fertilizer drills, various parts, function and theirmaterials of construction. Types of seed metering devices, calibration of seed drill.Planters : Types, parts,functions and materials of construction. Types of metering devices, setting up planters for row and plant spacing,Transplanters- its types, working principles of transplanter, nursery raising technique.C. Plant Protection Equipment ( 15 periods)

Use and application of agricultural chemicals. Types of sprayers and their uses., construction and function,types of dusters and their uses, construction and function, Safety precaution in handling of chemicals and operationaltechniques. Proper off-season storages.D. Harvesting Machinery: ( 15 periods)

Reaper windrower. Vertical conveyor reaper, types of tractor and power tiller operated reaper windrower.Constructional details of reaper, functions of parts and materials of construction and adjustments. Safety precautions.Common faults and corrective measures.E Combine Harvester : (10 periods)

Constructional details and functions of different sub-assemblies of tractor driven combine and self-propelledcombine harvestor. Adjustments in reel, cutter bar, conveyor, threshing units, separating and cleaning unit, grainaugers, bagging units, power transmission mechanism, hydraulic and electrical system. Care, maintenance and safetyprecautions. Common faults and remedies.

POST HARVEST MACHINERYFIRST YEARTHEORY – II

Total No. of theory classes = 70 Marks -50A. Threshing Machinery ( 15 periods)

Types of power threshers, working principles and constructional details. Different types of threshing cylindersand their adjustments. Types of cleaning and grain handling systems and their adjustments. Dismantling of powerthresher, identification of different components, materials of construction, checking of damaged/worn out parts, their

[133]

A PE G

reconditioning, repair and/or replacement and assembly. Installation, adjustment and commissioning of power thresher,safety precaution. Care, maintenance and safety precautions. Common faults and corrective measures.B. Sugarcane Crusher, Chaff Cutter, Maize Sheller, Groundnut Decorticator (15 periods)

Sugarcane crusher: Introduction to different types of cane crushers like smooth roll crusher and serrated ortoothed roll crusher. Main parts of cane crushers like rollers, gear assembly, feeding assembly, feeding mechanismetc., and their functions and operation of crushers. Installation of sugarcane crusher. Adjustment/alignment of gapbetween rollers, spring load and rpm for optimum use of crushers. Common faults and corrective measures. Safetyand precaution in use of cane crushers.Chaff cutters: Introduction to different types of commonly used hand andpower operated chaff cutters. Main parts of chaff cutter like feeding rollers, fly wheel, cutting blades and feedingmechanism and their functions. Installation of chaff cutters. Adjustment/alignment of feeding rollers, cutting gap andother systems for their efficient uses. Common faults and corrective measures. Safety and precaution in use of chaffcutters.Maize shellers and Groundnut decorticators : Introduction to commonly used manual and power operatedmaize shellers and groundnut decorticators. Main parts of maize shellers and groundnut decorticators and theirfunction and operation. Adjustment, alignment of various components of maize shellers and groundnut decorticatorsfor their efficient uses. Common faults and their rectification. Safety and precaution in use of maize and groundnutdecorticator.C. Cleaning and Grading Machinery: ( 10 periods)

Definition of cleaning, grading, package, foreign matter, size, shape, specific gravity, terminal velocity, coefficientof friction and angle of repose.Types of commonly used cleaners and graders like air screen cleaners, rotary cleaners,vibratory screen cleaners, disc separator, inclined cylinder separator, specific gravity separator, magnetic separator,cyclone separator, their uses and suitability to different farm produce. Components of cleaners and graders likehopper, sieves, blower, escalating mechanism etc., their functions materials of construction and functionalrequirements.Installation of cleaning and grading machinery. Adjustment and alignment of feed rate, sieve selection(mesh number of screen), slope of sieves, airflow rate, frequency and amplitude of oscillations for optimum efficiency.Common faults and corrective measures. Safety and precaution in use of cleaners and graders.D. Drying Equipment/Machinery (15 periods)

Definition of drying and related terms like moisture content, bound moisture, unbound moisture, free moisture,thin layer drying, dry bulb temperature, wet bulb temperature, relative humidity etc. Advantages of drying farmproduce and safe moisture contents for storage. Drying methods- convection drying, conduction drying, vacuumdrying and their uses, commonly used dryers like flat bed type batch dryer. Lousiana State University (LSU) dryer,rotary dryer, tray dryer, spray dryer, their uses and suitability to different farm produce.Part of drive like dryingchamber, air distribution system, direct or indirect heating system, their functions, materials of construction andfunctional requirements, installation of drives. Adjustment of drying, air temperature, air flow rate, grain flow rate etc.For efficient use of dryers. Common faults and their rectification. Safety and precaution in use dryers.E. Milling Machinery (15 periods)

Definition of milling and terms like cleaning, mixing, peeling, hulling, polishing dehusking, sorting , size reduction,size average partial size screen analysis. Types used and commonly used flour mills, spice mills like burr/plate/attrition mill, hammer mill, ball mill, dal mills like abrasive roller mill and roller mill and rice mills/hullers like Edenberg

[134]

A PE G

huller, rubber roll sheller, under runner disc huller, centrifugal dehusker and vertical cone whitener. Introduction toflour mills like mills/hullers like traditional rice huller and modern rice mills. Installation of milling machinery. Adjustment/alignment of spacing between plates, rpm, screen size, gap between rubber rolls and spacing between emery rollers/cone and screen etc. for efficient uses of mills. Common-faults and corrective measure in the mills. Safety andprecaution in use of milling machinery. Components of flour mills, dal mills and rice mills/ hullers, their function,materials of construction and functional requirements.

CROP PRODUCTION MACHINERYFIRST YEAR

PRACTICAL -ITotal No. of practical classes = 25 Marks-50A Tillage and Interculture ( 8 periods)

Mould Board Plough: Familiarization with different agricultural machinery. Identification of different part of

mould board plough and materials of construction, dismantling of mould board plough, reconditioning/replacement

of damaged/worn-out parts, assembling of different parts of mould board plough, adjustments of horizontal and

vertical suctions, adjustments of depth and width of cut. Setting of coulter, jointer and furrow wheel for better

performance of the plough. ( 2 periods)

Disc Plough and Harrows: Identification of different parts of disc plough, materials of construction of

various parts, dismantling of disc plough, reconditioning/replacement of damaged/worn out parts, assembling of

different part of disc plough, adjustments of disc and tilt angles, adjustments of depth, width and furrow wheel.

Identification of different parts of disc harrows and cultivators, dismantling reconditioning/replacement of damaged/

worn out parts, assembling and various adjustment. (3 periods)

Rotavator and Cultivator: Identification of different parts of rotavators and rotary tillers, materials of

construction of various parts, dismantling of rotavators/rotary tillers, reconditioning/replacement of damaged/ worn

out parts, assembling and lubrication, Adjustments for better performance. Identification of different parts of a

cultivator, replacement of cultivator tynes. ( 3 periods)

B Sowing Machinery (5 periods)

Identification of different parts of seed cum fertilizer drill, materials of construction of various parts, adjustment

of furrow opener and reconditioning/replacement of damaged/ worn out parts of the seed-cum-fertilizer drill,

dismantling of seed and fertilizer metering mechanisms and study of parts. Calibration of seed-cum-fertilizer drill in

shop, servicing and maintenance after its use. Identification of different parts of planters-materials of construction,

adjustment of furrow opener and reconditioning/replacement of damage/worn out parts, familiarization with different

types of furrow openers, selection of proper seed plates, drive gear and their fitting, adjustment of land markers,

[135]

A PE G

servicing and maintenance after use. Familiarization with different parts of transplanter. Study of seedling tray and

finger movement mechanism, adjustment for number of seedlings and depth of planting.

C Plant Protection Equipment (5 periods)

Identification of different parts of sprayer, dismantling of sprayer, reconditioning/replacement of worn out/

damaged parts, assembling of sprayer and resetting of nozzle and cut-off device, operation and calibration of sprayer

for specific applications, identification of different parts of duster, materials of construction, reconditioning/replacement

of worn out/damaged parts, setting and operation of duster.

D Harvesting Machinery and Combine Harvester ( 7 periods)

Identification of different parts and components and materials of construction of reaper windrower, carrying

out adjustments of cutter bar, registration and alignment, overload protection safety clutch, operation, care and

maintenance. Identification of different parts and assemblies of combine harvester. Dismantling, checking,

reconditioning, replacement of different reaper and combine harvester components and assembly. Trouble shootings

and their remedies.

POST HARVEST MACHINERYIST YEAR

PRACTICAL – IITotal No. of Practical Classes = 25 periods Marks- 50A Threshing Machinery (5 periods)

Identification of different components of power operated threshers and axial flow threshers, adjustments of

different components for better threshing and cleaning efficiency, routine maintenance of threshers.

B Sugarcane Crusher, Chaff Cutter, Maize Sheller, Groundnut Decorticator (8 periods)

Familiarization and identification of different parts of components of commonly used sugarcane crushers,

function of different parts and their adjustment for efficient operation (2 periods)

Familiarization and identification of different components of commonly used chaff cutters function of different

parts and their adjustment for efficient use. (2 periods)

Familiarization and identification of different components of commonly used maize shellers. Function of different

parts and their adjustment for efficient use. (2 periods)

Familiarization and identification of different components of power operated groundnut decorticator and

their adjustments for better performance. (2 periods)

C Cleaning and Grading Machinery ( 2 periods)

Identification of different parts and components of commonly used cleaners and graders, their adjustments,operation and functions.

[136]

A PE G

D Drying Equipment/Machinery ( 2 periods)

Identification of different parts, components of drying equipments/ machinery, their adjustment, operation

and functions.

E Milling Machinery ( 8 periods)

Familiarization and identification of different parts and components of commonly used flour mills, spice mills, dal

mills and rice mills/hullers, function of different parts and their adjustment for efficient use and operation. (5 periods)

Familiarization and identification of different parts of commonly used oil expellers, function of different parts

and their adjustment of maximum oil recovery. (3 periods)

TRACTORS AND THEIR SYSTEMSSECOND YEAR

THEORY –ITotal No. of theory classes = 70 Marks-50A. Engine ( 20 periods)

Constructional features of I.C. engine and familiarization with principal parts. Principles of operation andsalient features of four stroke engine. Multi-cylinders engine, firing order and valve arrangements. Fuel system,major components of fuel system, systems of fuel injection, different parts of injection, pumps and injectors and theirfunctions, governing system, function of a governor, principles of operation and classification. Lubrication system:definition of friction, functions of lubricating systems and their main parts, crankcase ventilation. Cooling system:necessity and requirement of an efficient cooling system, types and different parts of a cooling system, functions ofwater pump, fan radiator and radiator cap, fan belt, thermostat valve ,temperature gauge and hose pipes.Differentcomponents of an air intake system such as air cleaner, pre-cleaner, supercharger and intake manifold and theirfunctions, components of an exhaust system such as exhaust manifold, muffler and their functions.B. Tractor (5 periods)

Availability of indigenous tractors, models and horse powers, role of tractors in farm mechanization.Familiarization with various components, gagues instruments and controls of tractors. Safety in driving tractors androad signals.C. Power Transmission (20 periods)

Clutch function, types of clutches, various components and working of single and dual clutch systems, clutchadjustment. Gear box: principles of gearing, types of gear boxes, different components, speed ratio.Differential andfinal drive, principles of operation, function of a differential lock, P.T.O. drive its position and operational control.D. Other Systems (20 periods)

Steering system and front axial, different components of the system, types of steering, gear box of differentmakes of tractors. Brakes: Function of a brake system, classification of brakes, working of a hydraulic brakesystem. Tyres, tubes and wheel ballasting, constructional features of pneumatic tyres, size and ply rating air inflationtechnique, size of rim, retreading of tyres. Electrical system, different components of an electrical system and their

[137]

A PE G

placement on tractor, function of storage battery, dynamo, cut-out, starter and their proper maintenance. Enginetrouble shooting,E. Hydraulic System and Implement Hitching (5 periods)

Function and merits of a hydraulic system over a mechanical system, function of hydraulic controls.Hitching of trailers, Semi-mounted and mounted implements.

POWER TILLER, IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT & RENEWABLE ENERGY2ND YEAR

THEORY –IITotal No. of theory classes =70 Marks-50.A. Power Tiller (20 periods)

History and development of power tillers, importance of power tiller in Indian agriculture, Working principles

of power tiller, different models of indigenously produced power tillers, their comparative specifications, familiarization

with general construction of power tillers, power transmission, steering, various controls and operational techniques,

various uses of power tillers.

B. Rotavator and other Matching Implements of Power Tiller ( 10 periods)

Types of rotavators, Parts and power transmission, materials of construction, adjustment of rotavators for

better performance, maintenance and safety measures. Matching implements like mould board ploughs, reversible

plough, post hole diggers, SCFD, pump, boom sprayers, reapers, axial flow threshers etc.

C. Electric Motor (15 periods)

Fundamentals of electricity, units of measurements. Types of electric motors used in different pump sets for

irrigation, tube wells, threshers, etc. Selection of electric motors.Care, maintenance and installation of electric motors,

safety precautions in handling electrical appliances and motors. Use of volt meters, ammeters, megger, multimeter,

checking a circuit, diagnosis of burnt-out motors, starter, installation of electric motor, checking of circuit, starter

fitting and setting rotational directions of motor. Trouble shooting of electric motors and periodical maintenance.D. Irrigation Equipment ( 15 periods)

Importance of irrigation and methods of irrigation. Types of pumps- centrifugal, reciprocating, etc., principles

of operation and their constructional details. Selection of pumps for different irrigation systems like conventional,

sprinkler and drip irrigation. Estimation of head, discharge and power requirement.

D. Renewable Energy (10 periods)

Introduction to various types of renewable energy and their importance in Indian agriculture. Use of renewable

energy sources like bio-gas, wind energy and solar energy in farms. Working principles of renewable energy gadgets

like solar heater, solar dryer, wind mill and bio-gas plants. Common faults and corrective measures of those gadgets.

[138]

A PE G

TRACTORS AND THEIR SYSTEMSTRACTORS AND THEIR SYSTEMS

SECOND YEARPRACTICAL –I

Total No. of Practical classes = 25 Marks -100A. Engine Overhauling ( 12 periods)

Dismantling of engine, Cleaning and inspection of various principal parts. Taking measurements of cylinderliner, piston, piston rings, piston pin, small and big end bearings of connecting rod, crank pins and cam shaft journalsand bores to assess wear and tear for reconditioning and replacement. Fitting of liner, piston rings and connectingrod, inserting piston assembly into liner and tightening of big end bearing at required torques. Assembling cam shaft,checking timing gear chain and timing. Reconditioning of cylinder head, de-carbonising, checking valves and springs,replacement of worn out valve seats, seat cutting and lapping, fitting valve guide and valve spring, checking valveseat for leakage, checking and fitting of a rocker arm assembly. (5 periods)

Tightening of cylinder head with proper sequence and torque, adjustment setting of tappet clearance andassembling other attachments. Reconditioning of water pump, fan, checking of radiator, hoses etc. and their assembly.Checking of fuel and oil pumps for proper functioning and repair and calibration if required. Testing and pressuresetting of injectors. Replacement of fuel and oil filters, damaged hoses, tightening of clamps, nuts and bolts, filling offuel, oil and water, final checking lever if any. Starting operation and observing performance. ( 5 periods)

Visit to reputed repair and service workshop to familiarize with techniques of crank shaft grinding, honing,pump calibration etc. ( 2 periods)C. Engine Trouble Shooting ( 3 periods)

Cause and remedy of engine troubles. Does not start, irregular performance and lack of power, smokyexhaust, engine suddenly stops/ stills/engine knocking, overheating, low and high oil pressure, non functioning ofvarious gauges etc,D. Tractor Systems ( 10 periods)

Familiarization with different component systems and controls of a tractor. General cleaning, oiling and greasingof tractor, Checking and tightening of nuts and bolts. Checking fuel, oil and cooling systems and battery. Checkingand inflating tyres, starting. Starting, running and stopping of engines, observation of different gauges and controls forfunctioning. Driving practice in forward and reverse direction. Familiarization with functioning of different systemslike fuel, lubrication, cooling, hydraulic and electrical, their defects and remedies. Dismantling, inspection, repair,installation and adjustments of clutch, gear box, differential and final drive. Repair and adjustments and servicing ofsteering systems, front axle and braking system.

[139]

A PE G

POWER TILLER, IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT & RENEWABLE ENERGYSECOND YEAR

Practical – IITotal No. of Practical classes =25 Marks -100A. Power Tiller (6 periods )

Dismantling and assembling of major components of power tiller, their adjustments, repair, trouble shooting.

B. Rotavator and Matching Implements (6 periods)

Dismantling and assembling of rotary tiller, their adjustments and repair. Study of different adjustments of

power tiller matching implements like mould board ploughs, reversible plough, post hole diggers, SCFD, pump,

boom sprayers, reapers, axial flow threshers etc.

C. Electric Motors (5 periods )

Practice in the use of voltmeters, ammeters, megger, multimeter for checking of electrical circuits. Installation

of electric motor, Setting of rotational direction of motor. Trouble shooting, periodic servicing and off season storage

of electric motors.

D Irrigation Equipment (4 periods )

Study of different types of pump-sets used for irrigation, Dismantling of centrifugal and reciprocating pumps,

reconditioning/replacement s of damaged/worn out parts assembly of a centrifugal pump. Installation of a pump,

prime mover, fitting of pumps, valves, pulleys and checking for correct alignment, priming operation and trouble

shooting of centrifugal pump sets, carrying out periodical servicing.

D. Renewable Energy Gadgets (4 periods )

Study of different types of solar heaters/dryers, horizontal axis and vertical axis wind mills and different types

of bio gas plants like Deenabandhu, KVIC and others.

[140]

A PE G

SUGGESTED LIST OF REFERENCE BOOKS1. Hajra Chaudhary S.K., Hajra Chaudhary A.K. and Nirjhar Roy. Elements of Workshop Technology. Media

Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai - 400007

2. Hicks. Pump Operation and Maintenance. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi

3. Jain S.C. and Rai C.R. Tractor Engine Maintenance and Repair. Tata Mc-Graw Hills Publishing Co.Ltd.,

New Delhi

4 Michael A.M. and Ojha, T.P. Principles of Agricultural Engg, Vol. I and Vol.II. Jain Brothers New Delhi.

5 Nakra C.P. Farm Machines and Equipments – Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Nai Sarak, Delhi – 11006.

6 Sahay J. Elements of Agricultural Engineering, Agra Book Company, Patna.

7. Ghosh, R K and Swain, S. Practical Agricultural Engineering, Naya Prakash, Bidhan Sarani,

Kolkata-700006

Bhattacharya, T.K. A Work Book of Practical Farm Machinery. Vol. I & II. Saroj Prakashan, Allhabad.

8 Khandelwal, K.C. and Mahdi, S.S. Biogas Technology, A practical Hand Book, Vol. I, Tata McGraw Hill

Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.

9 Rai, G.D. Renewable Energy Sources. Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.

10 Rai, G.D. Solar Energy Utilization. Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.

11 Teaching Aids: Cut section, Charts and flow diagrams, Charts of Engine, Tractors, Power Tiller, combine,

Mopeds, sprayer, duster and electric motorCut sections models of engine, electric motor, sprayers, Power

tiller and tractor. Video films and slides.

[141]

A PE G

Copy right reserved byCouncil of Higher Secondary Education

Odisha, Bhubaneswar

Printed at :

ODISHA STATE BUREAU OF TEXTBOOKPREPARATION & PRODUCTION

PUSTAK BHAVAN, BHUBANESWAR


ODISHA, BHUBANESWAR


VOCATIONAL STREAM(PART-II)

BUSINESS & COMMERCE


2014 AD

Rs. 20.00

CONTENTSSl.No. Subject Page No.

1 . English 12. Modern Indian Language :

a) Oriya 20b) Hindi 25c) Bengali 28d) Telugu 32e) Urdu 37f) Sanskrit 4 1g) Alternative English 46

3 . Environmental Education (E.E) 534. Yoga 57

B.F.C. SUBJECT (GROUP D)

5 . Commerce 586. Commerce 607 . Economics 6 1

TRADE SUBJECTSGROUP - D (BUSINESS AND COMMERCE)

8 . Accounting and Auditing 649. Insurance 6910 . Office Management 781 1 . Tax-Assistant 86

(a)

INTRODUCTION TO NEW COURSE STRUCTURE & DISTRIBUTIONOF MARKS IN SUBJECT, HAVING PRACTICALS

With the introduction of the New Course structure from the academic session 2008-09 basically to de-stress thestudents joining +2 vocational courses under the CHSE, Orissa, there will be yearly examinations at the end of 1st yearand 2nd year classes. 1st year and 2nd year courses have been separated accordingly. The 1st Year examination will beconducted at the college / H.S. School level for 750 marks and the 2nd year examination will be conducted at the Councillevel for 650 marks. Marks secured in the 1st year examiantion shall be considered only for promotion of students to the2nd year class and will have no bearing on the terminal examiantion, conducted by the Council at the end of the 2nd year.Pass certificates will be awarded to successful candidates basing on the performance in the Council examination at the endof the 2nd year only.


Objective type - Compulsory1 . Multiple Choice (from all units) - 1 x 5 = 05 marks2. One word answer / Very short - 1 x 10 = 10 marks



2 marks each - 7 x 2 = 14 marks(7 to be answered out of 10 from all units)

Group CLong Type


DISTRUBUTION OF MARKS IN PRACTICAL

1 . Major Experiments - 40 marks(i) Theory and Procedure - 20 marks



and inference1 . Bit Experiments - 20 marks

Specimen / Sample / Sporting /any other specific project /materials preparation by the students.


100 marks

external and Internal Examiners are requested to decide different experiments to be set during the course ofexamination.

(b)

[4]

B .C

SCHEME OF STUDIES FOR VOCATIONAL

The following combinations in Vocational Business & Commerce Stream are allowed. Any deviation of this will

not be entertained.

Compulsory Subjects

(Compulsory subjects English and M.I.L. carry 200 marks) each

(100 Marks in 1st year and 100 marks in 2nd year)

1 . English

2. M.I.L. (Oriya / Telugu/ Bengali/ Urdu & Persian/ Sanskrit / Hindi/ Alternative English)

3 . Environmental Education

The Environmental Education will be assessed at the college level for 100 marks (70 marks for theory and 30

marks for project work) at the end of 1st year + 2 course and the grades (A + A, B, C, D, in order of merit) are

to be awarded by the college and the same shall be recorded in the body of the pass certificate given by the Council

subsequently. The grade secured in the Environmental Education (EE) will not affect the result of the candidate.

4. Yoga

Yoga will be taught as acompulsory subject and assessed at the College level for 100 Marks (50 Marks in

Theory and 50 Marks in Practical). The Theory Examination shall be conducted at theend of 1st year class (11th

class) and Practical Examination shall be conducted at the time of Test Examination iin 2nd Year (12th class)

The grades are to be awarded by the college and the same shall be recerded in the body of the pass

certificategiven by the secured in Yoga will not affect the result of the candidate.

Mark s G r a d e s

70% and above Gr - A+

60% to 69% Gr - A

50% to 59% Gr - B

35% to 49% Gr - C

Below 35% Gr - D

(A student can Continue his / her study any one of the following TRADE subjects)

B.F.C. SUBJECT TRADE SUBJECTS

(i) Commerce .A. A.

(ii) Commerce .INS.

(iii) Economics .O. M.

.T. A.

[5]

B .C

ENGLISHCOmpulsory








[6]

B .C




A. Prose:






B. Poems:







A. Prose:






B. Poems:






[7]

B .C



















3. Writing Skills:








[8]

B .C


VI. Using Graphics






4. Grammar:


Book prescribed:





II. Tense Patterns

III. Modal Verbs

IV. Prepositions

V. The Imperatives



II. Conditionals

III. The Passive


V. Interrogatives

VI. Phrasal Verbs

[9]

B .C


















3. Writing skills






Total: 100 Marks

[10]

B .C


















3. Writing skills






Total: 100 Marks

[11]

B .C

M.I.L (ODIA)

















[12]

B .C











Gjûe cìfý - 8 e





[13]

B .C

















[14]

B .C














Gjûe cìfý - 1x3=3, 1x3, 1x3= 9 e

[15]

B .C









Distribution of Marks for M.I.L. (Hindi)Group - A (Objective Type)

1 . Multiple choice for all units 1x15=152. One word Answer /Correct the sentences/

Very short Answers /Fill in the Blanks 1 x 15=15

GROUP - B (SHORT TYPE)

3 . Answer wuthin two/three sentences(Out of 15 bits one has to answer 11 bits) 2x11=22(From unit I, II & III)

4. Answer within six sentences 3 x 6 =18(out of eight bits one has to answer six bits)(From unit I, II and III)

GROUP - C (LONG TYPE)7 . Out of six questions from all units 7.5 X 4 =30

one has to answer 4 questines

[16]

B .C

M.I.L. (HINDI)+2 IInd Yr





mecHetCe& (All)


mecHetCe& (All)


mecHetCe& (All)



***

[17]

B .C











UNIT - IIPOETRY :




[18]

B .C

UNIT - IVGrammar













[19]

B .C










***

[20]

B .C








TOTAL 100 marks





[21]

B .C



BOOKS PRESCRIBED :




[22]

B .C








TOTAL 100 marks





[23]

B .C








[24]

B .C

Arts/Sc/Com Stream




Group-A 30 Marks




Total = 15 marks




Total- 18 marks




[25]

B .C











5. Letter writing :

[26]

B .C










Total:15 marks





[27]

B .C
















[28]

B .C





[29]

B .C






: POETRY - 1X2 = 2

: SANDHI - 1X3 = 3





:POETRY - 1x3 =3


: SAMASA - 1X3 =3



GROUP -B




[30]

B .C





GROUP - C










******

[31]

B .C



COURSE STRUCTURE





(Textual & Outside)













[32]

B .C















Unit - V


Books Recommended:



[33]

B .C






: POETRY - 1X2 = 2 : SAMASA - 1X4 = 4 :





: POETRY - 1x3 =3

: SANDHI - 1X2 = 2




GROUP-B









[34]

B .C

GROUP - C










****

[35]

B .C




COURSE STRUCTURE





(Textual & Outside)













[36]

B .C






02. meefvOe Sandhi








Unit - V


Books Recommenced:




[37]

B .C











[38]

B .C








[39]

B .C



[40]

B .C












[41]

B .C











*********

[42]

B .C
















[43]

B .C

Unit - II



Unit - III





PROJECTS






[44]

B .C







Book Prescribed :


[45]

B .C



Unit - I 10 marks

CONCEPT YOGA



Unit - II 10 marks



Unit - III 10 marks

BRANCHES OF YOGA



Unit - IV 10 marks



Unit - V 10 marks








[46]

B .C





MS-POWER POINT : Features, Uses, Menus, Toolbars, creating a presentation through auto context wizard,templates, manual slides show, saving, deleting, opening a presentation, Editing.MS-ACCESS: Data base, data base Management system, RDBMS, advantages and limitations of MS-Access, parts, tables, integrity constraints, relationship and designing tables.

I5hours

UNIT-IIIINTERNET AND COMPUTER SECURITY:

Introduction to Internet, net browsing, Emails, Networking and its types, topology, computer crime, componentsrequired for internet, saving and printing the web files.

APLLICATIONS: in Education, Medical Science, Business, Entertainment, Social services and Researchetc. 7 hours

For +2 1st year 50 marks theory examination and 50 marks practical examination.TOTAL HOURS: 30 (THEORY) AND 10 HOURS (PRACTICAL).

PRACTICALS :

DOS, Windows, MS-Office, web page, browsing, sending and creating a mailThe grade secured taking together both the theory and Project/Practical marks will be refelected in the Marks sheet andthe pass certificate of the Council.Grade A+ = 70% above, Grade A = 60% and Grade B = 50% above, Grade C = 35% above and Grade D = below 35%

[47]

B .C

BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE - I (BFC- I)IN COMMERCEFIRST YEAR

PAPER - I

Marks - 50

UNIT -IAccounting for Business : Meaning of Book Keeping and Accounting, Importance, objective, advantages and limitationsof accounting. Branches of Accounting. Basic accounting terms.

Capital and Revenue Receipts and Expenditures.

Types of Account : Personal, Real and Nominal. Rules of debit and credit.

Journal : Meaning and format : Steps in Journalising. Sub division of Journal - Subsidiary Books. Transactionsrecorded in Cash Book (all types), Sales Books and Purchase Book.

UNIT - II

Ledger : Meaning importance, need and format. Posting and Balancing in ledger accounts. Debit blanceand creditbalance.

Trial Balance : Concept, need and methods of preparation.

Trading Profit and Loss account and Balance Sheet : Meaning, objectives and importance and preparation (simple).Meaning of gross profit, Gross profit, Net Profit and Net Loss.

BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE - I (BFC- I)IN COMMERCEFIRST YEAR

PAPER - II

Marks - 50

UNIT -IBusiness : Meaning features, objectives and importance. Classification of business activities : Industry, Trade andAids to Trade. Forms of business: Sole Propeieter, Partnership, Co-operative and Company. Their meaning features,merits, and limitations. factors considered for selection of a particular form of business.

Office Management : Meaning importance and functions of an office. Filing and indexing.

Business letter : Meaning and characteristics. Parts of a Business letter. Letters relating Enquiry, Order, claim andComplaint.

UNIT - II

Banking and Insurance : Meaning functions and importance of Commercial Bank. Meaning importance, objectivesand types of insurance. Basic principles of Insurance. Insurance organisation in India.

Tax : Definitionof Tax . Kinds of Tax. Direct Tax and Indirect Tax. Basic idea about Income Tax, Value Added Tax, MotorVehicle Tax, Entertainment Tax, Local Taxes, Customer Duty, Central Excise Duty, Central Sales Tax.

[48]

B .C

BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE-II (BFC-II)IN COMMERCE

SECOND YEARPAPER - I

Marks - 50UNIT -I

Cost Accounting : Meaning definition, objectives, scope, advantages and limitations of cost accouting Distinctionbetween Cost Accounting and Financial Accounting.Cost : Meaning and importance. Types of cost: Fixed, Variable and Semi-variable cost. Direct cost and Indirectcos t .Element of cost : material, labour and overhead.

UNIT - IICost Sheet : Meaning, format and preparation, Prime Cost, Works Cost, Cost of Production Cost of Sales, TotalCost, Cost per unit.Types of Costing. Meaning and Use of job Costing and Contract Costing.

BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE-II (BFC-II)IN COMMERCE

SECOND YEARPAPER - II

Marks - 50UNIT -I

Statistics : Meaning definition, importance, function, uses and limitations of statistics.Types of Data. Collection of Data : Primary and secondary. Methods of collection: Census and sample method.Classification of Data : meaning, objectives and types of Classification.

UNIT - IITabulation : Meaning and types of tabulation.Presentation of Data : Graph and DiagramMeasurement of central tendency : Mean Median and Mode.

BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE-IIIIN ECONOMICS

(HUMANITIES AND COMMERCE)SECOND YEAR

(Elementary micro Economics)PAPER - I

(Marks - 50)Unit - I

Fundamental Concepts and Consumer Behaviour. (15 periods)

Basic Concepts : Utility, Goods, Human Wants, Wealth, Value, Price.Laws of Consumption : Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility,Law of Equi-Marginal Utility.Demand: Its Meaning, and Law of Demand, Price Elasticity of Demand and its determinants.

Unit - IIProduction, Cost, Revenue and Market structure.

(25 periods)

[49]

B .C

Productions: Meaning, Law of Variable Proportions.Cost: Money Cost, Real Cost, Opportunity Cost, Fixed and Variable Cost, Total Cost, Average Cost and MarginalCost. (Short run only)Revenue: Total Revenue, Average Revenue and Marginal Revenue.Supply: Meaning and Law of supply.Market Forms: Perfect competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic competition, Price and output Determination underPerfect competition.

UNIT - IIIDistribution (15 periods)Rent : Contract Rent, Economic Rent, Recardian Theory of Rent.Wage : Money and Real wage, Determinats of real wage.Interat : Its definitions, Gross and Net interrest.Profit : Its Characteristics. Gross Profit and Net profit, Normal Profit and Abnormal Profit.

BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE-III (BFC-III)IN ECONOMICS

(Indian Economics, Money, Banking and Public Finance)SECOND YEAR

PAPER - II

(Marks - 50)Unit - I

Indian Economics (25 Periods)Characteristics of Indian Economicy, Structureal changes in the indian economyAgriculture : Its importance, Causes of Low productivity New Agricultural Strategy, Green Revoluation.Industry : Its Importance, Industrical Policy of 1956 and 1991.Population : Demographic Features of Indian economy Causes and effects of papulation Explosion populationcontrol measures.Poverty and Unemployment : Their causes, Poverty-unemployment alleviation Programmes.

Unit - IIMoney and Banking : (15 periods)Money: Barter system and its inconveniences Definition and functions of money, Near money.Banking: Meaning and Functions of Commercial Bank Balance-sheet of Commercial Bank. Central Bank andits functions.

UNIT - IIIPublic Finance: (15 periods)Distriction between Public Finance and Private Finance, Sources of Government revenue, Direct and IndirectTaxes - Their merits and demerits.Public expenditure : Concepts of Revenue and Capital Expenditure, Plan and Non-Plan Expenditure,Developmental and Non-Developmental Expenditure.Budget : Meaning and Types of Budget (Balanced, Surplus and Deficit Budgets).

[50]

B .C

TRADE SUBJECTSACCOUNTING AND AUDITING (Trade - I)

FIRST YEAR(Theory ) PAPER - I

Marks - 50UNIT - IAccounting : Meaning, Definition, Importance, Functions, Advantages and Limitations. Types of Accounting Information.

Branches of Accounting. Users of Accounting Information.Basic Accounting Terms : Transaction, Event, Voucher, Debit, Credit, Asset, Liability, Capital, Drawing, Income, Grain,

Revenue, Profit, Loss, Expense, Expenditure, Stock, Goods, Depreciation, Purchase, Sale, Debtor, Creditor,Receivable, Payable.Accounting Concepts and Conventions. Accounting Equations.Types of Accounts : Personal, Real and Norminal.Systems of Account Keeping : Double Entry System - features, merits and demerits. Rules regarding debit andcredit.

Journal : Meaning features, format. Steps in Journlising. Simple and Compound Journal Entries.UNIT - IISubsidiary Books : Meaning, uses, format, advantages and recording therein, Purchase Book, Sales Books, Purchase

Return Book, Sales Return Book, Bills Receivable Books, Bills Payable Book, Jurnal Proper.Cash Book - Single, Double and triple Colum Cashbook, Petty Cashbook.Bank Reconciliation Statement : Meaning Objectives and Preparation.Ledger : Meaning utility and format. Postings from Journal and Subsidiary Books. Balancing Subsudiary Books and

Accounts.Trial Balance : Meaning, Types and Preparation of Trial Balance. Meaning Types, Detection, Errors disclosed and not

disclosed by Trial Balance. Rectification of Errors. Suspense Account : Meaning and objectives. Rectification oferrors through Suspense account.

Capital and Revenue Transactions : Meaning and features. Capital and Revenue Income. Capital and Revenue Expenditure.Deferred Revenue expenditure.

ACCOUNTING AND AUDITING (Trade - I)FIRST YEAR(Theory ) PAPER - II

UNIT - I Marks - 50Auditing : Meaning definition, objects, features, scope, advantages, and importance, Statutory equirements of Audit.

Distinctions between Auditing and Accounting.Object of Audit : Primary and Secondary.

Classification of Error and Fraud.Auditor : Qualification, duties and responsibilities. Types of Auditor.UNIT - IITypes of audit : Continuous, Periodical, partial, interim, internal, external and statutory.

Audit Technique, Audit, Procedure, test Check, Overall ChecksMeaning and Importance of Audit Programme, Audit Note Book and Working paper.

Internal Check and Internal Control : Meaning scope, objectives, advantages and limitations. Distnctions betweeninternal check and internal control.Internal Check as regard to (i) Cash Transaction, (ii) Wage payment, (iii) Sale and (iv) Purchase.

[51]

B .C

ACCOUNTING AND AUDITING (Trade - I)SECOND YEAR

(Theory ) PAPER - I Marks - 50

UNIT -IFinal Accounts : Meaning use and preparation of Manufacturing Account, Trading Account, Profit and loos Account and

Balance Sheet. Marshalling of assets and liabilities in the Balance sheet.

Preparation of final accounts with adjustments, such as : Closing stock, Outstanding expense, Pre-paid expenses.Accrued income, Income received in advance, Depreciation, bad debt, Provision for Bad and doubleful debt, Provisionfor discount on debtors, Maneger’s commission, Interest on capital, Interest on drawings.

UNIT - IIBills of Exchange and Promissory Note : Meaning, features, parties, specimen and distinctions between the two. Accunting

for Trade bill and accmmodation bill, accepting, discounting endorsing, retiring renewal, dishonour and nothing.

Introduction to Computer : Meaning and components of computer. Meaning of Input, Output, Storage Devices, Hardwareand Software.

Operating System : WINDOW XP or any advance version of WINDOW.

MS Office 2003 or any advance version: Its use in creating naming editing copying deleting calculating presentingand printing documents.

Use of Accounting Pakage - Tally.


(Theory ) PAPER - II Marks - 50

UNIT - IVoucher : Meaning, definition and objectives,

Distinction between vouching and routine checking. Meaning and essential features of Voucher. Steps for vouching.

Vouching cash book and other books of account.

UNIT - IIverification and valuation of assets and liabilities.

Audit report : Meaning objectives and types.

Company auditor : Qualification, appointment, remuneration, removal, duties. power status and responsibilities.

ACCOUNTING AND AUDITING (Trade - I)FIRST YEAR(Practical ) PAPER - I

Marks - 50

• Preparation of bill, invoice, debit and credit note.

• Preparing subsidiary books and balancing them.

• Use of Ledger: Postings and balancing ledger accounts.

• Preparation of Bank reconciliation statement.

• Preparation of Trial blance.

[52]

B .C

• Detection of errors and their rectification.

• Classifying expenditure and income into capital and revenue nature.

ACCOUNTING AND AUDITING (Trade - I)FIRST YEAR(Practical ) PAPER - II

Marks - 50

• Preparation of a simple audit program.

• Identification and listing of errors and fraud.

• Classification of errors according to their nature.

• Preparation of audit note.

• Rectification through entries and with the help of suspense account.

• Drawing a corrected Trial balance and tallying Trial balance with the help of working papers.

• Suggesting internal check for different types of transactions.


(Practical ) PAPER - I Marks - 100

• Preparation of Final accounts.• Passing adjustment entries.• Marshalling assets and liabilities in the Balance sheet.• Preparation of Bills of exchange and Promissory note.• Calculation of due date of the bills.• Identification of components of a computer system.• Operating a computer.• Use of WINDOW commands.• Create. modify, add, delete, edit and print file in MS Word and Excel.• Preparation of Journal, Ledger and final accounts by using Tally package.


(Practical ) PAPER - II Marks -10 0

• Preparation of voucher.

• Listing essentials of a voucher.

• Planning verification and valuation of assets and liabilities.

• Listing documents required for verification of different assets.

• Listing documents required for verification of different liabilities.

• Verification of individual assets and liabilities.

• Listing documents for valuation of different assets and liabilities.

• Valuation of individual assets and liabilities.

• Preparation of audit report.

[53]

B .C

Books PRESCRIBED (Accounting & Auditing)1 . Accounting, Orissa Text Book Bureau.

2. Double Entry Book Keeping by Juneja, Chowla & Saxena Kalyani Publisher.

3 . New Approach to Accounting by Bal, Sahoo & Das, S. Chand & Co.

4. Principles of Auditing by B.N. Tandon, S. Chand & Co.

INSURANCE TRADE - 2 (Principle of Insurance and Life Insurance)

FIRST YEAR(Theory ) PAPER - I

UNIT - I Marks - 50

1 . Meaning, nature, functions, Importance of Insurance. Insurance as a means to cover risk, Origin of Insurance andInsurance business, and its Scope in India; Concept of Re-Insurance and double Insurance.

2. Types of Insurance and their organisations in India / Objective and functions. Principles of Insurance. Insurance Contract- essentials and Classification, Principles of indemnity, and doctrine of subrogation and cause-Proxima, Insurable Interest,Mitigation of Loss.

UNIT - II

1 . Nature of Life Insurance, Life Insurance and other insurance comparision classification of policies, Annuities,classfication and Selection of Risks. Measurment of Risk and mortality table.Policy conditions in life Insurance - Conditions relating to Commencement of risk, Premium, Continuation of policies,Lapse Conditions and claim Conditions.

INSURANCE TRADE - 2(Principle of Insurance and Life Insurance)

FIRST YEAR(Theory ) PAPER - II

UNIT - I Marks - 50

1 . Claculation of Premium :-

Types of Premium, Steps for calculation, Assumptions Underlying rate Premium. Calculation of Net Single Premiumin different types of Policies - Term Insurance, whole life Policies, Pure Endowment Policy, Double Endowment,Joint life policy; Claculation of level of Premiums.

2. Surrender Value :

Nature, and Meaning of Surrender Value :

Bases of Calculating Surrender Value - Accumulation approach and saving approch. Forms of payment of surrendervalue.

UNIT - II

1 . Official Structure of life Insurance Corporation of India, duty of an Insurance agent, planning for life Insurance selling.

Evaluation of life Insurance, Purpose of evaluation, Surplus declaration and distribution of bonus.

[54]

B .C

INSURANCE TRADE - 2(Marine and Fire Insurance)

SECOND YEAR(Theory ) PAPER - I

UNIT - I Marks - 50

1 . Marine Insurance :• Meaning and classification of Marine Insurance.• Element of marine Insurance contract : Features of Genereal Contract, Insurable Interest, Utmost Good

faith.Doctrine of Indemnity, Subrogation, warranties.Proximate cause, Assignment and nomination of the policy, Return of Premium.

• Description of the various clauses in a Marine InsurancePolicy : Premium Calculation.

• Marine Losses.• Payment of Claims.

UNIT - II

1 . Fire Insurance :• Nature and Use of Fire Insurance.• Fire Insurance Contract.• Kinds of Policies.• Policy conditions.• Rate Fixation in Fire Insurance.• Payment of Claim.• Re-Insurance.• Progress of Fire Insurance.

INSURANCE (Trade - 2)SECOND YEAR

(Theory ) PAPER - IIUNI - I Marks - 50

Motor Insurance.Burglary InsurancePersonal Accident Insurance.Employer’s liability Insurance : - Classification of Risk and Coverage, Policy Form.Employees State Insurance Act.Fidelity Guarantee Insurance : - Types of Policy,Application Form.Boiler explosion Insurance.

UNIT - IILive stock and Poulty InsuranceCrop InsuranceAgricultural Pump set Insurance.Fishery Insurance.bankers indementy Insurance.Jewellers block Insurance.

[55]

B .C

INSURANCE (Trade - 2)FIRST YEAR(Practical ) PAPER - I

Marks - 50 Exposure to the forms related to Insurance and how to fill up:

Whole life policy.Limited Payment whole life Policy.Convertible whole life Policy.anticipated whole life Policy.emdowment Policy.Marrage.education / an unity term assurance.various life insurance plans and Policies.existing policies and new policies from time to time.group insurance and its benefit.amount of sun insuredhow to pay the Premium.group super Annuation and group gratuity schemes.salary Saving Schemes.Premium Calaulation.age Calculation.agents Commission with Some examples.proposal froms and how to fill up them.general Principles to fill up proposal forms andPersonal Statements.Confidential report of agents.Tax Rebate Calculation.Income Tax.Wealth Tax.Gift Tax.

INSURANCE (Trade - 2)FIRST YEAR(Practical) PAPER - II

Marks - 50• Difference in Rebate for different life Insurance plans.• Conditions and Privileges of Insurance Policies.• Policy Documents.• Age Proof.• Suicide / days of grace.• Paid up - policy / Surrender.• Assignment.• Nomination.• Statement of option.• accident benefits.• Documents to be used : Claim settlement, maturity claim Early Claim.

[56]

B .C


(Practical) PAPER - I Marks - 100

• Filling up the proposal forms for cargo, Hull, and freight Insurance.• Understanding the implication of the important queries of the Proposal form.• Understanding the Policy and its Various Cluases, interpretation of important Clauses with Actuarial Problems.• determination of various types of Losses with mathematical Problems.• Determination of the application of the doctrine of causa Proxima.• drafting and filling notice of Loss.• Filling up the claim forms.• Settlement of claims.• Acquainting the Students with Various types of documents necessary for the Claimants.


(Practical) PAPER - II

Marks - 100

• Understanding the fire Policy and its Various clauses.

• Filling up the Proposal Form.

• Procedure of assignment and Insurance.

• Fixation of Premium.

• Procedure of renewal and Concellation of fire Policy.

• Acturial Problems in case of a Policy containing an average clause and also in case of reinsurance.

• Settlement of claim. Determination of Insuren’s liability.

• Drafting claim notice etc.

• Acquainting the students with the proposal forms for various types of Insurance.

• Claim procedure in each type of Insurance, Acquainting students with. Court bonds and government bonds incaseof fidelity guarantee Insurance.

• Settlement of claims in case of important types of Insurance.

BOOK PRESCRIBED( In surance)

1 . aúcû _ûVýKâc bòò (ùcø : _û:) -Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production

2. aúcûúZ I Rúa aúcû -Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production

3 . iû]ûeY aúcû (iûcê\âòK Gaõ @êaúcû) -Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production

4. aòaò] aúcû Gaõ aúcû aòKâd -Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production

[57]

B .C

5 . aúcû aòmû -Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production

6. Insurance - Principles and Practice

By M.N. Mishra (S. Chand and Company LTD)

OFFICE MANAGEMENT (Trade - 3)FIRST YEAR(Theory ) PAPER - I

UNIT - I Marks - 50

Introduction :

Meaning purposes, functions and importance of an office.

Office Manager : Qualification, functions, duties and responsibilities of an office manager.

Office layout and environment : Principles of lay out. Factors considered in physical layout. Office lighting. Features of anadequate lighting system. Office furniture : Types of office furniture. Factors considered for selcting office furniture.Centralised and decentralised office. Various departments of a modern office.

Office Comunication : Meaning importance and medium of communication. Internal communication and Externalcommunication. Communication. Communication Process - written, verbal and electronic. Barriers to communicationsteps for overcoming those barriers. factors considered for Selection of an appropriate communication system.

UNIT - IIMail service : Meaning and types of mail service. Handling and disposal of mail. Organising Mailing department. Centralised

mail service.

Mailling arrangement with post office : Types of postal services. Mailing different types of letters. M.O and T.M.O.Electronic mail services (e-mail).

Procedure for handling outward and inward mail. Supervising mailing service.

Filing and Indexing : Meaning, features, advantages and importance of Filing system.

Classification and arrangement of files. Methods of Filing.

Indexing : Mening and types of Indexing.

OFFICE MANAGEMENT (Trade - 3)FIRST YEAR(Theory ) PAPER - II

UNIT - I Marks - 50

Office Forms and Records : Meaning purposes, advantages and types of office forms.

Statements, Records and Registers, Issue Register and Diary Book.

Form designing : Principles and factors of form designing. Designing different office forms, invoices, receipts andchallan etc.

Office Systems and Procedures : Meaning concept, characteristics, objectives of office procedure. Developing officeprocedures. Flow of work. Meaning and analtsis of flow of work. Problems in the flow of work.

Steps for imporving effciency in office work : Aquaintance with Telephone Directory, Local Trade Directory, Railway TimeTable, Flight Schedule and e-ticketing.

UNIT - II

Office Manual : Meaning and content of Office Manual. Information be included in Office Manual.

Office Stationery and Supplies : Meaning importance and types of office stationery. Selection and purchese procedure,

[58]

B .C

Storage and Record and cost control measures for stationery and supplies. Maintenance of register of consumablesand non-consumable stock.

Training in Human Relations : relation with public, Relation with superiors / subordinates.

Maintenance of Reception counter, Handling complains and suggestions.

OFFICE MANAGEMENT (Trade - 3)SECOND YEAR

(Theory ) PAPER - IUNIT - I Marks - 50

Office Machines : Need, advantages and disadvantages of mechanisation of office work. Types office machines : Typeswriter, Duplicating Machine, Photo Copier, Calculating Machine, Pager, Franking Machine, Telephone, CellularPhone, AccountingMachine, Fax Machine and Computer. Basic knowledge and operation of these office machines.

Banking Operation : Types of Bank Account. Opening of an Account. ank Overdraft. Writing a cheque. Crossing acheque. Banker’s Cheque. Bank draft. Withdrawals and deposit in Bank account. Debit Card. Credit Card, Traveller’scheque. Transaction through Automated Teller Machine (ATM). Core Banking Net Banking.

UNIT - IIOffice Accounting : Maintenance of Cash Book - simple, with bank and discount column petty cash book. Preparation of

Acquittance Roll of employeees and Bank Reconciliation Statement.

Secretarial Work for Meeting and Conference : Meaning and types of meeting. Procedure for conducting meeting Notice,Agenda, Quorum and adjournment, Resolution,

Human Resource Management : Meaning objectives, importance and functions of Human Resource Management.Meaning and importance of job Evaluation, Merit Rating and Training.


(Theory ) PAPER - IIUNIT - I Marks - 50

Office Correspondence :

Noting abd Drafting : Meaning and Importance.

Business Correspondence : Style, design and drafting business letter.

Parts of Business Letter - Heading Inside address, Salutation, Body of the letter,

Complimentary close, Signature, Enclosure, Post script.

Government Correspondence : Style, design and drafting different types of Government letters.

UNIT - IITypes Writing : Importance and historical development of Typing by the use of manual Typewriter to computer (word

processor).

Typewriter : Basic idea about various components and operation of the Typewriter.

Manipulative control : Margin, Step, shift Key, Space Bar etc. insertion and removal of paper in and out of the typewriter. Typing Alphabets, Numbers, Punctuations, and symbols.

Computer : Basic of a Computer and Its operation. Components of computer and their use. Input and Output devices.

Operating System : WINDOW. Use of WINDOW to create, access, edit, delete and print content of file.

MS OFFICE : Creating editing printing, saving and exit word document. Use of various MS WORD commands.

[59]

B .C

OFFICE MANAGEMENT (Trade - 3)FIRST YEAR(Practical ) PAPER - I

Marks - 50

Office Layout :

• Demonstration of an office set up in the classroom by arranging desks with emphasis on lighting ventilationand movement between inter related work seats.

• Preparation of a model office layout after visiting some ideal office under guidance of a teacher.• Office work flow chart.• Instances of bottlenecks and delay in smooth flow of office work and their removal with examples.

Office communication :• Use of Telephone, Cellular Phone, Internet and Intercom.• Remitting and receiving messages through Telegram, Fax, Cellular phone and Internet.• Developing skill in filing different postal forms like, M.O., T.M.O., Postal Order, V.P.P.• Rates and Charges for different mailing services of Post Office and Courier Organisation.

Mailing :• Diarying and Marking Incoming Mails.• Sorting numbering and addressing letters. Sealing Stamping and Booking Packets for Outward Mail.

Filling :• Materials required for filling : Different type of File Cover, Tag Pin, Clip, Stapler, Punching Machine, and

FillingRack. Filling practies.• Index : Numbering of Files. Tagging papers with relevant files. Preparation and use of Index for locating files

and placing them back. Visit office for acquiring practical knowledge.

OFFICE MANAGEMENT (Trade - 3)FIRST YEAR(Practical ) PAPER - II

Marks - 50

Office Forms :

• Filling importance forms like, T. A. Bill, Indent Form, Requisition Slip, Treasury Challan, Form for bookingRailway and Flight ticket.

• Maintaining Dairy and despatch Register.

Office manual :

Collection and study of one manual.

Office Stationery :

• Making Tenders (Open and Close). Opening Tenders. Preparing Comparative Statement. Placing Order.

• Use of Bin card, Stores Ledger and Other type of Stock Register.

Office Relations :

• Use of Suggestion Box and Complaint Box.

• Maintenance of Data cell and Record Management.

• Dealing with Tax related matters.

[60]

B .C


(Practical ) PAPER - I Marks - 100

Office Machines :

• Identification of components of various office machines.• Handling and using the machines : Type writer, Photo Copier, Fax, Telephone, Cellular Phone and compoter.

BankingOperation :• Opening and operation procedure of different type of Bank account. Operating account through Pay-in Slip and

withdrawal form.• Preparation of Cheque. general and special crossing of a cheque. Developing skill on Endorsing cheque.• Requesting for Bank Draft, Traveller’s Cheque and Banker’s Cheque.• Operation of Debit and Credit card.

Office Accounting :• Identification of cash and credit memos. Preparation of vouchers like debit note, credit notes, invoices, cash

memos, bills receivable, bill payable, pay roll.• Maintaining Cashbook and Petty Cash book.

Secretarial Work for Meeting :• Drafting of Notice, Minutes and Resolution of different meetings.• Preparing Agenda for the meeting.• Preliminary arrangement necessary for conducting meeting.

Human Resource Management :Visit an ideal office and know about preformance appraisal methods and training procrdure adopted for skilldevelopment of the employees.


(Practical ) PAPER - II Marks - 100

Office Correspondence :

• Drafting Letters for commercial and Government offices.

• Writing letters in different style and design to Bank, Insurance organisation, Agents and Debtors for collectionof dues.

• Writing Circulars letter, enquiries, reply to enquiries, complaints and claims.Type Writing :

• Typewriter : Identification of different components of the Typewriter.• Exercise on the Typewriter. Position of fingers of home, upper and lower keys. Spacing, paragraphing centring

tabular writing use of eraser, replacing ribbon. Manuscript typing.Computer :

• Identification of the components of a computer. Operating the computer.• Use of WINDOW commands - Entering, processing creating adding, deleting, printing and renaming file and

directories.• Creating editing, modifying, adding, deleting and printing documents using a word work sheet. Use of various

word commands.• Accessing Network and sending e-mail.

[61]

B .C

BOOKS PRESCRIBED (Office Management)1 . Office Management and Administration by Sharma & Gupta

Kalyani Publishers.

2. Manual Office Management & Correspondence - S. Chand & Co.

3 . Office Organisation and Management by S.P. Arora (Vikash)

TAX ASSISTANT (Trade - 4)FIRST YEAR

(Theory) PAPER - I (Marks - 50)

UNIT - I

Tax : Definition of tax, Kinds of tax, Direct and Indirect tax, Income tax and Sales tax. Entertainment tax.

UNIT - II

Draffing and Type Writing

Idea of typewriting machine, use and importance operation of key board, Letter writing, Report writing, Preciswriting, Office method, Filing and Indexing.

TAX ASSISTANT (Trade - 4)FIRST YEAR(Theory) PAPER - II

(Marks - 50)

UNIT - I : Local Tax

Municpal Law, Imposition of different types of taxes and its restriction. Computation of Annual value of holdings.Exemption of taxes, Appeal against Taxation.

Grampachayat tax : Types, Appeal against tax.

Motor Vehicle tax: Different authorities, licensing of drivers, Registration of motorvehicle, Penalities, Prosecution.

UNIT - II : Value Added Tax (VAT)

Concept, Application, Definitions of Assessees, Assessing Authority, Assessment of tax, Taxable goods, Taxableturnover Tax on Sale and Purchase Rates of tax.

TAX ASSISTANT (Trade - 4)SECOND YEAR

(Theory) PAPER - I (Marks - 50)

UNIT - I : Custom Duty :

Custom Act 1962, Meaning of Custom duty, officers appointed for customs ports, airports, Detection of illegalimported goods, Prevention and detection, Levy and Exemption.

Conveyance, Clearance, Warehousing, Seizure Arrest Confiscation, Appeal and revision.

UNIT - II : Central Excise Duty :

Central Excise Act 1944, Study of various provisions Levy, Refunds & Exemption rules.

Centrakl excise tarift, Export freetrade zone* Excise procedure.

[62]

B .C


(Theory) PAPER - II

(Marks - 50)

UNIT - I : Income Tax :

Concepts, Terminology, Heads of Income, Various Deduction out of Gross total income. Assessment of ncome Tax(Individual)

H.U.F and non corporate assessess.

UNIT - II : Wealth Tax :

Concepts, exemptions, Valuation of Proper Assessment Procedure, Penalities, Calculation of Tax.

TAX ASSISTANT (Trade - 4)FIRST YEAR(Practical) PAPER - I

(Marks - 50)

1 . Taxation, Types of tax.

2. Entertainment tax, Study of office Procedure, Methods of entertainment tas. Tax office and its functions.

3 . Drafting official correspondences for taxation purposes, Preparation of tax reports, Drafting of appeals.

4. Type writing, Typing simple passage at a minimum speed of 30 W.P.M., Typing dictation within limited time.

TAX ASSISTANT (Trade - 4)FIRST YEAR(Practical) PAPER - II

(Marks - 50)

1 . Local Tax, study of procedure with municipal and Grampachayat office. Its functions related to house tax, Propertytax and licence Valuation of properties for tax purpose.

2. Motorvehicle tax, drafting various documents, Identification of the forms relating to taxation. Exposure to officeprocedure of R.T.O. Familiarity with insurance rules, Third party & Comprehensive.

3 . Filling up of registration under different sections of different organisations.

Preparation of Annual, Quarterly and Monthly Taxable turn over.

Familiarity with office procedure, Uses of different types of forms and challans.


(Practical) PAPER - I

(Marks - 100)

1 . Sales Tax (Central) : Filling up of Registration under different sections of different business organisations. Familiaritywith office procedure and use of different forms and challans.

2. Preparation of Annual sales return of different business organisation & Computation of Annual taxable turnover forcentral sales tax.

[63]

B .C

3 . Custom duty : Drafting of various documents and related papers. Familiarity with all forms available in the office anddepartment.

4. Central Excise Duty : Drafting of various documents and related papers. Familiarity with all forms available in theoffice and department.


(Practical) PAPER - II (Marks - 100)

1 . Income Tax : Assessment of broad income sources of different categories of assessess classified on the basis ofdifferent salary group, professionals.

2. Income Tax of small business houses, large size business houses and Industrial houses.

3 . Familiarity with different types of forms and chalans of income tax. Office procedure.

4. Wealth Tax : Filling up of returns of wealth tax, chalan forms for payment of tax and enclosures. Familiarity withdifferent forms available for wealth tax.

BOOK PRESCRIBED. (Tax Assistant)

1. Ke ijûdK gòlû (ùcø : _û:) -Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production

2. Ke ijûdK gòlû (_â[c bûM) -Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production

3. Ke ijûdK gòlû (\ßòZúd bûM) -Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production

4. Ke ijûdK gòlû (ZéZúd bûM) -Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production

***

[64]

B .C


Odisha, Bhubaneswar

Printed at :




ODISHA, BHUBANESWAR


VOCATIONAL STREAM(PART-III)

SOCIAL SCIENCE, HUMANITIESARTS & CRAFT


2014 AD

Rs. 20.00

CONTENTSSl.No. Subject Page No.

1 . English 12 . Modern Indian Language

a) Oriya 20b) Hindi 25c) Bengali 28d) Telugu 32e) Urdu 37f) Sanskrit 4 1g) Alternative English 46

3 . Environmental Education 534. Yoga 58

B.F.C. SUBJECTS. (GROUP - E,F,G&H)5 . History 596. Political Science 6 17 . Economics. 64

TRADE SUBJECTS. (GROUP - E-HOME-SCIENCE)8 . Crech and Pre School management 669. Catering and Restaurant Management. 74

GROUP-F-HUMANTIES AND OTHERS10 . Textile Designing. 871 1 . Tourism and Travel Technique 97

GROUP-G-FINE ART AND CRAFT12 . Painting 10413 . Graphic Art 10814 . Applied Art 1 1 115 . Modelling & Sculpture 11416 . Craft 1 1 7

GROUP- H-PERFORMING ART

17 . Odissi Vocal - 12718 . Hindustani Vocal - 13019 . Odissi Dance - 13420. Pokhawaj 14021 . Flute 14822. Violin 1 5 123. Sitar 1 5 124. Tabala 15425. Chhow Dance 15826. Drama. 167

***

(a)

SCHEME OF STUDIES FOR VOCATIONAL SOCIAL SCIENCE,

HUMANTITIES AND ARTS & CRAFT

The following combinations in Vocational Stream are allowed. Any deviation of this will not be entertained.Compulsory SubjectsCompulsory subjects English and M.I.L. carry 200 marks each(100 Marks in 1st year and 100 marks in 2nd year)1 . English2. M.I.L. (Oriya / Telugu/ Bengali/ Urdu & Persian/ Hindi/ Sanskrit/ Alternative English)3 . Environmental Education (Compulsory) 100 marks

The Environmental Education will be assessed at the college level for 100 marks (70 marks for theory and 30marks for project work) at the end of 1st year +2 course and the grades (A+, A, B, C, D, in order of merit)are to be awarded by the College and the same shall be recorded in the body of the pass certificate given bythe council subsequently. The grade secured in the Environmental Education (EE) will not affect the result ofthe candidate.

4 . Yoga : Yoga will be taught as acompulsory subject and assessed at the College level for 100 Marks (50 Marksin Theory and 50 Marks in Practical). The Theory Examination shall be conducted at the end of 1st year class(11th class) and Practical Examination shall be conducted at the time of Test Examination in 2nd Year (12th class)The grades are to be awarded by the college and the same shall be recorded in the body of the pass certificategiven by the secured in Yoga will not affect the result of the candidate.

Mark s G r a d e s70% and above Gr - A+60% to 69% Gr - A50% to 59% Gr - B35% to 49% Gr - CBelow 35% Gr - D

GROUP-A

(A student can opt any one of the following TRADE subjects from following Groups E. F. G & H)

B.F.C. SUBJECT TRADE SUBJECTS

Group-E, F, G & H GROUP - E (HOME - SCIENCE)

(i) Histroy 1. C. P. M

(ii) Political Science 2. C. R. M

(iii) Economics GROUP - F (HUMANITIES & OTHERS)

3. Textile Designing.

4. Tourism and Travels Technique

(GROUP - G)

FINE ARTS AND CRAFT

5. Painting

6. Graphic Art

7. Applied Art

8. Modelling Sculpture

9. Craft

(b)

[4]

S S H A

INTRODUCTION TO NEW COURSE STRUCTURE & DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS IN SUBJECT, HAVINGPRACTICALS

With the introduction of the New Course structure from the academic session 2008-09 basically to de-stress thestudents joining +2 courses under the CHSE, Orissa, there will be yearly examinations at the end of 1st year and 2ndyear classes. 1st year and 2nd year courses have been separated accordingly. The 1st Year examination will be conductedat the college / H.S. School level for 750 marks and the 2nd year examination will be conducted at the Council level for650 marks. Marks secured in the 1st year examiantion shall be considered only for promotion of students to the 2nd yearclass and will have no bearing on the terminal examiantion, conducted by the Council at the end of the 2nd year.

Pass certificates will be awarded to successful candidates basing on the performance in the Council examinationat the end of the 2nd year only.


Objective type - Compulsory1 . Multiple Choice (from all units) - 1 x 5 = 05 marks2. One word answer / very short - 1 x 10 = 10 marks



2 marks each. - 7 x 2 = 14 marks(7 to be answered out of 10 from all units)

Group CLong Type


DISTRUBUTION OF MARKS IN PRACTICAL1 . Major Experiments - 40 marks(i) Theory and Procedure - 20 marks



and inference

GROUP - H - (PREFORMING ART

10. Odissi Vocal - 11. Hindustan Vocal-

12. Chhow Dance 13. Odissi Dance

14. Pokhawaj 15. Flute

16. Violin 17. Sitar 18. Tabala 19. Drama.

[5]

S S H A

1 . Bit Experiments - 20 marksSpecimen / Sample / Sporting /any other specific project /materials preparation by the students.


100 marksExternal and Internal Examiners are requested to decide different experiments to be set during the course of

examination.

[6]

S S H A

ENGLISHCOmpulsory








[7]

S S H A




A. Prose:






B. Poems:







A. Prose:






B. Poems:






[8]

S S H A



















3. Writing Skills:








[9]

S S H A


VI. Using Graphics






4. Grammar:


Book prescribed:





II. Tense Patterns

III. Modal Verbs

IV. Prepositions

V. The Imperatives



II. Conditionals

III. The Passive


V. Interrogatives

VI. Phrasal Verbs

[10]

S S H A


















3. Writing skills






Total: 100 Marks

[11]

S S H A


















3. Writing skills






Total: 100 Marks

[12]

S S H A

M.I.L (ODIA)

















[13]

S S H A











Gjûe cìfý - 8 e





[14]

S S H A

















[15]

S S H A














Gjûe cìfý - 1x3=3, 1x3, 1x3= 9 e

[16]

S S H A









Distribution of Marks for M.I.L. (Hindi)Group - A (Objective Type)

1 . Multiple choice for all units 1x15=152. One word Answer /Correct the sentences/

Very short Answers /Fill in the Blanks 1 x 15=15

GROUP - B (SHORT TYPE)

3 . Answer wuthin two/three sentences(Out of 15 bits one has to answer 11 bits) 2x11=22(From unit I, II & III)

4. Answer within six sentences 3 x 6 =18(out of eight bits one has to answer six bits)(From unit I, II and III)

GROUP - C (LONG TYPE)7 . Out of six questions from all units 7.5 X 4 =30

one has to answer 4 questines

[17]

S S H A

M.I.L. (HINDI)+2 IInd Yr





mecHetCe& (All)


mecHetCe& (All)


mecHetCe& (All)



***

[18]

S S H A











UNIT - IIPOETRY :




[19]

S S H A

UNIT - IVGrammar













[20]

S S H A










***

[21]

S S H A








TOTAL 100 marks





[22]

S S H A



BOOKS PRESCRIBED :




[23]

S S H A








TOTAL 100 marks





[24]

S S H A








[25]

S S H A

Arts/Sc/Com Stream




Group-A 30 Marks




Total = 15 marks




Total- 18 marks




[26]

S S H A











5. Letter writing :

[27]

S S H A










Total:15 marks





[28]

S S H A
















[29]

S S H A





[30]

S S H A






: POETRY - 1X2 = 2

: SANDHI - 1X3 = 3





:POETRY - 1x3 =3


: SAMASA - 1X3 =3



GROUP -B




[31]

S S H A





GROUP - C










******

[32]

S S H A



COURSE STRUCTURE





(Textual & Outside)













[33]

S S H A















Unit - V


Books Recommended:



[34]

S S H A






: POETRY - 1X2 = 2 : SAMASA - 1X4 = 4 :





: POETRY - 1x3 =3

: SANDHI - 1X2 = 2




GROUP-B









[35]

S S H A

GROUP - C










****

[36]

S S H A




COURSE STRUCTURE





(Textual & Outside)













[37]

S S H A






02. meefvOe Sandhi








Unit - V


Books Recommenced:




[38]

S S H A











[39]

S S H A








[40]

S S H A



[41]

S S H A












[42]

S S H A











*********

[43]

S S H A
















[44]

S S H A

Unit - II



Unit - III





PROJECTS






[45]

S S H A







Book Prescribed :


[46]

S S H A



Unit - I 10 marks

CONCEPT YOGA



Unit - II 10 marks



Unit - III 10 marks

BRANCHES OF YOGA



Unit - IV 10 marks



Unit - V 10 marks








[47]

S S H A





MS-POWER POINT : Features, Uses, Menus, Toolbars, creating a presentation through auto context wizard,templates, manual slides show, saving, deleting, opening a presentation, Editing.MS-ACCESS: Data base, data base Management system, RDBMS, advantages and limitations of MS-Access, parts, tables, integrity constraints, relationship and designing tables.

I5hours

UNIT-IIIINTERNET AND COMPUTER SECURITY:

Introduction to Internet, net browsing, Emails, Networking and its types, topology, computer crime, componentsrequired for internet, saving and printing the web files.

APLLICATIONS: in Education, Medical Science, Business, Entertainment, Social services and Researchetc. 7 hours

For +2 1st year 50 marks theory examination and 50 marks practical examination.TOTAL HOURS: 30 (THEORY) AND 10 HOURS (PRACTICAL).

PRACTICALS :

DOS, Windows, MS-Office, web page, browsing, sending and creating a mailThe grade secured taking together both the theory and Project/Practical marks will be refelected in the Marks sheet andthe pass certificate of the Council.Grade A+ = 70% above, Grade A = 60% and Grade B = 50% above, Grade C = 35% above and Grade D = below 35%

[48]

S S H A

B.F.C. - IHISTORY OF INDIA

FIRST YEAR Full Marks - 50

UNIT - I1 . Sources of Indian History - (4 periods)

2. Foundation of Indian Culture : Horappan Culture, urbanisition, agriculture, Craft & Technology -( 3periods)

3 . Vedic Culture - (4 periods)

4. Jainisim & Buddisim - (4 periods)

5 . Gupta Culture - (3 periods)

UNIT - II1 . Delhi Sultanate - State & Govt. - (3 periods)

2. Culture of the Mughal Age : Religious ideas - Din - I- Ilahi, Architecture & Painting - (3periods)

3 . Revolt of 1857 - Causes & Consequences - (3 periods)

4. Struggle for Swaraj - Formation of Indian National Congress, Role of Mahatma Gandhi - (4 periods)

UNIT - III1 . The cult of Jagannath - (3 periods)

2. Formation of provience of Orissa - (3 periods)

3 . Quit India movement and its response in Orissa - (3 periods) (40 Periods)

B.F.C. - IWORLD HISTORY

SECOND YEAR Full Marks - 50

UNIT - I1 . Contribution of River Valley Civilisation - Egypt & China - 42. Age of Pericles - 23 . Julius Caesar - Career and achievement - 24. Major religion - Christianity & Islam - 4

UNIT - II1 . Renaissance in Europe - Art, Literature & Science, Geographical discoveries - 52. Industrial Revolution : Scientific & Technological developments - 23 . American war of Independence : Causes - 44. Franch Revolution of 1789 : causes - 3

UNIT - III1 . First world war - Causes - 32. Russian Revolution - Causes & Effects - 43 . Second world war - Causes - 34. United Nations : Origin, Objectives & Structures - 4

(40 - Periods)

[49]

S S H A

FIRST YEAR

Text Books Recommended :

1 . History of India - Part I & Part II

Published by Orissa State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production, Pustak Bhawan, BBSR.

SECOND YEAR

Text Books Recommended :

1. _é[ôaú AZòjûi- IWògû eûRý _ûVý_êÉK _âYd I _âKûg iõiÚû bêaùgßeö

POLITICAL SCIENCEFOUNDATION OF POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT

FIRST YEARPart - I

Full Marks - 50UNIT - I(A) Introducing Political Science (15 periods)

a . Politics and Political Science : Meaning, Nature and Scope.

b. State : Meaning, Need of the state and its elements,

Distinction between :- (i) State and Society (ii) State and Government (ii) State and Association.

(B) Understanding Constitution :

a . Constitution : Meaning and Importance Types - written and unwritten Rigid and Flexible.

b. Constitution of India : Preamble Salient features.

UNIT - II

Machinery of State - I (10 periods)

a . Legislature In India

(i) Parliament : Composition

Rajya Sabha, Lok Sabha Functions and Presiding Officers.

(ii) State Legislatures : Composition, Functions.

UNIT - III

Machinary of State - II (15 periods)

a . Executive : Functions, Types, Presidential and Parliamentary

b. Executive in India : President, Prime Minister, Council of Ministers, Governor and Chief Minister.

c . Judiciary : Importance and Functions.

d . Judiciary in India : Supreme Court, High Court Judicial Review and Independence of Judiciary. (Total - 40periods)

Books Recommended :

1 . Bureau’s Higher Secondary +2 Political Science Part - I.

aêýùeû Cycû¤còK (+2) eûRúZò aòmû _â[c bûMöPublished by Orissa State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production, Bhubaneswar.

[50]

S S H A

POLITICAL SCIENCEDEMOCRACY, NATION BUILDING AND IDEOLOGIES

SECOND YEARPart - II

Full Marks - 50UNIT - I (15 periods)(a) Democracy : Meaning, Direct and Indirect Democracy. Features of Democracy, Merits and Demerits,(b) Basic Concepts :

Law : Meaning Sources and Types.Liberty : Meaning and Types.Equality : Meaning and Types.Rights : Meaning and Types.

(c) Fundamental Rights, Fundamental Duties and Directive Principles of State Policy in the Constitution ofIndia.

UNIT - II (A) Democra tic Process (15 Periods)(a) Party system in India : Nature and General Features.(b) Public opinion : Nature and Agencies.(c) Democratic Decentralization in India : Panchayati Raj and Urban Local Bodies.(B) Nation Build ing :a) Indian Federal system, Union - State Relations, Centralising Features.(b) Nationl Integration in India.UNIT - III (10 Periods)Major Political Ideologies(a) Liberalism(b) Socia lism(c) Gandhism

Total - 40 periods

Books Recommended :

1 . Bureau’s Higher Secondary +2 Political Science Part - II.

aêýùeû Cycû¤còK (+2) eûRúZò aòmû \ßòZúd bûMöPublishedby Orissa State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production, Bhubaneswar.

BFC-III-IN ECONOMICSHUMANITIES AND COMMERCE ADMISSION BATCH 2012

FIRST YEARPart - I

ELEMENTARY MICRO ECONOMICSUNIT - I Full Marks - 50

Fundamenta l concepts and consumer is behaviour.(To be taught in 15 periods)

Basic concepts : Utility, Goods, Human Wants, Wealth Value and Price.

Laws of Consumption : Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility Law of Equi-marginal Utility.

Demand : Its meaning and Law of Demand, Price Elasticity of Demand and its determinants.

[51]

S S H A

UNIT - IIProduction, Cost, Revenue and Market s truc ture.(To be taught in 25 periods)

Production : Meaning and Law of Variable Proportions.

Cost : Money cost, Real cost, Opportunity cost, Fixed cost and Variable cost, Total cost, Average cost andMarginal cost (Short-run only)

Revenue : Total Revenue, Average Revenue and Marginal Revenue.

Supply : Meaning and Law of Supply.

Market forms : Perfect competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic competition, Price and output determination under perfectcompetition.

UNIT - IIIDistribution (15 period)

Rent : Contract Rent, Economic Rent, Recardian Theory of Rent.Wage : Money and Real wage, Determinats of real wage.Interat : Its definitions, Gross and Net interest.Profit : Its Characteristics, Gross Profit and Net Profit, Normal Profit and Abnormal Profit.

BFC-III-IN ECONOMICSINDIAN ECONOMICS, MONEY, BANKING AND

PUBLIC FINANCESECOND YEAR

Part - II Full Marks - 50

UNIT - I Indian Economics (25 periods)

Characteristics of Indian Economy, Structural changes in the Indian Economy.

Agriculture : Its importance, Causes of low productivity New Agricultural Strategy, Green Revolution.

Industry : Its importance, Industrial Policy 1956 and 1991.

Population : Demographic features of Indian economy Causes and effects of population explosion Populationcontrol measures.

Poverty and Unemployment : Their causes, Poverty-unemployment alleviation programmes.

UNIT - II Money and Banking (15 periods)

Money : Barter system and its inconveniences, Definition and functions of money, Near money.

Banking : Meaning and functions of commercial Bank Balance-sheet of Commercial Bank. Central Bank and itsfunctions.

UNIT - III Public Finance (15 periods)

Distinction between Public Finance and Private Finance, Sources of Government revenue,

Direct and Indirect Taxes : Their merits and demerits.

Public Expenditure : Plan and non-plan expenditure, Developmental and Non-Developmental expenditure.

Budget : Meaning and types of Budget (Balanced Surplus and Deficit budgets)

[52]

S S H A

CRECHE AND PRE-SCHOOL MANAGEMENTBASIC FOUNDATION COURSE

FIRST YEAR

(Theory) Part - IFull Marks - 50

1 . Early childhood Education : It’s Need, Importance and scope.

2. Child and his Behaviour :

Human Behaviour :

Psychology as a science of behaviour.

Its meaning and scope.

Methods of child study - case history abservation techniques.

Child learning process.

Nature of learning, Learning and maturation, Basic conditions. necessary for effective learning.

3 . Child and his Education :

The aims and objectives of Education.

Meaning and function of informal and Non- formal

Education. Role of a pre-school teacher .

4. Child’s Health :

Importance and condition of healthy growth.

Importance of Health Education with special reference to Pre-School Child.

5 . Pre -natal Development :

Pre-natal and Post-natal development. Factors affecting Pre-natal Development.

Mother care and some important child rearing practices.

Child rearing and child Case-Roles and responsibilities of parents and teachers.

CRECHE AND PRE-SCHOOL MANAGEMENTTHEORY

FIRST YEAR

Part - IIFull Marks - 50

Child Development :

1 . Importance of the study of child development with special reference to early childhood.

Meaning of growth and development factors affecting growth and development.

2. Psychological Development :

Social and emotional Development (Fear, Angee, Jealousy)

cognitive and Language Development.

3 . Types of play and different factor influencing children’s play concept development (piaget method)

Aesthetic development (dance, music, painting, drawing modelling etc.,

4. Exceptional children : Meaning types of exceptional children.

(i) Gifted and Disabled

(ii) Mentally retarded

(iii) Physically handicapped : such as blind deaf and dumb

[53]

S S H A

5 . Common early childhood problems

(i) Thumb - sucking

(ii) Nail biting

(iii) Bed - Wetting

(iv) Aggressian

(v) Shyness.

PRACTICAL - I

Marks - 50

The student is required to prepare relevant records of activities.

1 . abservation and recording of pre-school child’s growth of height weight and arm circumference and preparingindividual growth charts.

(for 5 children of age group

0 - 1, 1 - 2, 2 - 3, 3 - 4, 4 - 5, each) Marks 5 x 5 = 25

2. Preparing and using of toys made with low cost materials sensory, muscular, Language, intelectural andcognitive for training.

Developing a toy library submission of records.

PRACTICAL - II

Marks - 50

1 . Collection and recording of case histories are from each categories as given below : Important mile-stones ofdevelopment (including home enviroment) 5 x 2 =10

(a) a normal child (0 - 3 years and 3 - 6 years)

(b) a physically handicapped child

(0 - 3 years and 3 - 6 years)

2. Organising developmental and learning activities (Through play, games, story telling, field trips) for

(a) Sensory and mascular development (drawing, dancing, singing, painting)Marks - 10

(b) Social and emotional development (Role playing, modeling, pasting, cutting, play, peer - groupinteraction) Marks - 10

(c) Cognitive and language development (Story- telling, Pre-writing and Pre-reading skills) Marks - 10

(d) Aesthefic development - (Dramatisation, with marks, puppel - show) Observing andrecording status of the child before and after training activities.

Records should be maintained for these activities.

[54]

S S H A

2nd YearTheory - paper - I

Marks - 50Education of the Pre-School Child1 . Aims and objectives of Pre-school care and Education.

Innovations and Experiments in Pre-School care and early Childhood education.(i) Nursery (Montessari)(ii) kindergarten (Froeble)(iii) Pre-basic education (Gandhi)

2. Child care and Early Childhood Education Programmes in India.(i) Creche(ii) Anganwadi (ICDS)(iii) Balwadi(iv) ECCE Centres.

3 . Methods of Pre-School Education- Rappoart establishment with the child (At the time of admission and thereafter)- Play way approach- activity approach.

4. Organisation and management of Pre-School centre.- Physical environment.- Record Keeping- rappoart with parents and comunity members.- Planning at daily programme and implementation.

5 . Evaluation :- Concept and need of Continuous evaluation.

- Tools of Evaluation : abservation record and their interpretation.

Marks - 10

2nd YearTheory - paper - II

Marks - 50Health, Nutr i t ian and chi ld care :1 . Food and Nutrition - Definition of Food and function of food importance of Nutritian.

Nutrit ional deficiency diseases.2. Importance of breast feeding.

(i) Advantages of Mother Milk(ii) Nutrients in Mother Milk(iii) Artifical feeding - Advantages and disadvantages of artificial feeding.(iv) Meaning - Meaning and its alternatives. Basic Principles for food preparation andadministration

3 . Care of the new born baby(i) Immediate body cleaning, diet temperature regulation.(ii) Daily care of umbilicus, eye, ear, nose and mouth

[55]

S S H A

(iii) Massaging and exercise.(iv) and Cleanring.

4. Common childhood disease as(i) Meesles, Tetanus, Chicken Pox, Whooping Cough, Diptheria, Polio, T.B(ii) Diarrhoea and Dysentry - causes symptoms prevention and treatment(iii) Common childhood ailments

5 . First Aid -It’s importance, contents of the first-aid, common home remedies.Immunisation - Need and ImportanceTypes of vacines, immunisation Schedule

Practical - paper - IMarks - 100

(1) - to observe teacher-pupil interaction.- to establish rapporut with the pupils.- to help adjustment of the pupils in the class room situation.- to conduct games, creative activities, songs, dance etc with the children- to use hand made toys and to examine their effect iveness- to prepare charts, models etc as instructional aids for children- To prepare records and register for pre-school management such as health record, teachers -daily,admission registers, attendance register stock register etc.

2. Co-operation with the communityA student is requested to carring out

i) Home visits and guidance to parentsii) Servey of the locality relating to children of creche and Pre-school age gapiii) Organising Parent’s meetingiv) Organising and Exhibiting childrens performancev) Celebrating festival in the centre or co-operation with the community

Record should be maintained for all the above activities.

Practical - paper - IIMarks - 100

(1) Observation of new born and Premature babies in hospitals

Discussion with the mother and observation should be recorded (one case) 10 Marks

(2) Feeding bottle sterilization and preparation of milk formula and its record. 15 Marks

(3) Meaning food preparation and its record 15 Marks

(4) Maintain health and inemunisation cards of a pre-school child

15 Marks

(5) Case study of a nutritional deficient child and its record

15 Marks

[56]

S S H A

(6) Discuss with parents regarding common ailments and Comunicable diseases their prevention and managementpreparation of report (0-3 one case) (3-6 one case) 15 Marks

(7) Demonstrate the oral rehydration formula to parents and community

CRM-TRADE : 1ST YEARTheory - paper - I

FOOD PRODUCTIONTOTAL PERIODS= 40

Marks - 50(i) Objectives of Cooking (2 Periods)(ii) Methods and Principles of Cooking Food (4 Periods)

Moist heat, dry heat, microwave cooking(iii) Vegetables (2 Periods)

Classification of vegetables, cuts of vegetables, methods of cooking, changes during cooking.(iv) Stocks and sauces (6 Periods)

(a) Stock : Definition, ciassification, preparation & uses of stock(b) Sauce : Importance, Basic mother sauces with derivatives and uses, standard recipes,

(v) Soup (4 Periods)Classification with examples Basic recipes, Garnishes and accompaniments of different soups.

(vi) Eggs (4 Periods)Structure of egg, Selection of Egg, Uses of egg, cooking of egg, different egg preparation.

(vii) Fish (2 Periods)Classification, selection, cuts, cooking of fish (effect of heat)

(viii) Cereal and pulse cooking (2 Periods)Varieties of cereals and pulses, cooking of cereal and pulses.

(ix) Testure, consistencies, techniques used during pre preparation and preparation of food affecting texture andconsistencies. (2 Periods)

(x) Kitchen Staff organization (4 Periods)Kitchen Brigade, Duties and responsibilities of different kitchen staff.

(xi) Basic Culinary terms - Cookery, Bakery (4 Periods)(xii) Importance of Hygiene in food Preparation

Personal Hygiene and General Hygiene. (4 Periods)

CRM-TRADE : 1ST YEARTheory - paper - II

FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICETOTAL PERIODS =40

Marks - 50(i) Introduction to Catering Industry (5 Periods)

(a) Types of Catering Establishment(b) Career Opportunities

(ii) Staff Organisation in Restaurants (4 Periods)

Hierarcny, Organistaion Chart, Duties & Responsibilities of different categories of staffs.

(iii) Attributes of a Waiter (3 Periods)

[57]

S S H A

Personal attributes - do’s and Don’ts

Personal hygiene : its importance

(iv) Restaurant Equipment (6 Periods)

Crockery, Cutlery, Tableware, Glassware, Linen, Furniture, special equipment

(v) Restaurant Service (5 Periods)

Mis-en-place, Mis-en-scene, Setting Covers, Receiving Guest

Service at table, rules for laying the table, Rules to be observaed while waiting at the table.

(vi) Types and styles of Service (4 Periods)

English, French, Russian, American, Gueridon, Cafeteria, Snack bar. Buffet, Banquet, Fast Food service,Bar Service

(vii) Types of Catering Organisations (8 Periods)

Commercial, Welfare, Transfort (Air, Rail, Ship)

(viii) Menu (5 Periods)

Types of Menu, french Classical menu. Its courses

CRM-TRADE : 1ST YEARPractical - paper - I

FOOD PRODUCTIONTOTAL PERIODS= 40 X4 =150

Marks - 50Familiarization with the equipment, tools and utensils

Cutting of vegetables.

Indian Prepara t ions

Rice : Different varieties (Boiled rice, Lime rice, curd rice, khichdi, poongal, pulau, biriyani)

Breads : Chapatis, Parathas (plain & and stuffed), Poories, Bhaturas

Dal : 6 varieties (different varieties of dal-plain masala dals, sambar, rasam dals with vegetables etc.,

Vegetables : 10 varieties (Dry, curry, basked, fried, kormas, paneer dishes etc)

Eggs : 3 varieties (Curry, Bhujit etc)

Fish : 3 varieties (Fried, curres, Regional speciality)

Meat / Poultry : 6 varieties (Dry, with masala, curries, fried, cutlets, regional speciality)

Snacks : 10 varieties (including pakoras, bondas, samosa, upuma, vadas dosa, idlies, chat, Regional specialtyetc)

Chutney, Raita : Ten varieties

Sweets : 10 varieties (including halwas, kheer, burfies, ladoos, gulabjamoon, rasgulla etc.,)

NB- Each practical- 4 periods

20 - Indian Menu Practical

20- Western Menu Practical with demonstrations and guided practice

Each Menu consists of

Indian Menu

Indian Bread

Rice

[58]

S S H A

Main Dish (Veg/Non Veg)

Vegetable Sweet

Contrental Menu

Holds over/ samp

Main Dish- with

auompaniments

vegetable

Rice/Pas ta /Pa ta to/Sweet

Western Preparat ions

Basic Stocks : White stock, brown stock, fish stock, chicken stock, vegetable stock

Basic sauces : Bechamel, Voloute, Tamato, Espagnole, Holandaise, Mayonnaise

Soups : Broths, Cream soups (5 varieties)

Fish : Fried fish (orly, Colbert, meuniere, anglaise)

Meat : 3 varieties for each type of meat including organ meats (ex, Stews, cutlets)

Vege tables : 5 var ie t ies of vagetables preparat ions to be served as a main dish. Vege tables Served a saccompaniments with meat and fish dishes (ex. Boiled, glazed, sauted gratinated etc)

Potatoes : Boiled, creamed, baked, roast and fried potato, preparations

Salads : 6 classical salads with basic salad dressings

sandwitches : 5 types of sandwitches with different fillings

Sweets : 5 varieties of hot sweets.

5 varieties of cold sweets (including trifle, fruit salad, mousse, jelly, custards etc)

Eggs : Diferent types of preparing egges (ex. Boiled, poached, fried, omlets, scrambled etc.)

CRM-TRADE : 1ST YEARPractical - paper - II

FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICETOTAL PERIODS: (40 X2)=80

Marks - 50(i) Description and Drawing of Table equipment with sizes. (5 Periods)

CutleryCrockeryFurnitureSpecial Equipment

(ii) Nise-en-place (10 Periods)Cleaning and polishing restaurant equipment made of silver, glass, wood, copper, brass and steel, stainremoval and cleaning linen.Laying and arrangement of side boardLaying and relaying of table clothLaying and relaying of covers

[59]

S S H A

Different verieties and sizes of cover(iii) Serving the Meal (4 Periods)

Welcomming and seating a guestPresentation of MenuHow to take and record an orderService of dishes according to order

(iv) Napkin folding (3 Periods)Demostration & Practice

(v) Types of service : Layout and service of (4 Periods)Classical HordsdoeuvresNational and International soupsOther special dishesChee se

(vi) Layout for Tray Service (6 Periods)Tray arrangement, loading and carrying for Breakfasts, Afternoon Teas,Lunch, dinner and snacks

(vii) Service of Breakfast (4 Periods)table cover and service for different types of Breakfast

(viii) Service of Beverages ( Periods)Hot BeveragesCold Beverage and juicesAerated waters and squashesMineral waters

CRM-TRADE : 2ND YEARTheory - paper - I

FOOD PRODUCTIONTOTAL PERIODS= 40

Marks - 50(i) Food Commodities (3 Periods)

Brief knowledge of perishable and non-perishable food materials, selection, storage(ii) Salads and salad dressings

Classification and types of salads, Parts of Salad, Different classical salads, Salad dressings (2 Periods)(iii) Leavening Agents (1 Periods)

Different leavening agents, their uses(iv) Meat (4 Periods)

Types of meat, cuts of meat (lamb, mutton, pork, poultry, game), their methods of cooking(v) Regional cuisine of India (15 Periods)

Oriya, Bengal, Awadh, Mughlai, Hyderabad, Kashmiri, Gujurati, Maharastrian, punjabi, South India, IndianBread, Sweets and Snacks.

(vi) Basic Chinese cooking (4 Periods)(vii) Accompaniments and Garnishes (2 Periods)(viii) Convenience foods (1 Periods)

[60]

S S H A

(ix) Basic Bakery (8 Periods)Basic principles of baking, Different types of bread and methods of preparation, faults and remedies.Different types of pastry, preparation, fault and remedies.Different types of cake, preparation, faults and remedies.Different types of Biscuits and cookies, preparation, faults and remedies.

CRM - TRADE : 2ND YEARTheory - paper - II

FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICETOTAL PERIODS=40

Marks - 50(i) Non Alcoholic Beverages (3 Periods)

Classification, Stimulating, Nourishing, RefreshingTea - Types and preparationCoffee - Types and preparation

(ii) Alcoholic Beverages (1 Periods)Introduction, Classification.

(iii) Wines (6 Periods)Types, General Manufacture, Service

(iv) Spirits (8 Periods)Classification, Manufacture, Alcoholic contents, Service knowledge about different spirits

(v) Beer : Manufacture, types storage, service (2 Periods)(vi) Bar Operations (6 Periods)

Main Bar, Dispense Bar, equipment required(vii) Banquets (2 Periods)

Types, Sitting arrangements, Service in different types of banquets(viii) Buffet (2 Periods)

Types of Buffet, Buffet menu, Buffet operation(ix) Outdoor Catering (2 Periods)

Planning for outdoor catering, check-lists(x) Control System (4 Periods)

Necessity, KOT, Bills and procedures, standard(xi) Breakfast & High tea (4 Periods)

Types of breakfast, Breakfast service in room, Table service of Breakfast, Setting of Breakfast buffet, Breakfastand high tea menus.

[61]

S S H A

CRM-TRADE : 2ND YEARPractical - paper - I

FOOD PRODUCTION

INDIANTOTAL= (40 X4) = 160 PERIODS

Marks - 100Tandoor Items :

Breads - Naan, rotis, roomaliesFish - 3 varieties (including tikkas, masala stuffed fish)Meat/Poultry - 2 mughlai specialties, different types of kebabs, tandoori chicken

Bakery :Bread - Different types of breads : plain bread, enriched bread roll (different shapes), crusty breadCak e s - Sponge, Madeira cake, angel cake, fruit cake, chocolate cake, swiss roolIcings - Butter and glacedBiscuits/Cookies - 4 varietiesPa s t r i e s - short crust, flaky / puff pastry : patties choux pastry-eclairs

WESTERN

Derivatives of basis saucesHorsd’ oeuvre - 3 varieties of classical horsd’ oeuvreSoups - Consomme - 3 varietiesChicken - 5 varieties (Maryland, kiev etc., including classical styles of preparation)Sa l ads - 3 decorative saladsSwee t s - 7 varieties including charlotte, souffles (hot and cold), pancakes, fritters, bavarois etc.

CHINESE

Soups - 4 varietiesNoodles and Rice - 4 varietiesChicken and meat - 4 varietiesFish - 4 varieties

P r a c t i c a lEach Class constition 4 periods

15- Indian Menu10- Backery

10-Western Menu5- Chiness Menu

With demonstrations and guided practice.

[62]

S S H A

CRM TRADE : 2ND YEARPractical - paper - II

FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICETOTAL PERIODS= 80(40X2)

Marks - 100(i) Revision of Mise-en-place, Serving Meals, Napkin folds (5 Periods)(ii) Service of Alcoholic Drinks (10 Periods)

Presentation of menusOrder taking practical for alcoholic beveragesService of wine (presentation, opening wine bottle and service)Service of spiritsService of Liquors, Cocktails and Aperitifs

(iii) Restaurant Organisation (4 Periods)Model sketch of staff Roasters and Restaurant diary(Drawing of plans for different types of restaurant includingBar/cocktail bar and orchestra stage etc.)

(iv) Banquets (7Periods)Drawing of Table Plans, Banquet memorandum, arrranging place cards in order.Sitting arrangements and service for different types of banquets /function

(v) Buffets (8 Periods)Drawing of layout for different types of buffets : wedding reception, tea and dinner buffets with differents ta tions

(vi) Planning for different outdoor catering services (6 Periods)

LIST OF REFERENCE BOOKS(FOOD PRODUCTION)

Sl NoName of Book Author Pub l i s h e r1 . Practical Cookery Victor Ceserani & ELBS

Ronald kinton2. Theory of Catering Victor Ceserani & ELBS

Ronald kinton3 . Theory of Cookery Mrs. K. Arora frank Brothers4. Modern cookery for

teaching & trade Vol I & II Thangam Philip Orient Longman5 . Herrings Dictionary of

Classical & Mordern Walter BickelCookery

6. Chef manual of kitchen Fuller, Johnmanagement

7 . The Professional Chif Le Rol A. Polsom8 . The Book of Ingredients Jane Grigson9. Indian Food Oxford K.T. Acharya

[63]

S S H A

1 0 . Art of Indian Cookery Rocky Mohan, Roli1 1 . Prasad-Cooking with

Mast ers J.Inder Singh Kalra Aller Publisher Pvt.1 2 . Larousse Gastronomique-

Cookery Encyclopedia Paul Hamlyn1 3 . The complete Giude to

the Art of Morden Cookery Escoffier1 4 . Professional Chef Sara swat

LIST OF REFERENCE BOOKS(FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICE)

Sl No Name of Book Author Pub l i s h e r

1 . Mordern Restaurant

Service John Fuller Hutchinson

2. Food & Beverage Service

Training manual Sudir Andrews Tata Megraw Hill

3 . The waiter A.C. Curry & Stering book House

John Fuller Mumbai

4. Wines and spirits A.L. Simon Charles Skilton

5 . Food and Beverage Richard Kotas International Text

Control Benard Davis Book Co

6. Food & Beverage Service D.R. Lillicrap Edward Arnold

7 . Food Service Facility Eward Kazarian The AVI Publishers

Planning Co. west port Connecticut

8 . The Waiter & Waitress Dahmer Van Nostrand,

Training manual Reinhold Newyork

9. Bar Service J.H. Coombs Barrie and JenkiPublishers London

10 . Catering Food and Mcdonald & Evans The Mande

Drinks Book IIand

1 1 . Food & Beverage Institute of American

management & Service Hotel and Hotel Association

12 . Professional Food & Brain Varghese

Beverage Service Management

1 3 . Master Dictionary of Joyee Rubash

Food and Wines

1 4 . Profitable Menu Planning John Drysale

1 5 . Running your restaurant R.H. Johnson Hutchinson

16 . Running your own Pub Stanley Wright Hutchinson

[64]

S S H A

1 7 . Principles of Food, Paul R.Dittmer

Food & Beverage &

Labour costs in

Food Service Organisation

1 8 . Controling & Analysing Elmer Kalio Sons Inc

cost in Food & services

Operations

1 9 . Food Service Institutions West, word & Harger John Willy &Sons Sydney

Shilendral Nath

20. Hotel Feasibility Report Pandit Hotel Publ. New Delhi

2 1 . Catering Management an Surjeet Malhan

Integrated Approach

TEXTILE DESIGNING (T.D)COURSE STRUCTURE

1st Year (XI class)

Theory - I Testile Science Full Marks - 50

Theory - II Testile Science & Dyeing Full Marks - 50

Practical - I Fibre and Fabric Full Marks - 50

Practical - II Textikles Full Marks - 50

Total Marks - 200

2nd Year (XI class)

Theory - I Basic Testile Designing Full Marks - 50

Theory - II Enterpreurship &

Testile Management Full Marks - 50

Practical - I Dyeing & Printing Full Marks - 100

Practical - II Fabric Designing Full Marks - 100

Total Marks - 300

CLASS - XIPaper - I

Text i le Science

Theory

50 Marks

Unit - I 10 c lasesClassification and identification of Testile fibres.

- Natural Cellulosic Fibres

- Natural Protein Fibres

[65]

S S H A

- Man made fibres

- Mineral and Miscellaneous fibres

Classification of yarns

- Simple, Fancy or Complex yarns

- Spinning methords

- Yarn making

- Twist in yarn, yarn strength and yarn count

Unit - II (8 c lases)Loom - History, Types, Parts

Primary motions - Shedding, Picking, Battening

Secondary motions - Taking up and letting off

Count of the cloth - Warp and weft

Preparation of warp

Weaves - Basic and fancy weave

Basic - Plain, Twill, Satin and Sateen weave Fancy - Jacguard, dobby, Lano etc.

Knitting - PurI, Knit and their variation

Unit - III (12 c lases)Finishes

Preliminary treatment (Basic)

Bleaching, Scouring, singeing

Mechanical finishes - Beetling

Brushing and shearing - Calendaring, Tentering, Moireing, Embossing, Glazing, Napping, Weighting, Sizing, Sanforizing.

Chemical finish - Mercerizing, Crease resistant finish, Water proof and water repellant, flame proof.

CLASS - XIPaper - II

Textile Science & Dyeing

Theory

50 Marks

10 clases

Unit - IDyes

Classification - Vegetable, animal and mineral dyes

Artificial dyes synthtic dyes

(i) Direct dyes or salt dyes

(ii) Bas ic dyes

(iii) Acid dyes

(iv) Sulphur

(v) Mordant

[66]

S S H A

(vi) Vat

(vii) Developed colour

Unit - II 8 c lasesChemical constitution and theory of dyeing

Chemistry of dyeing

Dyeing of different textile libres and fabrics

Stages of dyeing (stock, top, Yarn, piece, union, cross and dope)

Resist Dyeing

(i) Tie and Dye

(ii) Bat ik

Unit - III 12 c lasesPrinting

General theories & printing

Types - Hard printing - Block and Screen

Machine printing - Direct roller, Printing,discharge printing, resist

printing, pigment printing.

Method of printing

Auxiliaries used in printing

Stains - Classification : Animal, Vegetable, Oil based and mineral

Removal of staine

Precautionary measures.

CLASS - XIPaper - I

Te x t i l e s

Prac t i ca l

20 Clases per week

01 clases = 3 periods

50 Marks

Unit - I 2 c lases- Parts of Handloom & their functions

Unit - II 8 c lases- Knitting and Knotting

- Basic Ribbing

- 4 types of Designs

- Knitting Booties / Socks for Baby

- Knitting of Bonnet for Baby

- Carpet making by knotting

Unit - III 2 c lases- Count and Balance of cloth of various types of fabrics

[67]

S S H A

Unit - IV 8 c lases- Finishing

- Sizing

- Bleaching

- Preparation of stiffening agents and their application.

CLASS - XIPaper - II

Fibre and Fabric

Prac t i ca l

50 MarksUnit - I

- Identification of Different Textile Fibre 6 clases(Cotton, Silk, Wool)

- Visual Inspection- Microscopic test- Burning test- Solubility test

Unit - II 4 clases- Study of yarns- Simple - Single, Ply, Cord, core- Complex - Slub, Flock- Twist type - ‘Z’ and ‘S’ twist

Unit - III 6 clases- Weavs- Samples of plain, Twill and Satin weave and its variation to be prepared- Collection of sample of weaves

Unit - IV 4 clases- Stain Removal- Method of stain Removal- Animal stain - Blood, perspiration- Vegetable - Grass, Fruits juice, curry- Oil based - Grease, paint, Lipstic- Mineral - Iodine, Rust, Ink red / Blue- Miscellaneous - Nail polish, Scorch

[68]

S S H A

CLASS - XIPaper - I

Basic Text ile Designing

Theory

30 Clases per week

1 clases = 3 periods

50 Marks

Unit - I Indian Traditional Textiles 12 c lses

Woven - Patola, Pochampalli, Bandha, Bomkei, Brocades, Chanderi, Paithani, Himru, Maheswari,Jamdhani etc.

Printed - Sanganeri, block, Khadi,

Embroidered : Kasida, Chikankari, Kantha, Chamba,Kasuti, Applique. Kutch and Kathiawar, phulkari,Manipur, embroidery

Printed - Kalamkari, Madhubani

Plain woven fabrics - Dacca Muslin, Calico & chintz, Tassar, Kota, Doria

Design types : Placement, motif and its classification

Unit - II Design perspective

1 . Perspective, Rendering Techniques of composition, interpretation of design, filling of simple shapes

2. Relation of craft technique to drawing & designing on textile artcles understanding the repeats in terms ofbasic fabric structure.

3 . Placement of design : all over,scattered, corner, central border etc. Arrangement of figure and pattern.

- Layout of different articles

Unit - III1 . Origin, histroy & technique of the following traditional and creative crafts :-

Batik, Tie & Dye, Stencil, Hard painting (Fabric), Flock transfer

2. Use of computer in Textile Designing.

CLASS - XIIPaper - II

Entrepreneursh ip and Text ile uni t Management

Theory

50 Marks

Unit - I 1 2 c la s e s

Terminology and concept of Retailing and Merchandising

- Meaning and scope of Business

- Definition of Business Activities

(Trade, Industry, Commerce and Direct Service)

- Characteristics of Market

Creation of utility, Enterprise, Profit, calsulation, Risk,factors and future success, Exchange of moneyand sale

[69]

S S H A

Unit - II

- Definition and Types of Business 6c la s e sIndividual,PartnershipCo-operativePrivate and Public Limited

Unit - III Production Management 1 2 c la s e s(Handloom and power loom sector)- Location of Unit.- Land- Communication- Factors for selection- Availability of Raw Materials- Proximity of market- Availability of Technical Services- Cheap and skilled labourer

- Power and Fuel.

CLASS - XIIPaper - I

Dye ing and P rint ingP r a c t i c a l

30 Clases per week1 c lases= 3 per iods

100 MarksUnit - I 6 clases

- Dying with Indegeneous Dyes- Preparation of cloth- Application of dye-

Pomergranate, Henna, Turmeric and other flower andVegetables (4 types)Unit - II 10 c lases

- Batik Dyeing’- Preparation of Cloth and Design- Wax throwing and splashing- Single colour / Multi Colour- Cracks- De waxing and Ironing

Unit - III 6 c lases- Tie and Dye- Preparation of sample- Folding and knotting- Stiching and Bandha- Dyeing

Unit - IV 4 c lases- Stencil Painting- Preparation of Stencils

[70]

S S H A

- Printing by spraying- Printing by Drybrush, sponge

Unit - V 4 c la s e s- Block Printing- Preparation of Dye- Application of Block on gabric- Hand printing

CLASS - XIIPaper - II

Febric DesigningPract i ca l

100 MarksUnit - I (4 clases)

- Elements of Design and their application(Line, Form, Shape, Texture, Value, Pattern)

- Principles of Design(Harmony, Emphasis, Proportion, Balance and Rhythm)

- Design types - Strctural and Decorative- Colour Schemes and their application

Unit - II (8 clases)- Hand Embroidery- Samples of Basic stitches

(Running, Back, Herring bore, Fly, cable, Knot, French knot, Feather, Filling and chikankari)- Make an album of Indian Embroidery

Unit - III (8 clases)- Woven Designs- Selection of Warp and weft- Development of step pattern- Development of stripped Design- Development of checked Design

Unit - IV (6 clases)- Preparation of suggested themes for designing- Natural- Floral- Birds and Animals- Traditionsl- Tribal / Folk art- Geometric

Unit - V (4 clases)- Apparel Designing- For Children - 2 types- For Adolescents - 2 types.

[71]

S S H A

TOURISM AND TRAVEL TECHNIQUE1ST YEAR

ELEMENTS OF TOURISM(Theory) Paper - I

50 - MarksConcept of Tourism :

Concept and meaning of Tourism, Brief Histroy of Travel & Tourism, Definition of Domestic and International Tourists,Inbound and Outbound Tourists, Benefits of Tourism, Motivation for Travel and tourism.

Tourism Industry :

Nature and Characteristics; Constituents of Tourism

(i) Tourism Attraction, (ii) Accommodation, (iii) Catering

(iv) Shopping (v) Entertainment, (vi) Transport, (vii) Guiding

Tourism Organizat ion :

Role and Function of National Tourist Organisations, ITDC, State Tourism Departments and Corporations, NationalTrade Associations (IATO, TAAI, FHRAI), International Organizations : (WTO, WTTC, PATA)

Computer Applicat ions in Tourism

Basic of Computers : Components of Computers, Operating Systems DOS, WINDOWS, M.S. Office, Types ofLanguages and Packages. Application of omputers : Word Processing, Spread Sheet, Website & E.mail.

1ST YEARTRAVEL TRADE

(Theory) Paper - II

50 - MarksRole & Functions of Travel Trade

Definition of Travel Agency, Different between Travel Agency & Tour Opertor, Organisation of package Tours, SpecialInterest Tours like Incentive Tours, Adventure Tours, Conducted Tours. Passport, Visa, Entry formali ties & CargoHandling Conferences and Conventions, Preparation of Itineraries

ACCOMMODATION AND HOSPITALITY OPERATIONS

Hotel Industry :

Classification & Type of Hotels, Components of Hotel, Alternatives Hotel.

Front Office Opera t ions :

Organization of Front office, Manpower Development, Functions, Reservation and Reception, Cash and BillingCorddinatiom with other Departments, Guest Handling Procedure, Check-in and check-out.

House Keeping :

Meaning and Objectives, Organizational Structure, Duties and Responsibilities of Housekeeping Staff.

Food and Beverage Serv ices :

Meaning Manpower Structure, Menu, Restaurant Layout, Kitchen Layout

[72]

S S H A

2ND YEARTOURISM PRODUCTS

(Theory) Paper - Ipart -I

50 - MarksIntroduction :

Meaning and Concept of Tourism Attractions & Products, Types of Products- Natural Man-made andOtherProducts.

Natura l :Beaches - Kovalam, Calangute, Puri, Gopalpur, Marina, Chandipur;Lakes & Lagoons - Chilika, Dal, UdayapurRivers : Mahandhi, The Ganga, Godavari, Narmada, Yamuna, BrahmaputraForest & Wildlife - Kaziranga, Bhitarkanika, Jim Corbett, Similipal;Hill Station - Shimla, Manali, Kodaikanal, Ooty, Darjiling, Shillong, Mahabaleswar Land and landscapes,Is lands.

Man-made :Buddist Resources : Bodhagaya, Sarnath, Udayagiri, Lalitgiri, Ratnagiri, Dhauli, Sanchi, Ajanta, Hindu :Four Dhams - Badrinath, Ramesnwaram, Puri, Dwarka, 12 Jyotirilingas, Vaishnoodevi & Tirupati, Temple -Khajuraho, Ellora, Bhubaneswar, Madurai, mamallapuram ; Sikhism : Amritsar, Islamic - Ajmer, Delhi (RedFort & Qutaminar) Agra & Fatehpur Sikri, Jain - Srabanbelgola & Khandagiri.

Other :Amusement Parks : Essel World, water Kingdom, Nicco Park; Museum & Art Galleries : National Museum,Kolkata, Salarjung Museum, Hydarabad, State Museum, Bhubaneswar, Prince of Wales, Mumbai; Fair &Festivals - Rath Yatra, Kumbh Mela,Pushkar, Konark Festival, Taj Mohotsav, Surajkund, Omam, Pongal,Bihu & Baisakhi, Khajuraho Festival; Shopping : Handicrafts & Handloom Products,Souvenir Shops & ShoopingArcades, Sports and Adventure Events; Planetariums.

2ND YEARTOURISM PROMOTION & MARKETING

(Theory) Paper - II

In troduc tion

Definition of Marketing, Understanding Tourism Market, Difference between Selling and Marketing; Specialfeature of Tourism Marketing; Marketing Concepts, Elements of Marketing.

Market Segmentat ion and Target Market ing

Market Segmentation, Identifying Target Market, Profile of Tourists and Tourism Generating Markets

Marketing Mix :

Concept and Elements of Marketing Mix - Product, Price, Place, Promotion; Participation in Tourism Fairsand Travel Marts.

Tourism Communicat ion

Meaning & Importance of Tourism Communication, Forms of Communication : Advertising, Publicity, TravelLiterature, Personal Selling, Press and Media and Public Relations.

[73]

S S H A

1ST YEARELEMENTS OF TOURISM

Paper - I

PRACTICAL

50 - MarksPrac t i ca l

1 . Visit to the local Tourism Office of your State to know their duties and functions, demand, infrastructuralfacilities, types of tourists visiting different places and prepare a report.

2. Make a survey of any10 tourist visiting your State, to know their perceptions about vailability of accommodation,transportation and other infrastructural facilities and prepare a report.

3 . Visit of Travel Agency / TourOperator to know about the motivation of different types of tourists visitingdifferent places & prepare a report.

4. Preparation of a consolidated Project Report &Presentation.

COMPUTER APPLICATION IN TOURISM

1 . Practical on PC awareness and usability

2. Typing Letters, knowledge of Fax, Internet and E.mail

3 . Preparation of Mailing List of Customers

4. Storage and Retrieval of information of cusromers and creation of data base.

1ST YEARTRAVEL TRADE

Paper - II

PRACTICAL

50 - MarksPract ica l :

1 . Visit to the Office of an Airline / Travel Agency to study its functions and working patterns (Especially relatingto Tour Packages / Marketing Strategy, Passport & Visa Formalities, Entry / Exit Formalities, CurrencyRegulations, etc.)

2. Reading the Airlinee and Railway Time Table to know the types of aircraft and trains, class of travel, types offares, etc.

3 . Preparation of Itineraries

4. Practical exercise to study check-in / check - out procedures of hotels.

5 . Preparation of Project Report and Presentation.

[74]

S S H A

2ND YEARTOURISM PRODUCTS(Practical) Paper - I

100 - Marks

Prca tica l :

1 . To locate major tourist destinations of india map and indicate adjoining places of tourist interest.

2. Prepare a report by identifying motivation of 10 tourist vistiting a destination.

3 . Visit a place of interest in your region and prepare a write-up.

4. Witness a festival of your locality and prepare a write - up.

2ND YEARTOURISM PROMOTIONS & MARKETING


100 - Marks

Practical : II

1 . Make a Survey of tourists at a tourist centre.

2. To conduct sightseeing tours for local boys and girls to a tourist place.

3 . Collection of brochure from Touristoffices, hotels, etc. to understand how promotional activities of tourism arebeing undertaken and analyze their utility.

4. Collection of advertisements from newspapers, magazines and making an analysis of the same.

1ST YEARART & CRAFT VOC

Theory - I (PAINTING)

Marks - 50Time - 2.30 hrs

3 PM to 4 PM: MONDAY, WEDNESDAY, FRIDAY 3 PM to 4 PM1 . (a) Pre Historic Cave Art.

(b) Arts of Indus Valley Civilisation.(c) Udayagiri and Khandgiri.

1ST YEARART & CRAFT VOC

Theory - II (PAINTING)


3 PM to 4 PM: TUESDAY, THURSDAY, SATURDAY 3 PM to 4 PM(a) Mauryan Art (Symbolic Art)(b) Sunga Period (sanchi and Bharht Art)

[75]

S S H A

1ST YEAR(PAINTING)Practical I

Marks - 50Time - 4 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 3 PM

1 . Study indoor(a) Still life and Antique study in pencil and Drawing media.

(b) Drawing from human figure based on general forms and gestures.

(c) Study (out door) Nature study Animal. Birds, Flower and flowers and foliages in pencil and drawingmedia.

(d) Composition. Academic and creative Composition on geometric forms. Natural forms subject of everyda y life in pencil, Crayon pestal and water colour.

(e) Introduction of elements of prospective study of Basic solid plan and elevation.

1ST YEARPAINTINGPractical - II

Marks - 50

Time - 4 hrs


1 . (a) Drawing from old master copy. Still life and Artique study in pestal and water colour.

(b) Study (out door) Study from nature. Human figure Animal, Birds, Flower and foliages in Pestal andcolour.

(c) Composition, Creative Composition based on geometrical, forms natural forms, subjects from everyday life in pencil, Cryon, pestal and water colour.

(d) Drawing and sketches from nature and everyday lives.

2ND YEARPAINTINGTheory - I

Marks - 50

Time - 2.30 hrs

10.A.M to 11 A.M : MONDAY, WEDNESDAY, FRIDAY

(a) Kusan Art (Mathura and Gadhar)

(b) Ravanchhaya of Sitavinji and Art of Amaravati.

(c) Art of Gupta Sculpture

(d) Ajanta Painting

(e) Preparation of oil Canvas painting & water Colour.Painting, India Art ground and Colour application

[76]

S S H A

2ND YEARPAINTINGTheory - II

Marks - 50

Time - 2.30 hrs

10.A.M to 11 A.M : TUESDAY, THURSDAY, SATURDAY(a) Biranchi Narayan temple & Buguda.(b) Patta Painting of Orissa.(c) Painting of India and foriegn painting.

2ND YEARPAINTINGPractical - I

Marks - 100

Time - 4 hrs


1 . (a) Drawing from old master, Still life and Antique study in pestal and water colour.

(b) Study from nature. Composition, Animal, Birds, Flower and foliages in Pestal Colour.

(c) Creative Composition in oil colour study of indoor articles water colour.

(d) Indian painting of Orissan Art and Culture, with water colour. Lake Colour.2ND YEARPAINTINGPractical - IIMarks - 100

Time - 4 hrsEvery Working days 11 AM to 4 PM

1 . (a) Oil colour composition of Temple study, nature study.(b) Water colour Composition Antique modes. Historical monuments.(c) Drawing and Sketches from out door and indoor. Geometrical forms.

1ST YEARGRAPHIC ART

Theory - I

Marks - 50

Time - 2.30 hrs


1 . (a) Pre Historic cave Art of Orissa.

(b) Arts of Indus Valley & Civilisation.

(c) Khanda Giri and Udayagiri.

[77]

S S H A

1ST YEARGRAPHIC ART

Theory - IIMarks - 50

Time - 2.30 hrsEvery Working days 10 AM to 4 PM

1 . (a) Art of Gupta Period.(b) Ajanta Painting.(c) Biranchi Naryan Temple of Buguda.

1ST YEARGRAPHIC ART

Practical - IMarks - 50


1 . (a) Study (indoor) Still life , Antique study in Pencil and pen & ink.(b) Nature study Human, Animal, Birds Flower, foliges etc.(c) Drawing from nature in paper cut B/W.

1ST YEARGRAPHIC ART

Practical - IIMarks - 50Time - 4 hrs


1 . Study Still life , Antique study in Pencil monocromic water colour drawing.2. Out door study from nature, Human, Animal Birds Flower, foliges and mix media monocromic water colour

s t udy.3 . Creative Composition in paper cut B/W with light and shade.

2ND YEARGRAPHIC ART

Theory - IMarks - 50


1. Kedar Gauri Rajarani Temple and Temples of Orissa. 2. Mauryan Art Symbolic. 3. Sunga Period (Sanchi and Barahut Art). 4. Kusan Art.

[78]

S S H A

2ND YEARGRAPHIC ART

Theory - II

Marks - 50

Time - 2 hrs


1. Westen Art

2. Pre Historic Cave Art.

3. Egyption Art

4. Summerian Art

5. Gothic Art.2ND YEAR

GRAPHIC ARTPractical - I

Marks - 100

Time - 4 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Paper cut B/W in light and shade.2. Pen and ink study in out door and indoor.3 . Wood engraving B/W simple from of Human and nature land scape.

2ND YEARGRAPHIC ART

Practical - IIMarks - 100

Time - 4 hrs


1 . Paper cut in B/W with light shade of verious forms of Human & animal.2. Paper cut of landscape and Nature study.3 . Wood cut of two colour drawing.4. Composition of daily life in wood cut in B/W colour.

1ST YEARCOMMERCIAL ART / APPLIED ART

Theory - IMarks - 50

Time - 2.30 hrs 1. Pre Historic Cave Art of Orissa. 2. Art of Indus Valley Civilisation. 3. Khandagiri & udayagiri. 4. Ravanchhaya of Sitavingi and Art of Amaravati.5 . Art of Gupta Periods.

[79]

S S H A

1ST YEARCOMMERCIAL ART

Theory - II

Marks - 50

Time - 2.30 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. Birenchi narayana temple of Buguda. 2. Ajanta Painting. 3. kushan Art. 4. Bryzantine Art. 5. Renaissance Art.


Practical - I

Marks - 50

Time - 4 hrs


1. Study of two dimensional and its organisational space and its organisational possiblities, still life and Antiquestudy in pencil and Drawing media.

2. drawing from old master.

3 . Nature study Human figure Animal figure, Birds and monocrimic media.

4. Creative Composition by Collected materials and pesting from News paper, magazines copy from the magazinewith Captions in monocromic colour letter, Design.

5 . lettering of various types of English, Oriya,, Hindi and Other language.


Practical - IIMarks - 50Time - 4 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. Drawing from old master, still life Antique monocromic, study of verious types of object.2. Nature study land scape, different types of action and expression of Human and Animal figure in multi Colour

or transparent and opeque.3 . Composition on two dimensional in monocromic Design in three dimensional Colour Collage Design and

Calligraphy.4. Book Cover, magazine Cover , Book let and illustration.5 . Painting and lettering of poster design in simplification.

[80]

S S H A


(Theory) Paper - I


Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Western Art2. Pre Histroric Art Cave Art of Lascaus and Astemaria.3 . Egyptian Art.4. Assyrian Art.5 . Summerian Art.



Time - 2.30 hrs

1.Pre Columbian Art.2. Grech Art3 . Life History4. Life History of Gopal Kanungo.5 . Life History of eminent Artist of Orissa.

1ST YEARCOMMERCIAL ART(Practical) Paper - I

Marks - 100

Time - 4 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Lettering and colour in multi colour of English and Oriya in verious forms.2. Illustration of story in pen & ink.3 . Book Cover and magazine Cover in Multi Colour.4. Simple Catalogue Cover design.

1ST YEARCOMMERCIAL ART(Practical) Paper - II

Marks - 100

Time - 4 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Poster design in multi colour.2. Advertisement of Companies of their Production with slogan and thoughts.3 . Multi colour Advertisement copies form old master.4. Copy from oldmaster Painting design.

[81]

S S H A

1ST YEARMODELLING & SCULPTURE

(Theory) Paper - I

Marks - 50

Time - 2.30 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Indian Sculpture from Indus Vally Civilisation to Gupta Period.2. Temple Sculpture of lord Jagannatha Temple and Lord Lingraj Temple.3 . Temple Sculpture of Konark Temple.4. Temple Sculpture of Orrisan Art.


(Theory) Paper - II

Marks - 50

Time - 2.30 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Pre Hisoric Cave Art.2. Arts of Indus Valley Civilisation.3 . Khandagiri UdayaGiri Temple.4. Rajarani & Kedar Gouri.5 . Orissa Art and Temple Sculpture.


(Practical) Paper - I

Marks - 50

Time - 4 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Study indoor. Still life, Geometrical forms antique study in pencil and clay.2. Simple objects of Animal, Birds, Flower foliges and fruits in pencil.3 . Temple Sculpture Copy from old master.4. Animal and Birds drawing in clay.


(Practical) Paper - IIMarks - 50Time - 4 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Composition of human figure2. Composition Animal figure3 . Various types of fruits and foliges Flowers in clay.4. Copy from Temple Sculpture in drawing with pencil and clay.

[82]

S S H A

2ND YEARMODELLING & SCULPTURE

(Theory) Paper - I


Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Gothic Art2. Renaissance Art3 . Armchair Fixation of modelling work.4. Knowledge of making Sculpture in clay.5 . Knowldge of making idols and folk models.



Time - 2.30 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Armchair fixation of modelling bust size.2. Knowledge apply plaster parish, Cement3 . Knowledge about l make piece mold and mold4. Greek Sculpture and foreign Sculpture.5 . Knowledge about design of flower and foliges pice-mold .


(Practical) Paper - IMarks - 100

Time - 4 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Drawing in clay of model drawing from memory.2. Clay drawing of Human face in Bust size.3 . Drawing of Simple objects in Plaster Parish.4. Drawing of birds and Animal in cement.



Marks - 100

Time - 4 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Composition in clay relief.2. Composition plaster of parish in relief work.3 . Copy drawing from old master in cement and plaster.4. High relief work of land scape, Composition in plaster, cement. etc.

[83]

S S H A

1ST YEARTRADITIONAL ART AND CRAFT


Time - 2.30 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Pre Historic Cave Art of Orissa.2. Arts of indus Valley Civilisation.3 . Khandagir Udayagiri Cave Art.4. Art of gupta Period.5 . Ajanta Ellora Painting


(Theory) Paper - II

Marks - 50

Time - 2.30 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Pattapainting in lod Jagannath temple of Orissa.2. Design and Bandha of Surya Temple.3 . Door Design and Stone Design in temples of Orissa.4. Palm leaf painting of Orissa.


(Practical) Paper - IMarks - 50Time - 4 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Hand Curchif marking in fabiric colour.2. Door curton, window curton, soffa cover making in Embrodary.3 . Tailoring work simple objects like saya, Blouse, Ganjee etc.4. Tailoring Embrodary work of Flower foliages and birds, animals in Clothes.5 . knowledge about drawing of Flowers foliages, Birds. Animals in pencil to tress out upon the clothes.


(Practical) Paper - IIMarks - 50Time - 4 hrs

Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM1 . Pillow Cover in thrades embrodary.2. Patta painting of Orissa in simplification.3 . Copy of patta painting of Orissa.4. Composition of patta painting. Folk Art painting of Orissa.5 . Indian painting drawing in multi colour in simple subject.

[84]

S S H A

2ND YEARTRADITIONAL ART AND CRAFT



1 . Pre Historic Cave Art of matenjdarro Harrappa.2. Egyptian Art.3 . Assyrian Art4. Summerian Art




1 . Gothic Art2. Byzantine Art3 . Greek Art4. Pre Colombian Art5 . Preparation patta ground and other craft knowledge Student.


(Practical) Paper - IMarks - 100


1 . Terracotta Art 4 nos2. Dhokra craft - 4 nos3 . Palm leaf painting - 2 nos4. Tailoring work needle sewing work.5 . Wool knitting and Embrodary work.


(Practical) Paper - IIMarks - 100


1 . Tailoring & Embrodary work 5 nos2. Chandua Aplique work 5 nos3 . Terracotta works 5 nos4. Patta painting - 2 nos5 . paper may work - 2 nosAll practical subject teachers are directed to obtain 20% marks for class works and sketch works to include in the

Annual Examination out of 100 marks.

[85]

S S H A

HINDUSTANI VOCAL MUSIC+2 CourseFirst Year

Clases required- Per uni t-20 c lases/year Mark-50Theory Paper - I (Applied Theory)1 . Shastriya Parichaya (Characteristic Features) of all the prescribed Raagas of this year.2. Shastriya Parichaya (Characteristic Features) of all the prescribed Taalas.3 . Knowledge of writing notations of all the forms taught during this year.4. Knowledge of writing notations of all the prescribed Taalas taught during this year.5 . General knowledge of the following forms -

a. Dhrupad b. Dhamaar c. Khayal. d. Sargam Geet.e. Lakhayana Geet

Theroy Paper - I I (Genera l Theory) Marks - 50Unit 1.Simple Definition - Sangeet, Dhwani, Nada, Sruti, Swar, Saptak, Alankar, Aroh, Abaroh, Vadi, Sambadi,

Anubadi, Bibadi, Barjya, Jati, Thhat, Raaga, Alaap, Taan, Pakad, Boltaan, Sthayee, Antara, Taala, Laya,Matra, Bibhaga, Abartan, Sam, Tali & Khali,

Unit 2.Elementary knowledge about Pandit Bhatkhande and Pandit Paluskar’s notation systems. Unit 3(a).Physical Descriptions & Tuning system of Tanpura. b. Comparative study of the followings - a. Raaga and Thaat,

b. Swara - Sruti, c. Taala - Laya Unit4. Writing Essays on General Topics on music -

(i) Classical music & light music(ii) Role of Taala Laya in music

Unit 5. Life Sketcha . Pandit Vishnu Digamber Paluskarb. Pandit Vishnu Narayan Bhatkhande

HINDUSTANI VOCAL PRACTICAL COURSE OF1ST YEAR

(One c lass two consecutive periods da i ly)Practical Paper I & II

(Paper - I - 50 and Paper - II - 50)Full Marks - 100

1 . Ragas Bhupali, Durga, Khamaj, Kafi, Brundabani Sarang, Kalyan, Ashavari, Bhairav, Alheiya Bilawal andDesh

2. Elementary Knowledge of the vilambit khayals of the following Raagas - Bhupali, Kalyan, Alheiya Bilawal andBhairav.

3 . Drut Khayals of the following Raagas with Nibadha Alaap, Taan and Boltaan etc.Durga, Khamaj, Kafi, Brundabani Saranga, Ashavari and Desh.

4. The students will be taught One Dhrupad and one Dhamaar based on any two Raagas of this year course.5 . The students will be taught one Lakhayan geet and one Sargam Geet based on any prescribed Raagas.6. Three Bhajans including “Jaya Jagadish Hare” of Pt. B.D. Paluskar.7 . Knowledge about the following Taalas - Teentaal, Ektaal, Jhamptaal, Chautaal, Dhamaar, Dadra and Kaharwa.8 . The students will be taught Theka, Tali and Khali in each of the above prescribed taalas with Dugun Layakary.9. Identification of Raagas, Taalas and Notes (Sudda and Vikruta).

1 0 . The students will be taught different types of Alankars.

[86]

S S H A

PRACTICAL EXAMINATION (Marking System)

Marks - 50

Practical Paper - I1 . Demonstration of Choice Raaga 15 minutes 25 marks2. Demonstration of One Dhrupad or 5 minutes 15 marks

One Dhamaar based on thisyear Raagas

3 . Demonstration of One Bhajan 5 minutes 10 marksbased on any Raaga

Total Time 25 minutes Total Marks 50

Marks - 50

Practical Paper - II1 . Test of Raagas 10 marks2. Test of Dhrupad / Dhamaar 10 marks3 . Identification of Raagas 10 marks4. Test of Taalas 10marks5 . Test of theory (applied & general) 10 marks

Tot a l 50 marks

HINDUSTANI VOCAL MUSIC2nd Year

Class Required- Per Unit 20 clases/year

Marks - 50

Theory Paper - I (Applied Theory)1 . Shastriya Parichaya (characteristic features) of all the prescribed Raagas.2. Comparative studies of the prescribed Raagas of this year and previous year.3 . Shastriya Parichaya (characteristic features) of all the prescribed Taalas.4. Comparative studies of the prescribed Taalas of this year and previous year.5 . Knowledge of writing of Layakaries such as - Ekgun, Dugun, Tigun & Chaugun of the Prescribed Taalas.6. Knowledge of writing notations of all forms taught during this year.7 . General knowledge of the following forms : Dhrupad, Dhamaar, Khayal, Tarana & Bhajan.Theory paper - II (Genera l Theory) Marks - 501 . Definitions : Grama, jati, Moorchhana, Graha, Amsa, Nyasa, Apanyasa, Sanyas, Binyas, Varna, Layakari,

meend, Kana & Gamak.2. Comparative study of the following - a. Alpatwa - Bahutwa

b. Abirbhawa - Tirobhawa c. Purbanga - Uttaranga.3 . Physical Description of Duggi - Tabla.4. Essays on General topics on music :

(i) Importance of music in the society.(ii) A classical music evening.

5 . Life Sketch - Pandit Omkarnath Thakur, Pandit Vinayak Rao Patawardhan.6. Comparative studies about Pandit Bhatkhande and Pandit Paluskar’s notation systems.

[87]

S S H A

HINDUSTANI VOCAL PRACTICAL COURSE OF 2ND YEARPractical Paper - I & II

(Paper - I - 100 and Paper - II - 100)One class of two Consecutive period daily

Full Marks - 200

1 . Raagas : Bageshree, Bihag, Kedar, Hameer, Bhimpalasi, Tilak- Kamod, Gauda Saranga, Shankara, Pattadeep& Bhairavi.

2. Vilambit Khayal (Badakhayal) of the following Raagas - Bageshree, Bihag, Kedar, Hameer, Bhimpalasi.

3 . Drut Khayal (Chhota Khayal) of the following Raagas - Tilak Kamod, Gaudasarang, Shankara, Pattadeep andBhairavi.

4. Knowledge of one Dhrupad and one Dhaamar with Dugun, Tigun and Chaugun Layakaries out of the prescribedRaagas of this year.

5 . Knowledge of two Taranas from the Prescribed Raagas.

6. Knowledge of two Bhajans based on raagas.

7 . Knowledge of the following Taalas : Vilambit Ektaal, Tilwada, Jhumra, Sultaal, Tewora and Rupak.

8 . Knowledge of Dugun, Tigun and Chaugun Layakaries in the prescribed Taalas.

9. Elementary Knowledge of tuning process of Tanpura.

1 0 . Identification and comparative study of the prescribed raags of this year and previous year.

(Previous raagas - Bhupali, Durga, Khamaj, kafi, Brundabani Sarang, Kalyan, Ashavari, Bhairav, Alheiyabilawal and Desh).

1 1 . Identification and comparative study of the prescribed Taalas of this year and previousyear.

(Previous Taalas - Teentaal, Ektaal, Jhamptaal, Chautaal, Dhamaar, Dadra and Kaharwa)

PRACTICAL EXAMINATION (Marking System)Marks - 100

Practical Paper - I

1 . Demonstration of Choice Raaga 15 minutes 50 marks2. Demonstration of One Dhrupad or 5 minutes 30 marks

One Dhamaar with Layakaries basedon this year Raags

3 . Demonstration of One Bhajan 5 minutes 20 marksbased on any Raaga

Total Time 25 minutes Total Marks 100

Marks - 100

Practical Paper - II

1 . Test of Raagas 20 marks2. Test of Dhrupad / Dhamaar 20 marks3 . Identification of Raagas 20 marks4. Test of Taalas 20 marks5 . Test of theory (applied & general) 20 marks

Tot a l 100 marks

[88]

S S H A

REFERENCE BOOK LIST

1 . Kramik Pustaka Malika, Part - I, II, III and IV - by Pandit

V. N. Bhatkhande.

2. Raga Vigyan - Part - I, II, III and IV - by Pandit V.N. Pattawardhan

3 . Raga Bodha - Part - I, II, III & IV - by Dr. B.R. Deodhar.

4. Sangeetanjali - Part - I, II, III & IV by Pandit Omkarnath Thakur.

5 . Bhawaranga Lahari - Part - I, II, III by Pandit B.R. Bhatta

6. Hindustani Sangeet - Part - I, II, III by Dr. Damodar Hota.

7 . Raga Sangeet - Part - I, II, III by Dr. M.C. Senapati.

8 . Sangeet Bal Prakash - Part- I, II, III by Pandit V.D. Paluskar.

9. Vyasa Kruti - Part - I, II & III and IV by S. Vyas.

1 0 . Raga Parichaya - Part - I, II, III & IV by H. N. Srivastav.

1 1 . Sangeet Visharad - by Vasant.

1 2 . Bhatkhande Sangeet Shastra - Part - I, II, III & IV by - Pandit V. N. Bhatkhande.

1 3 . Hamare Sangeet Ratna by - P.L. Garg.

1 4 . Sangeet Nibandha Mala.

1 5 . Sangeet Nibandha Sangraha

16 . Sangeet Sudhakara - by Shri Dhaneswar Das, Bhadrak

1 7 . Raga Pravesh - by - Shri Ramhari Mohanty, Bhadrak.

1 8 . Raga Shastra Siddhanta - by Shri Rajanikanta Padhi

1 9 . Sangeet Sastra by - Dr. Damodar Hota.

20. Bharatiya Sangeetara Itihasa by Dr. Damodar hota.

2 1 . Raaga Darshan - part - 1 by Sri Chandas kumar Jena

ODISSI VOCALFIRST YEAR

Theory Paper- I (Applied Theory)

Marks - 50

Unit - I (25 Clases per year)1 . Characteristic feature of prescribed Raagas and Taalas :

(i) Raagas are :

(Sankarabharana, Malavagouda, Kafi, Khamaj and Kedara)

(ii) Taalsa are :

(Ekataali, Rupaka and Tripata)

Unit - II (25 Clases per year)2. Knowledge of writing notation of all the prabandhas of the prescribed Raagas.

3 . Knowledge to write layakari in Eka, Dui and Charigunaguna laya of the prescribed Taalas.

Unit - III (25 Clases per year)4. Ability to identify swara (suddha/vikruta), Raaga (out of swarakhanda) and Taala(out of taalakhanda)5 . Ability to write Alamkaras in Eka, Dui and Chariguna

[89]

S S H A

Unit - IV (25 Clases per year)6. Structural description of Taanpura (Angavarnana)7 . Structural description of Mardala.


Theory Paper - II (Genera l Theory)

Marks - 50Unit - I (25 Clases per year)

1 . Definition :(i) Sangeeta, Nada, Sruti, Swara, Saptaka, Raaga, Aroha - Abaroha Jaati, Alapa and Taana.(ii) Taala, Laya, Matra, Bhaga, Sasabda -Nisabda Kriya and Layakriya.(iii) Badi, Sambadi, Anubadi, Bibadi and Barjitaswara.

Unit - I I (25 Clases per year)

2. Knowledge of the following Prabandha :(i) Lakshyanageeta and Swaramalika.(ii) Odissi, Champu and Chhaanda.(iii) Bhajana and Janaana.

Unit - I II (25 Clases per year)

4. Knowledge about Mela :(i) Principles of Mela, Name and Swara.(ii) Comparative study between Mela and Raaga.

Unit - IV (25 Clases per year)

6. Biography :(i) Jayadeva .(ii) Kabi Samrat Upendra Bhanja.(iii) Singhari Shyam Sundar Kar


Practica l Paper - IMarks - 50

(One c lass of two Consecutiv e per iods dai ly)Unit - I

1 . Odissi Prabandha in following Raaga and Taala.(i) Raaga : Sankarabharaana, Malavagouda, Khamaja, Kafi and Kedara.(ii) Taala : Ekataali, Rupaka and Tripata.

2. Swaramalika in each of the above Raagas.3 . Laksyanageeta in Raaga Sankarabharana.4. 20 Alamkara of different variety in Eka, Dui and Chari guna layakriya.

5 . Notation reading and demonstration of the layakriyas.

[90]

S S H A

Practica l Paper - IIMarks - 50

(One c la ss o f two consecu ti ve pe r iods da i ly )

1 . Two traditional Odissi Prabandha.

2. Two champus (Kharapa tu helu re in Kedara and Atasi kusuma sama in Khamaja).

3 . Two Chhaandas in following Bani :

(i) Ka ls aa .

(ii) Chokhi.

4. Two Janaanas of following poets :

(i) Banamali.

(ii) Kabi Surya Baladeba Ratha.

5 . Two Bhajans of following poets :

(i) Gopalakrushna.

(ii) Bhimabhoi.

ODISSI VOCALSECOND YEAR


Marks - 50

Unit - I (25 Clases per year)1 . Characteristic feature of prescribed Raagas and Taalas :

(i) Raagas are :

Kalyana, Mohana, Bhairabi, Mukhari, Bihaga and Kuntalaklyana.

(ii) Taalsa are :

Aadi Tala, Ekatali, Jhampa, Yati and Khemata.

Unit - II (25 Clases per year)2. Writing Notation of all the prabandhas of the prescribed Raagas.

3 . Writing Notation of Champu, Chanda, Janaana and Bhajana.

Unit - III (25 Clases per year)4. Writing of layakaris in Eka, Dedha, Dui, Tini and Chari guna laya of the prescribed taalas.

5 . Identification of Swara, Raaga and Taala.

Unit - IV (25 Clases per year)6. Principles of tuning the Taanpura and Mardala.

7 . Knowledge about the Symbols used in writing Natation.

[91]

S S H A


Theory Paper - II (Genera l Theory)

Marks - 50

Unit - I (25 Clases per year)1 . Detailed knowledge of Naada :

(i) Ahata - Anahata

(ii) Apa Naada - Sangeetika Naada.

(iii) Three qualities of Naada.

Unit - II (25 Clases per year)2. Name of all Sruti.

3 . Detailed knowledge on Swara :

Chala - Achala, Suddha - Bikruta and Komala - Tivra.

4. Principle of distributing Swaras among Sruti.

5 . Saptaka : Mandra, Madhya and Taara.

Unit - III (25 Clases per year)6. Preliminary knowledge of the Bistaara krama :

Alaapa (Anibaddha - Nibaddha), Padavinyasa,

Swaravinyasa and Taana.

7 . Knoledge of Purbanga and Uttaranga.

Unit - IV (25 Clases per year)8 . Biography :

(i) Kabi Surya Baladeba Ratha.

(ii) Kabi Chandra Kali Charan Patnaik.

(iii) Sangeeta Sudhakara Balakrushna dash.


Practica l Paper - IMarks -100

(One c lass of two Consecutive period da i ly)

1 . Odissi Raganga Prabandha with full elaboration in following prescribed Raagas :

Raagas are :

Kalyana, Mohana, Bhairabi, Mukhari, Bihaga and

Kuntala kalyana.

2. Prescribed Taala :

Adi Taala, Ekatali, Jhampa, Yati and Khemata.

3 . Swaramalika in each prescribed Raaga.

4. Ability to identify Swara, Raaga and Taala.

5 . Ability to demonstrate the layakaris in Eka, Dedha, Dui, Tini and Chari guna laya of the PrescribedTaa l as.

[92]

S S H A

Practica l Paper - IIMarks - 100

(One c lass of two consecutive periods da i ly)1 . Two traditional Odissi Bhabanga Prabandha.

2. Two traditional Odissi Natyanga Prabandha.

3 . Two Champu (Chhalabahinisa he in Mukhari and Na bhangare subhangi in Bihaga.)

4. Two Chhaanda (Rasakulya and Ashadhasukla Bani)

5 . Two traditional Bhajana with simple Anibaddha alapa and Padavinyasa.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 . Utktala Sangeeta Paddhati-Shyma Sundar Dhira.

2. Bharatiys Sangeeta - Nilamdhaba Panigrahi.

3 . Sangeeta Sangya - Ramhari das.

4. Sangeeta Markandeya - Markandeya Mohaoatra.

5 . Odissi Raga Sangeeta (Part - I, II, III) Loka nath Pala.

6. Almkara Ratnavali - Ramhari Das.

7 . Champu Swaralipi - Odissi Research Centre.

8 . Sangeeta Sagara.

9. Chhanda Ratnakara.

1 0 . Odia Bhajan - Department of culture.

1ST YEARODISSI DANCE

+2 COURSE

Marks - 50


Unit - I1 . Different Type of Foot position (pada Sthiti)

2. Knowledge of pada Veda (Mandala, Utplabana,Bhramani Pada Charika)

3 . Knowledge of Bhangi.

Unit - II1 . Knowledge of Sira Veda, Greeba Veda, Drusti Veda.

2. Knowledge of Sanjukta, Asanjukta and Nrutta Hasta Mudra.

Unit - III1 . Sastriya Parichaya of the prescribed Talas.

(a) Ekatali (b) Rupaka (c) Triputa (d) Jhampa

(e) Khemata (Jhula) (f) Jati tal.

[93]

S S H A

2. Knowledge of simple laya Karis -

Eka guna, Do guna, Chari guna

3 . Knowledge of Khandi, Gadi, Arasa and Mana.

Unit - IV1 . Definations of Tala, Laya, Bhaga, Tali, Khali, Tandab, Lasya, Mudra, Abhinaya, natya, Nrutya, nrutta.

2. Knowledge about Namaskriya, patra Lakhyana, Barjaniya Patrini, Natya Utpati, Puspanjali, Natya Karma.(According to Abhinaya Daepana)

1ST YEARODISSI DANCE

+2 COURSE

Marks - 50

Theory Paper- II (General Theory)

Unit - I1 . Anga Veda (Anga, Pratyanga, Upanga)

(According to Abhinaya Darpana)

2. Brief History ofOdissi Dance.

3 . Brief History of Debadasi, Mahari, Gotipua.

Unit - II1 . Knowledge of Abhinaya (Angika, Bachika, Aharjya, Satwika)

2. Knowledge of Bhaba and Rasa.

Unit - III1 . Knowledge of following Folk Dances of Orissa

(a) Chadheya Chadheyani (b) Rasarkeli (c) Dal Khai

(d) Ghumura (e) Kela Keluni

2. Knowledge of All Classical Dance of India

Unit - IV1 . Life sketch of traditional dance Gurus - Late Mohan Mohapatra, Chandra Sekhar Pattnaik, Mani

Mohapatra.

2. Life sketch of Sri Jayadev, Upendra Bhanja, Kavisurya baladev Rath, Gopal Krushna, Banamali.

ODISSI DANCEFirst Year

Marks - 50

(One c lass of two consecutive periods da i ly)

Pract ica l Paper- I1 . Demonstration of Sanjukta and Asanjukta Hastas and Usages.

2. Demonstration of Sirabeda, Greeba Veda, Drusti Veda and Usage.

3 . Knowledge of Bhangis and their demonstration Asanaa, Mardala, Akunchana, Uttolika, Shibakara, Nivedana,Potala, Biraja, Parswamardal, Sala Bhanjika, Gabakhya.

[94]

S S H A

4. Demonstration of foot Postion (Padaveda)

Mandala, Chari, bhramari, Utplabana

5 . Exercises and Stepping (pada Sadhana) for Anga Sudha.

6. Practice of Bakhya Chalana (Chest movements)

Pract ica l Paper - IIMarks - 50


1 . Performance of Mangala Charan - One

2. Sthayee of Batu Brutya

3 . Pallavi - One

4. Abhinaya - One

5 . Tala - putting beast with Ekgun, Du-gun, Chargun

6. Simple demonstration of a Rasas.

ODISSI DANCE+2 Second Year

Marks - 50


Unit - I (25 clases per year)1 . Natya Utpati according to Abhinaya Darpana.

2. Definition of the Bolly - Utha, Baitha, Thia, Chali, Buda, Vasa, Bhaunrri, paali

3 . Describe all Bibhag (division) of Odissi dance

Like - Mangala Charan, Sthai or Batu, Pallavi, Abhinaya and Mokhya Nruya.

4. Recitation of the Ukuts of the items.

Unit - II (25 clases per year)1 . Identification of the Rag and Tala of the composed item.

2. Definition of the various division of the mangala charan. Like - Manch Prabesh, Bhumi Pranam, Guru Bandana,Sava Pranam.

Unit - III (25 clases per year)1 . Definition of the Sapta Tala. Like Dhruba, Matha, Rupak, Jhampa, Tripata, rkatali and Attatala.

2. Tala lipi of the various Odissi Items.

Unit - IV (25 clases per year)1 . Knowledge of Gati Veda according to Abhinaya Darpana and their Uses.

2. Knowledge of three types of Folk Dances of ORISSA.

[95]

S S H A

ODISSI DANCE+2 Second Year

Marks - 50

Theory Paper- II (General Theory)

Unit - I (25 clases per year)1 . Write about Sankar Padhati according to Abhinaya darpana and its relivance with Abhinaya.

2. What is the Importance of Rythim in Dance.

3 . Definition of Various Instruments used in Odissi dance.

Unit - II (25 clases per year)1 . Introduction of various types of Instruments of India. Those are Tatbadya, Susur Badya, Nibadha Vadya and

Ghana Vadya.

2. What is the importance of Music in the Odissi dance.

Unit - III (25 clases per year)1 . Knowledge of some mythology stories. The birth story of Elephant headed ganesh. The fight between Durga

and Mahisasura and about Nataraj shiva and his dance.

2. Knowledge of some Folk and traditional dance of Orissa (Palla, Daskathia, Prahllada Natak, Dhuduki, nagadance, Sahi Jatra.

Unit - IV (25 clases per year)1 . Detail knowledge of different books on dance like - Abhinaya darpan, Natya, Sastra, Natya Monorama.

2. Life Sketch of main Gurus of Odissi Dance

Late Guru Padmasri Pankaj Charan Das.

3 . Late Padma Bibhusan Guru Shree Kelu Charan Mohapatra

4. Late Guru Shri Deba Prasad Das.ODISSI DANCE+2 Second Year

Marks - 100Practica l Paper - I

(One c lass of two consecutive periods da i ly)1 . To teach ten types of soundless exercises stepping (Ten No’s Chauka and Ten No Trivanga).2. Knowledge of all Types of Bhramari.3 . To teach one Pallavi4. Knowledge of Bhangis and their demonstration Asana, Mardala, Akunchana, Utalika, Shivakara, Nibedana,

potala, Biraja, Parswamardala,Alasa, Darpani, Srutikula.

Pract ical Paper - I IMarks - 100


1 . Performance (Mangala Charan - One)2. Demonstration of Batu Nrutya.3 . Identification of Hastas, Padas and Vangi of Batu Nrutya.4. Recitation of the items yau have learnt describing the Ukutas with Tal.

5 . Demonstration of one Pallavi and one Abhinaya.

[96]

S S H A

MARDAL (ODISSI PAKHAWAJ)+2 First Year

Applied Theory Paper- IMarks - 50

Unit - I (25 class per year)

1 . DEFINATION : -

(A) Vani, Ukuta, Khandi, Gadi, Ragada, Chaugati Ragada, Arasa, Bhaunri Arasa.

(B) Mana, Biram Mana, Abirama Mana, Lagan Mana and Bhaunri Mana.

Unit - II (25 class per year)

2.(A) Knowledge about the Characteristic feature of following prescribed Talas :

Ekatali, Rupak, Kshemta and Adital.

(B) Knowledge to write Ekgun, Duigun, Charigun layakaries of all the prescribed talas.

Unit - III (25 class per year)

3.(A) Knowledge about the tuning system of mardal

(B) Ability to identify the Vanies from badya khand (Khandi, Arasa, Ragada and Mana)

Unit - IV (25 class per year)

4.(A) Construction system of Mardal (Mardal Nirmana Bidhi)

(B) Knowledge about making system of kiran.

MARDAL (ODISSI PAKHAWAJ)+2 First Year

Theory Paper- I IMarks - 50

Unit - I (25 class per year)

1 . DEFINATION : -

(A) Sangeeta, Nada, Swara, Sruti, Saptaka and Rag.

(B) Som, Tali, Khali, Chhanda, Bibhaga, Abartana, Tal, Laya, Sasabdakriya, Nisabdakriya and Layakriya.


2.(A) Knowledge about the following prescribed terms :

Oddissi, Champu, Chhanda, Natyangi, Bhajan, Janana & Geetagobinda.

(B) Classification of Musical Instruments. (Badya Bibhagi Karan)

[97]

S S H A


3.(A) Historical Study of Mardal

(B) Dasprana of Tala.


4. BIOGRAPHY

(A) Singhari Shyam Sundar Kar

(B) Padmabibhusan Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra

(C) Guru Sri Mahadev Rout

(D) Guru Sri Chakradhar Sahoo

MARDAL (ODISSI PAKHAWAJ)+2 First YearPract ica l Paper- I

Marks - 50

1 . VANI (One c lass of two consecutive period dai ly)

(A) Ka, Ga, Gha, Jha, Ti, Da, Dha, Dhi, Na, Ni, Ta, Re.

(B) Tarikita, Kadataka, Takatari, Ti-ngana, Ti-nda, Tatinda, Dha-dha ti-nda, Gadigana etc.

2. TAAL

Eka Tali, Rupak, Kshemta, Tripata, Jhampa, and Adi Taal.

3 . LAYAKRIYA

Ekgun, Duigun, Tinigun, and Chaugun of all prescribed Taala.

4. Dharan of Taal and its 4nos. variations in each taal.

5 .(A) Ragada and its four variations(B) Two to four nos. of simple manas.

MARDAL (ODISSI PAKHAWAJ)+2 First YearPract ica l Paper- I I

Marks - 50(One c lass of two consecutive period da i ly)

1 . (A) 2 nos. of Khandi in each Taal.(B) 2 nos. of Gadi in each Taal.

[98]

S S H A

2. One Ragada and its four variations in Adi Taal and Jhampa Taal.

3 . One Chaugati Ragada in Adi Taal.

4. (A) 2nos. of Arasa in Adi Taal and Jhampa Taal.

(B) 2nos. of Bhaunri Arasa in Adi Taal and Jhampa Taal.

5 .

(A) 2nos. of Biram-Mana in each Taal

(B) 2nos. of Abiram - Man in each Taal.

(C) 2nos. of Bhaunri Mana in Adi Taal and Jhampa Taal.

MARDAL (ODISSI PAKHAWAJ)+2 Second YearApplied Theory

Marks - 50

Theory Paper - 1 Unit - I (25 class per year)

1 .

(A) Knowledge about the Characteristic feature of following prescribed Talas : -

Tripata, Jhampa, Kuduk, Yati and Adatali

(B) Ability to write the following layakriyas :-

2/3, 3/2, 3/2, 4/3, 4/6, 6/4


2.(A) Knowledge to write the notation (tal lipi) of Ragada, Chaugati Ragada and Arasa.

(B) Knowledge to compose the different types of Manas like, Biram Mana, Abirama Mana, Lagan Mana, BhaunriMana and Chhaka Mana.


3.(A) Knowledge about Ragadas in three different Vanies in Different prescribed Talas.

(B) Principles of Making Bhaunri Arasa.


4 . COMPOSITION

(A) Mana in two, three, four up to sixteen matra.

(B) Khandi in two, three, four uo to twelve matra.

[99]

S S H A

MARDAL (ODISSI PAKHAWAJ)+2 Second YearGenera l Theory

Marks - 50

Theory Paper - IIUnit - I (25 clases per year)

1 . Dif ferentia te between the fol lowings : -

(A) Mardala with Hindustani Pakhawaj

(B) Mardala with. Hindustani Tabla

(C) Mardala with Karnataki Mrudangam.

Unit - II (25 clases per year)

2. DESCRIOTION

(A) All abanadha-badyas of Orissa like - Khola, Khanjani, Jodinagara, Dhuduki, Changu and Dhol.

(B) Nadia Kirtan and Ranifhat Kirtan

Unit - III (25 clases per year)

3.(A) Qualities of Mardalika (Mardalika Lakhyana)

(B) Principles of Solo-Mardal recital.

4. BIOGRAPHY Unit - IV (25 clases per year)

(A) Guru Sri Padmanav Panda

(B) Guru Sri Markandaya Mohapatra.

(C) Guru Sri Balakrishna Das.

MARDAL (ODISSI PAKHAWAJ)+2 Second Year

Pract ica l Paper- I

Marks - 100

(One c lass of two consecutive period da i ly)

1 . HASTASADHANA

(A) (i) Dhinigita Terekete Dhina

(ii) Dhini dhina kita dhini dhini dhini taka

(iii) Dhini tathini thinaka

(iv) Tagede gede dhi naka dhini

(v) Terekete gadigana

(vi) Ti-ngana etc

[100]

S S H A

2. (A) TAAL

Kuduka, yati, Adatali.

(B) LAYAKRIYA

Ekgun, Dedhagun, Duigun, Tinigun, and Chaugun of all prescribed Taals.

3 . Dharan of Taal and its 4nos. variations in above prescribed Taals.

4. PLAYING CAPABILITY

15 minites solo-playing in Adital or Jhampa Taal.

5 . DEMONSTRATION

Layakriya, Composition of Mana, Composition of Khandi,

Identification of different Vanies, Writing of Talalipi or Notation.

MARDAL (ODISSI PAKHAWAJ)+2 Second YearPract ica l Paper- I I

Marks - 100

(One c lass of two consecutive period da i ly)1 .

(A) One jaman in Adital and One in Jhampa Taal.

(B) 2nos. of Bhaunri Arasa in Adi Taal and Jhampa Taal.

2. APPLICATION

(A) Rupaktal in Ekatali 6/4

(B) Ekatali in Rupak taal 4/6

(C) Yatitaal chhanda in Adital 14/16

3 . COMPOSITION

2nos. of biram-mana, 2nos. of Abiram mana, 2nos. of bhaunri mana, one nos. of Lagana mana in each Taals.

4. ACCOMPANIMENT WITH VOCAL MUSIC

Ekatali, Rupak, Khemta, Tripata, Jhampa, Kuduk, yati, Adatali and Adital.

5 . PERFORMANCE

Mardal Tuning

[101]

S S H A

FLUTE / VIOLIN / SETAR (FLUIS)+2 COURSE

Firs t Year TopicsTheory Paper- I (Appl ied Theory)

Marks - 50

Unit - I (25 clases per year)

1 . Characteristic feature of all the prescribed Ragas.

(a) Allheya Bilawal (b) Bhupali (c) Kalyan

(d) Khamaj (e) Kafi (f) Durga

(g) Tilang (h) Brindabani Sarang

2. Comparative study of all the prescribed Ragas.


1 . Shastriya Parichaya of all the prescribed Talas.

(a) Trital (b) Jhamptal (c) Roopak

(d) Ektal (e) Kaharwa

2. Knowledge of simple layakaries -

Do gun, Tin gun, Chow gun, Adilayas.

3 . Ability to write the Thekas with Tali and Khali of the above prescribed Talas.


1 . Knowledge of masitkhani and Rajakhani Gat.

2. Ability to write simple Notations.

3 . Identification of Swara (Sudha and Bikruta)

GENERAL THEORYFirs t Year

Theory Paper- I IMarks - 50

Unit - I (25 clases per year)

1 . Elementary knowledge of accoustics applied of music.

(a) Dhwani - Its varities

(b) Nada - Its varities.

(c) Three qualities of Nada

(Pitch, Timber, magnitude)

(d) Genetic specific of Nada


1 . Definitions :-

Sangeet, Thaat, Raga, Tala, Saptak, Badi, Sambadi, Aroha, Abaroha, Jati, Pakar.

[102]

S S H A


1 . Physical description of your own instrument.

2. Knowledge of various Jaties of Raga.

Unit - IV (25 clases per year)

1 . Life History of the following musicians.

(a) M. Hamed Ahed

(b) Gajanan Nandi

(c) Mohini Mohan Pattnaik

(d) Tansen.

Firs t Year

PRACTICAL PAPER - I

Marks - 50

(One class of two consecutive period daily)

1 . Demonstration of choice Raga.

2. Ten Alankaras in Bilawal Thaat in various Jaties.

3 . Aroha in Ten thaata.

4. Rajakhani Gat with simple tans of all the Ragas mention in the applied theory paper - I.

5 . One masitkhani Gat with alap Tan in the following Tagas.

(a) Bhupali (b) kalyan (c) Allheya Bilawal

6. Ability play one Dhun or Bhajan based on any Raga.

PRACTICAL PAPER - II

Marks - 50


1 . Sastriya Parichaya of all the prescribed Ragas mentioned in Practical Paper - I

2. Identify the Ragas by hearing the simple notation.

3 . Knowledge of the following talas,

(a) Trital (b) Jhamptal (c) Roopak (d) Ektal

(e) Kaharawa

4. Show the Thekas of the tala by clapping.

5 . Oral Test of theory (Applied and General)

2ND YEAR TOPICTheory Paper - I (Applied Theory)

Marks - 50Unit - I (25 clases per year)

1 . Characteristic features of all the prescribed Ragas.(a) Bhairav (b) Bhairavi (c) Ashavari

[103]

S S H A

(d) Desh (e) Tilok Kamod (f) Kedar(g) Hamir (h) Janpuri (i) Bhimpalashree

2. Comparative study of all the prescribed Ragas of this year and previous year.(Previous Ragas) : Allheya Bilawal, Bhupali, Kalyan, khamaj, Kafi, Durga, Tilang, Brindabani Sarang.

3 . Ability to write the notation of Masitkhani and Rajakhani gat in Pandit Bhatkhande Notation system.4. Ability to play gats in Jhamptal, Ektal and Roopak Tal.

Unit - II (25 clases per year)1 . Knowledge of Pandit Bhatkhande and Pandit paluskar Notation system.2. Knowledge of different varities of Tans.

Unit - III (25 clases per year)1 . Knowledge of following Talas.

(a) Dadra (b) Sultal (c) Teora (d) Choutal(e) Dipchandi (f) Dhamar

2. Comparative study of all the prescribed talas of this year and previous year.(Previous Talas) : Trital, Jhamptal, Roopak, Ektal, Kaharawa.

3 . Ability to write the thekas with different layakaries.Do gun, Tin gun, Chou gun3/2, 2/3, 3/4, 4/3

Unit - IV (25 clases per year)1 . General knowledge of the following forms

Dhrupad, Dhamar, Khayal, Lakhyan Geet, Raagmala, Lokgeet, Dhun.2. Priliminary knowledge of Sadaj-Madhyam

and Sadaj-Pancham Bhabas.

GENERAL THEORYTheory Paper- I I

Marks - 50

Unit - I (25 clases per year)1 . Definition : - Alap, Jodh, Jhala, Tan, Laya, Layakari, Sruti, Swara, Nada, Dhoni, Matra, Mind, Sut, Ghasit,

Sthayee, Antara, Gamak, kana Swara.2. Knowledge of Badi, Samnadi, Anubadi, Bibabi, Nyasa Swara and Barnna.

Unit - II (25 clases per year)1 . Physical description of own instrument.2. Clasification of Indian Instruments.3 . Essay on general topic on music.

(a) Importance of music in the Society.(b) Shastriya Sangeet and Bhaba Sangeet.(c) A classical music evening.

Unit - III (25 clases per year)1 . Comparative study of Sruti, Swara and Saptaka.2. Comparative study of Thaat and Raga.2. Knowledge of Sandhi Prakash Ragas.

[104]

S S H A

Unit - IV (25 clases per year)1 . Life History of the following musicians.

(a) Pt. V.D. Palluskar (b) Pr V.N. Bhatkhande(c) Swami Haridas (d) Pt. Rabi Shankar(e) Pt. Manilal Nag (f) Pt. Bhubaneswar Mishra(g) Pt. V.G. Jog (h) Pt Hari Prasad Chawrasia(i) Pt. Pannalla Ghosh

PRACTICAL PAPER - I

Marks - 100


1 . Demonstration of choice Raga.

2. Rajakhani Gat with alap and Tans of all the prescribed Ragas mentioned in the applied theory (Paper -I)

3 . Masitkhani Gat with alap tan in the following Ragas.

(a) Bhairav (b) Desh (c) Hamir (d) Janpuri

(e) Bhimpalashree

4. Ability to play gats in various talas.

(a) Jhamptal (b) Roopak (c) Ektal

5 . Comparative study of all theprescribed Ragas of this year and previous year.

6. Ability to play Dhun or Bhajan based on any Raga.

PRACTICAL PAPER - II

Marks - 100


1 . Sastriya Parichaya of all the prescribed Ragas mentioned in the applied Theory (Paper - I)

2. Identify the Ragas by hearing the simple notation.

3 . Sastriya Parichaya of all the prescribed Talas mentioned in the applied Theory Unit - III

4. Show the Thekas of the tala by clapping.

5 . Oral Test of theory (Applied and General)

UTKAL SANGEET MAHAVIDAYALAYA +2 Firs t Year

TABLATheory Paper - I

Marks - 50Unit - I (25 clases per year)

1 . Study about different parts of Tabla and Bayan.2. Comparsion between Mardal and Pakhawaj

Unit - II (25 clases per year)1 . Knowledge to produce the following banis : -

Te, Dha, Ta, Dhin and Tin,

[105]

S S H A

2. Study about both Tal leepi

Unit - III (25 clases per year)1 . Ability to write the Tal & in Practical Papers with their characterstics.2. Knowledge about importance of Tal in Music.

Unit-IV1 . Defination of the following terms

Bani, laya, Abartan, Bibhag, Matra2. Writing of Tekhas in Bhatkhande Tala lipi Padhati

Theory Paper - IIMarks - 50

Unit - I (25 clases per year)1 . Comperative study about the classical Tala Systems of India.2. Knowledge about the following terms :

Tal, Matra, Theka, Mukhuda Tali and Khali.

Unit - II (25 clases per year)1 . Study about the Gharans2. Study of Indian Music.(Classical, light classical, Karnataki & Hindiusthani lightmusic Intrumentalmusic)

Unit - III (25 clases per year)1 . Study about terms used in Indian music like - Music, Geeta, Rag, Classical Music and Light music Folkmusic.2. Knowledge about Laya and Kriya and Anga.

Unit - IV (25 clases per year)

1 . Physical description of tabla and ayan with drawing

2. Good and Bad qualities of Tabla Student

Practical Paper - IMarks - 50


Practice of the following Basix unit

EkGUN & DuiGUN

Dhete Tete, Terekete Tak, Ketetak,

Dha Dha, Tete, Tata Tete. Tunna, Dhina

Tunna Kete tak, Dhina Ketetak

Dhati Ghene Tati kene

Practical Paper - IIMarks - 50


1 . Practice of the Thika in : -

Teental, Jhaptal, Roopak, Datra,

Kaharwa, Ektal, Teora.

2. Kayada, Reta & Tukuda in Teental

[106]

S S H A

+2 Second YearTabla

Applied Theory Paper - IMarks - 50

Unit - I (25 clases per year)1 . Study about different Baj in Tabla.

2. Study of Tal Das (10) pran

Unit - II (25 clases per year)1 . Importance of Tabla in Music

2. Study about - Kayada, Tukuda, Khoili mudi and Tyati

Unit - III (25 clases per year)1 . Ability to write different Boles with both tal Tal Leepi Padhati

2. Knowledge about palot and Vistar in Kayada

Unit - III (25 clases per year)1 . Writing of Chakradar, Damdar and Bedamdar Tyahai in Bhathkhande Padhati

2. Writing of Tukuda, Kayada and Reta in Jhamptal and Rupak

Theory Paper - IIMarks - 50

Unit - I (25 clases per year)1 . Ability to write the different Boles in Ek Gun, DeeGun, ChouGun.2. Knowledge about practice and discipline to learn Talda.

Unit - II (25 clases per year)1 . Knowledge about the following terms -

Sam, Fank chakradrar, Peskar, Theka2. Detail study about laya and Tyahi.

Unit - III (25 clases per year)1 . Study about the life History of the following

Tabla players - Khetra Mohan Kar.Naba Kumar PandUtstav Karamatwlla KhanKishan Maharaj

Samta Prasad

Unit - IV (25 clases per year)1 . E a s s a y

i) Importance of Music in life

ii) Importance of Guru sysya Parampara in Music.

[107]

S S H A

+2 Firs t YearPractical Paper - I

Marks - 100(One c lass of two consecutive period da i ly)

Unit - IIt is choice Tal for the students.

They will have to prepare two simple Kayadas to play 15 minutes in any one Tal from the following - Trital,Jhamp Tal, with Kayada, Bistar and palat Tukuda Chakradar in Bilambit Madhya and Drut.

Practical Paper - IIMarks - 100


1 . Practice of the Theka in Dadara, Kahara, Teora, Dhumali and Ek-Tal

2. Rocitation of differant boles with Ek-Gun, Di-gun

3 . Viva with the terms link with TablaBook Prescribed1 . Tabala Shastra Part - I ,2 . Tala Binod I & II3 . Ta l Prakash4 . Tal Sapan - Part I & II

CHHOW DANCE FOR +2 COURSESFirs t Year

Theory Paper - I (Applied Theory)

Marks - 50

A . Basic Knowledge of construct ion of body to be a dancer : (25 class)

(i) Danda - Five categories

(ii) baithaki - Two types

(iii) Nuana or bending - Three types

B . De ha m a j a (25 class)

(i) Khuaa Pitaa

(ii) Khua Majaa.

(iii) Peta Majaa.

(iv) Chatiaa Gadaa

(v) Nuna Taulaa

(vi) Pithi Chhataa

(vii) Chhati Pitaa

C . Knowledge of Yogasana (25 class)

(a) Sarbaangaasan (b) Halaasan

(c) Karnspioasan (d) Bachhasan

(e) Bhujangaasan 1, 2, 3, (f) Paschimotanasan

[108]

S S H A

(g) Shirasasan (h) Garudasan

D. Basic s tance of Chhow Dance : (25 class)

(a) CHAUKA

(b) DHARANA


Theory Paper - II (General Theory)

Marks - 50

A . Basic Knowledge of r i tus la of Chhow dancer : (25 class)

(i) Naadaa Bandha

(ii) Bhairav & Bhairavi rituals

(iii) Sa lami

(iv) Different rhythm (Tal) used in this rituals

(v) Knowledge about ‘Jarjara’ or Shubhabadi used at the time of performance.

B . Basic Knowledge about Orig in of Chhow Dance : (25 cla ss)

(i) Ruk - Mar (Fari - Khanda)

(ii) Amdadia - Jamdadia

(iii) Kaji - Paji

(iv) Chhaya

(v) Chhauni

(vi) Chhaichhatak

(vii) Chhadma

(viii) Chheuka

C . Knowledge of Saivism & Shaktism and its relat ion to Chhow Dance : (25 c la ss)

(a) Chaitra Prava,

(b) Bhakta Prava,

(c) Paata Prava,

(d) Ghata System,

(e) Rtythmic Pattern used in this rituals.


Practical Paper - I

Marks - 50A . Basic Knowledge of construct ion of body to be a dancer :

(One c lass & two consecutive periods)(i) Danda - Sadhadanda, Pitadanda, Gala danda, Chakra danda, Dehenkia danda.(ii) Baithaki - Sadha Baithaki, Jhula Baithaki(iii) Nuana : Aga Nuana, Pachha Nuana, Parshwa Nuana

[109]

S S H A

B . Dehamaja : (One class & two consecutive periods)(i) Khuaa Pitaa(ii) Khua Majaa.(iii) Peta Majaa.(iv) Chatiaa Gadaa(v) Nuna Taulaa(vi) Pithi Chhataa(vii) Chhati PitaaC . Knowledge of Yogasana (One c lass & two consecutive periods)(a) Sarbaangaasan (b) Halaasan(c) Karnspioasan (d) Bachhasan(e) Bhujangaasan 1, 2, 3, (f) Paschimotanasan(g) Shirasasan (h) GarudasanD. Pract ical of Basic stance of Chhow Dance : (One class & two consecutive periods)(a) CHAUKA (b) DHARANA

CHHOW DANCEPractica l Examination (Marking Sys tem)

A. Demonstration of Basic exercise - 15 Min - 25 MarksB . Demonstration ofDehamaja System - 5 Min - 15 MarksC. Demonstration of Yogasan & Basic stance - 5 Min - 10 Marks

Total Time 25 Min - 50 Marks



Marks - 50A . Practice of Six Topkas : (One c lass & two consecutive periods)

(a) Sadha Topka (b) Lahara Topka, (c) Dhev Topka,(d) Moda Topka, (e) Duba Topka, (f) Uska Topka

B . Practice of Uffi li s : (One class & two consecutive periods)(1) Gobar Utha, (2) Gobar Gola, (3) Chhada dia,(4) Kharaka, (5) Chhunchadia (6) Basana Maja,(7) Haldi Bata (8) Jhuntia Maajaa (9) Gadhua(10) Munhapochha, (11) Mathajhada (12) Sinthafada,(13) Sindura Pindha, (14) Udhanichhata, (15) Dhankuta(16) Dhanpadihuda (17) Jhunti dia, (18) Dahimunha.

C . Pala ta : (One c lass & two consecutive periods)(a) Sadha Palata,(b) Adha Palata,(c) Ada Palata,(d) Ghura Palata,(e) Thukkar Palata,(f) Patia Guda

[110]

S S H A


A. Test of Topkas - 20 MarksB . Test of Uffilis - 20 MarksC. Test of Palatas - 10 Marks

Total - 50 Marks

CHHOW DANCE FOR +2 COURSESSecond Year

Theory Paper - I (Applied Theory)

Marks - 50A . The Knowledge of Bas ic locomotions or ga i ta (Topkas) :

(i) Sadha Topka, Lahara Topka, Dhev Topka, Moda Topka, Duba Topka, Uska Topka. (25 class)

B . Bhramari or Ghura : (25 class)

(i) Eka bhuda(ii) Dui Bhuda.(iii) Tinibhuda(iv) Panch Bhuda(v) Saatabhuda(vi) Finga Ghura(vii) God Chhanda Ghura(viii) Chakra Ghura(ix) Pitaa Ghuraa

C . Knowledge of Yogasana (25 class)

(a) Ghoda Dhumukaa,(b) Bagha Dunukaa

D. Chamak : (25 class)

(a) Khua Chamak,(b) Chhati Chamak,


Theory Paper - II (General Theory)

Marks - 50

A. The knowledge of different parts of the body. ANGA / PRAYANG and UPANGA : (25 class)

B . The basic knowledge of Abhinaya or expression. ANGIKA, VACHIKA, AHARYA and SATWIKA. (25 class)

C. Natanbheda : extracted from four types of Abhinayas - NRITYA, NRITTA and NATYA. (25 class)D. Natyopati - According to Natyashastra. (25 class)

E . Comparative study of different schools of Chhow dance. (Seraikella, Pueulia and Mayaurbhanj) (25 class)

F. The role of the Maharajs of Mayurbhanj to Chhow Dance. (25 class)

[111]

S S H A


Practical Paper - IMarks - 100

A . Pract ice of previous year Topkas and Uff il is and res t of 18 Uff il i s as fol low :(One c lass consecutive 2 period)(19) Kantakata, (20) Kantanika, (21) Kantafinga, (22) Antamoda, (23) Batachira, (24) Chingudi chhitika, (25)Hapsa,

(26) Uskaajaankaa, (27) Bagadiaan, (28) bagamachhakhaja, (29) Chinchra, (30) Chhalka, (31) Thamka, (32)Chhelidian, (33) Harinadian, (34) Seuladiaan, (35) Baghapanikhia,

(36) Hanuman Panikhia, Mankadachiti.

B . Pala ta (Pract ice) (One c lass consecutive 2 period)(a) Sadha Palata, (b) Adhapalata, (c) Ada Palata,

(d) Chakara palata, (e) Ghura Palata

C . The Practice of haanaa & Matha : (One c lass consecutive 2 period)(a) Khanda hana (b) Haanaa Maathaa,

(c) Paitasandhia haanaa (d) Udaana Khandahaanaa

(e) Kaincha haanaa (f) Pandahaanaa

(g) Jhinta haanaa.

D. GALAA : (One c lass consecutive 2 period)(a) Sadhagalaa (b) Thukkar Galaa, (c) Ushka galaa, (d) Taanaa galaa, (e) Finga galaa, (f) Finga lettagalaa,

(g) fadka galaa, (h) Chinchra galaa, (i) Chhalkagalaa along with upa or sub-uffilis.


A. Demonstration test of uffilis - 15 Min - 50 Marks

B . Demonstration of palatas - 5 Min - 30 Marks

C. Demonstration of hana & Galaa - 5 Min - 20 Marks

Total Time 25 Min - 100 Marks



Marks - 100A . Pract ice of Chi ta ghanta to Brundabani :

1 . Udamchhandi and2. Potal Mani for Ladies Character3 . Nabarasika (Solo)4. Ranga Panda (dwet)5 . MATRU PUJA, OR KEOUT KEOUTUNI (group)

[112]

S S H A

CHHOW DANCE

Practica l Examination (Marking Sys tem)

A. Test of chitaghanta to Brundabani - 20 Marks

B . Test of Udamchhandi & Potal Mani - 20 Marks

C. Test of Nabarasikaa - 20 Marks

D. Test of Ranga Pandaa - 20 Marks

E . Test of Dhojatal - 20 Marks

Total - 100 Marks

REFERENCE BOOKS PRESCRIBED FOR +2 STUDENTS.

(CHHOW DANCE OF MAYURBHANJ)

1 . Chhow Dance of Mayurbhanjby Sitakant Mohapatra

2. Mayurbhanj Chhow Dance, Origin growth & Grammarby radhamohan Mohanty

3 . Mayurbhanj Chhow Nrityaby Durgacharan Kuanr.

4. Chhow Dance Numbermarg Publication, New Delhi

5 . Mayurbhanj Chhowby Kanhu Charan Biswal

6. Mayurbhanj Choow Nrityaby Dhirendranath Pattnaik

7 . Mask Dance of Seraikellaby Jugabhanu Singh Deo

8 . Chhow Dance of Puruliaby Dr. Ashutosh BhattacharyaRabindra Bharati University, kolkata.

VOCATIONAL DRAMA+2 Firs t Year

Theory Paper - I : Indian DramaMarks - 50

Unit-I (25 clases per year)

A. Naty sashtra

(i) Introductory study of Natyasastra.

(ii) Natyotpatti - Presentation of first play.

[113]

S S H A

B . Traditional theatre of Odissa.

(i) Defination of traditional Theatre.

(ii) Major traditional theatre forms of Odissa.

Unit-III (25 clases per year)

C. Abhinaya - The acting.

(i) Defination,

(ii) Types of Acting - Basic study of Angika and Aharya Abhinaya.

(iii) Abhinaya yantra - The body as the actor’s instrument.

Unit-IV (25 clases per year)

(i) Actor’s preparation - movement, body movement and Gesture - Posture of the actor.

(ii) Aharya Abhinaya - Defination and Classification of Aharya Abhinaya.


Theory Paper - II : Theatre ArchitectureMarks - 50

Unit-I (25 c lases per year)

A. History and evolution of theatre craft.

(i) Origin and evolution of set design in theatre.

(ii) Natya Mandap - According to Natyasashtra, Chapter - 2.

Unit-II (25 clases per year)

B . Seenic Design,

(i) Defination of stage and Auditorium.

(ii) Stage division

(iii) Stage terms - Their meaning, description, position and function.

(iv) Different types of Curtains

Unit-III (25 c lases per year)

C. Stage lighting

(i) History and development of stage lighting.

Unit-IV (25 c lases per year)

(ii) General electricity

(a) OHMs - Law

(b) Phase and natural.

(c) Generation of electricity and its movement.

(d) Pre-Cautionary measures of electricity.


[114]

S S H A


Practical Paper - I : Theatre Craft.Marks - 50

(One c lass of two consecutiv e per iod dai ly)

A. Preparation of Ground plan of Bikrusta Madhyama Natya - sashtra with scale-measurement.

B . Seenic Design :

(i) Sketch of a Set.

(ii) Ground plan.

(iii) Cross section. with scale measurement of the said

(iv) Front elevation Sketch of (i)

(v) Symbols used while drawing a set (ground plan.)

C. Stage lighting :

(i) Connection and disconnection of electrical equipments.

(ii) Dissection of stage lighting equipments (lights)

(Lence, Reflector, Projection lamp, holders etc)

(iii) Practice as an assistant to the dimmer board operator with all precautionary measures.


Practical Paper - II : Acting and ProductionMarks - 50


A. Expressions through Body Language.

(i) Exercise of face muscles and organs.

(ii) Tip to toe exercise.

(iii) Mirror and Rope exercise.

(iv) Tension and Relaxation of body.

B . Improvisation :

(i) Practice of 5 w’s

(ii) Feeling the things around.

(iii) Imagining and story falling exercise.

C. Voice and Speech :

(i) Breathing exercises.

(ii) Practice of simple and complex notation.

(iii) Throwing of voice.

[115]

S S H A

(iv) Imitating of animals, birds sound and other environmental sounds of definite recognition.

D. Participation in Production and Viva - voice.

[Each and every student of the year must participate in a Drama Production, to access the involvement andpotential of the student]

VOCATIONAL DRAMA+2 Second Year

Theory Paper - I : Indian DramaMarks - 50


A. (i) Detailed study of Karmas in Purbaranga.

(ii) Detailed study of Natya Shashtra Ch - 2

Emphasing the parts of Natya Mandap and their special uses.


B . (i) Origine and development of Modern Orissa theatre.


(ii) Study of some oriya playwrites and their works.

(a) Jaganmohan Lala.

(b) Anand Sankar.

(c) Kali Charan Pattnayak

(d) Ramchandra Mishra.

(e) Manoranjan Das.


C. Detailed study of one oriya play : “Bhata” By

Kabichandra Kalicharan Pattnayak

The text will be tought keeping production style and acting methods in view :-

(i) Preparing Characters.

(ii) using voice and mind.

(iii) Developing stage mannerism.


Theory Paper - II : Theatre AchitectureMarks - 50


A. Evolution of western theatre.

(From passion play to Roman Comedy)

[116]

S S H A


B . Seenic Design :

(i) Types of Sets.

(ii) 8 essential Measurements.

(iii) 12 essential Measurements.

(iv) Sight lines.


C. Stage lighting :

(i) Good Conductor, Bad Conductor, Insulator.


(ii) Terms used in stage lightings.

(fade in, fade out, Working light, F.O.H,. Foot light, streep light, Bridge, Fuse, Switch Board etc)


Practical Paper - I : Theatre Craft.Marks - 100


A. Ground plan of a common proscenium stage

and auditorium with description. (with equipments)

B . (i) Perspective drawing of a set.

(ii) Working drawing (Details of flats) of the same set.

(iii) Model making.

(iv) Colouring the model.

C. (i) Arrangement of lighting equipments for a production.

(ii) Planning and controlling all the lighting equipments

through the dimmer board.

(iii) Preparation of lighting Design documents of the said play.

(Play produced at the time of +2 CHSE examination)


Practical Paper - II : Acting and ProductionMarks - 100

(One class of two consecutive period daily)A. Yoga :

(i) Suryanamaskar.

(ii) Padmas ana .

(iii) Karnapidasan.

[117]

S S H A

(iv) Bhujangasana .

(v) Dhanurasana.

(vi) Mayurasana .

(vii) Sanba s ana .

B . Improvisation :

(i) various exercises of : Coughing, Laughing, Crying, Walking, falling and Rising.

(ii) Reating to a perticular Music.

(iii) Practice od steping with rythem.

(iv) Fundamental Practice of some, Pantomimic moving walking, walking against wind and water stillRunning and moving running Questioning, calling.

(v) Individual Imporvisation of a character keeping 5 w’s in view,

C. Voice and Speech :

(i) Immitating upto perfection slogans, Commands,Hawking.

(ii) Delivering dialouge Cleorrly and in different rythem.

D. Praticipation in production and Viva - Voice.

[Each and every student of the year must participate in an examination drama production to access theinvolvement and potential by examiner deputed by CHSE, Student must deposite various production connecteddesigns and practical records.]

+2 CHSE, DRAMA (VOCATIONAL)+2 1st Year & + 2nd. Year

For All Theory Papers.Marks - 50

Group - A (Objective Type) - CompulsoryQ. 1. Multiple Choice (From all Units) - 1 mark each x 7 bits = 7 marks.

Q. 2. One word answer / very short answers / correct

The sentence / filling up the blanks - 1 marks each x 7 bits = 7 marks.

Group - B (Short Type)Q. 3. Short answer type bits of 2 marks each.

(8 to be answered out of 12) - 2 marks each x8bits = 16 marks.

Group - A (Objective Type) - CompulsoryQ. 4. to 8 . Five long answer type

Quiestions Unit wise out of - 10 marks each x 2bits = 20 marks which two to be answers.

*****

***

[118]

S S H A


Odisha, Bhubaneswar

Printed at :



_am123

Documents

subject group

marks each100 marks

following trade subjectsb

trade subjectsgroup

acompulsory subject

subject page

group ba student

group b health